Home

Teledyne Dollhouse 400E User's Manual

1. Cooling Fan Serial I O LEDs Status Outputs Analog Outputs SAMPLE Sample Gas Inlet m 3 EXHAUST RES ae Exhaust Gas Outlet ET SPAN C Span Gas Inlet Me ce Power Receptacle DCE DTE Switch Port A COM Port B Control Serial Number RS 232 Only 85 232 or RS 485 Inputs Tag Figure 5 4 M400E Rear Panel Layout with Zero Span Valve Option OPT 50A 04315 Rev C1 49 Optional Hardware and Software M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual l VENT here if input SAMPLE GAS lt is pressurized Removed during calibration SAMPLE EXHAUST SPAN he 7 Model 700 ZERO AIR VENT here if output lt Gas Dilution of calibrator is not Calibrator already vented MODEL 701 LL Zero Gas Generator Restrictor to regulate flow at 2 x s analyzer gas flow Figure 5 5 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with Zero Span Valve Option OPT 50A 5 6 1 1 Pneumatic Setup for the M400E Analyzer with Zero Span Valve Option For a Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer with the optional zero span valves attach the following pneumatic lines SAMPLE GAS SOURCE Attach a sample in
2. a a bati 163 Briten IS MAMIK TE Tm OO EET 183 Activity Matrix for Audit Procedure a a 183 Activity Matrix for Data Reduction Validation and 184 Activity Matrix for Calibration Procedures a r 184 203 Thermocouple Configuration Jumper JP5 205 Thermocouple Settings for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber 205 AC Power Configuration for Internal PUMPS JP7 a 208 Power Configuration for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater JP6 209 FrontiPanel Status eit eee 215 Predictive Uses for Test Functions ia epus 219 Maintenance Schedule nia pep anu u niha MES MM ULIS 221 Front Panel Warning MESSAGES s uru uuu sS um u a bu 235 Test F ncuens Indieated FallUf es u uuu 237 Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools
3. 142 6 5 06 Hessen Protocol Gas List EDITOS s uum uu nu aD uysal 143 8 5 6 1 Gas List Entry Format and 143 8 5 6 2 Editing or Adding HESSEN Gas List Entries 144 8 5 6 3 Deleting HESSEN Gas List nnne nennen nnns 145 8 5 7 Setting Hessen Protocol Status Flags 146 3050 INSiruiment ID gal Sg api qeata halys tun aaa amutu Nan 147 8 6 APICOM Remote Control Program r 148 04315 Rev C1 iii Table of Contents M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 M400E CALIBRATION PROCEDURES 149 SL BIO Re Supa ubuta staan 150 9 1 1 Required Equipment Supplies and Expendables a a 150 91 2 Gro IE QING Dd aS uestes 150 9 2 Basic Manual Calibration Checks And Calibration of the M400E analyzer 151 9 2 1 Setup for Basic
4. 103 Setup for Checking Current Output Signal Levels 105 Alternative Setup Using 2500 Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels 107 Default Pin Assignments for Back Panel COMM Port connectors RS 232 DCE amp DTE 116 Defaul Pin Assignments for CPU COM Port connector RS 232 117 Location of JP2 on RS232 Multidrop PCA option 62 129 RS232 Multidrop PCA Host Analyzer Interconnect Diagram 130 CPU card Locations of RS 232 485 Switches Connectors and Jumpers 131 Back Panel connector Pin Outs for COM2 in RS 485mode 132 CPU connector Pin Outs for COM2 in RS 485 mode 132 APICOM Remote Control Program Interface 148 Pneumatic connections for Manual Calibration Checks without Z S Valve or IZS Options 151 vii Table of Contents M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Figure 9 2 Figure 9 3 Figure 11 1 Figure 11 2 Figure 11 3 Figure 11 4 Figure 11 5 Figure 11 6 Figure 11 7 Figure 11 8 Figure 11 9 Figure 11 10 Figure 11 11 Figu
5. 98 Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration 103 Current LOOP OUtTpUL GMECK 2 p L edid is be 107 Analog Output Voltage Range 108 Test Channels Functions available on the M400E s Analog Output 111 COMM Port Communication Modes ccccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeseeesseeeeesaeeeeeens 119 Terminal Mode Software Commands r 123 Teledyne Instruments Serial 1 0 Command 124 Ethernet Status Indicators L uuu 133 LAN Internet Configuration 134 RS 232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol 139 Teledyne Instruments Hessen Protocol Response Modes 142 Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments 146 AUTOCALMOGOS ette eique asennad ata aa Paqu aspa Esa Mr DIIS LOIR na 162 AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters a a a 163 Example AutoCal Sequence
6. 69 6 4 4 SETUP gt RNGE Analog Output Reporting Range Configuration 70 6 4 4 1 Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges 70 6 4 4 2 Analog Output Ranges for Os Concentration 70 6 4 4 3 RNGE gt MODE gt SNGL Configuring the M400E analyzer for Single Range Mode 72 6 4 4 4 RNGE gt MODE gt DUAL Configuring the M400E analyzer for Dual Range Mode 73 6 4 4 5 RNGE gt MODE gt AUTO Configuring the M400E analyzer for Auto Range Mode 74 6 4 4 6 SETUP gt RNGE gt UNIT Setting the Reporting range Unit 15 7 ADVANCED FEATURES OF THE M400E ANALYZER 77 7 1 Using Using the Data Acquisition System iDAS 77 TAs Mis ASS WATS Pn 77 TT ZSIDAS UIC UC 78 ASO MOPS CNanNel ca Ea pe decis at uk e oss 78 Default IDA S ChahfielSs turis e teu vietato t ula oder Dade Fiat baa a a 79 7 1 4 SETUP DAS VIEW Viewing iDAS Channels and Individual Records
7. 24 3 4 4 1 Pneumatic Set Up for M400E s Located in the Same Room Being Monitored 24 3 4 4 2 Pneumatic Set Up for M400E s Monitoring Remote Locations 25 merae Mel RR EET TEE 26 S 5 ESI k unus 26 S 5 2 uu uh a ibu a 27 3 09 NaN MESSAGES u u uuu S Su S cd You a e Sta UI IMP LI IANUE 27 5 So sus EE 29 3 6 Initial Calibration of the M400E 30 3 6 1 Interferents for Os Measurement sehen ak teed 30 3 6 2 Initial Calibration Procedure for M400E analyzers without Options 31 3 6 2 1 Verifying the M400E Reporting Range Settings 31 3 6 2 2 Verify the Expected Span Gas Concentration 32 3 6 2 3 Initial Zero Span Calibration Procedure a a nnns nnns 33 3 7 Configuring the Internal Zero Span Option I ZS a 34 3 7 1 Verify the Generator and Expected Span Concentration Settings
8. 34 3 7 2 Setting the Os Generator Low Span Mid Point Output Level 35 3 7 3 Turning on the Reference Detector Option 36 3 7 4 Initial Calibration and Conditioning OF M400E analyzers with the IZS Option Installed 37 3 7 4 1 Initial Scrubber Conditioning 37 3 7 4 2 Verifying the M400E Reporting Range 38 3 7 4 3 Initial Zero Span Calibration Procedure cccccccccsecccceeececeeceececeeceecessseeseecesseecesseeeseneeesaeeessaes 38 3 7 4 4 Initiate Daily Zero Point Auto Cal of M400E s Monitoring Low Levels of 38 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS AND GLOSSARY 41 cui 41 43 04315 Rev C1 i Table of Contents M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 5 OPTIONAL HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 45 5 L Optional Pumps OPT T9 uu tes u a m ea Doku hu c olea dde ther aes 45 D Zoiack oun IIS OPT ZO 1G OPT 29 Eee ptas aq
9. 246 i ten cate EN 247 13 7 4 Keyboard Display Interface un 248 Sela PO E isst abanico dto A ea amu an uc MM ma E 248 13 7 6 Photometer Pressure Flow Sensor 249 RCRA Ge ecc 250 13 7 7 1 Test Channel Analog Outputs Voltage 250 TEA AD FUNCIONS e T 251 W350 20d StatUSOUMP TS t toin a eee ee ees ae ll eee 251 13 727 Ae COMMON sce ee ee i ede ee ce el ee 252 19459 OPI iocus etia uM age uA Me ME 252 19 7 9 895 292 GomimbBln ie atiOPiIS u uuu u oa eet usd ce eas eee 253 19 7 9 1 General RS 232 TroubleSMOOunG uu usuy u nate ahah 253 13 7 9 2 Troubleshooting Analyzer Modem or Terminal Operation 203 13 9 Trouble Shooting Ihe pliolorfi le rusos ee manic sulle deo Rv tut iata de di dee ee tad 254 13 8 1 Checking Measure Reference Valve cccccssececceeseeeceesscecceuseeeceeueecsegeeecseeeesssageeessageeesssaseneees 254 13 8 2 Checking The Photometer UV Lamp Power 254 13 9 Trouble Shooting the
10. 204 Thermocouple Configuration Jumper JP5 Pin Outs 205 Power DISINDUTION BIOCK DIAJEFSETUu uou isto uuu uuu uuu a tusa Eia ios 206 Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers 207 Pump AC Power Jumpers 208 Typical Jumper Set JP2 Set Up of Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater 209 Photometer Layout Top Cover Removed 210 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram 211 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply Block Diagram 212 internace Block E Soon 214 m 214 Basic Software Operation ccccccccccssscecsesceceeeeeceeeeeseeeeseaeessecessegeessaeeessaeeesseeeseneesseneeseneeess 216 Replacing the Particulate Filter 223 Replacing the IZS Zero Air SCrubber ccccccccssscecceeseecccesececceueeeceaeeecsaseecseuseesssuseesssageess 224 Optical Bench Lamp Adjustment Installation 229 Generator Te
11. Press one of these to select mode for generator m ENTR EXIT Accepts selected O3 generator Leaves mode generator mode unchanged and returns to previous menu CALIBRATED OUTPUT CAL Causes the drive voltage of ON the optional generator to 2500 mV This is used to OFF manually adjust the position of the generators UV Lamp CAL Auto Cal Manual CaP U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN1O D100 p Menu DIAG amp O3 APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual USER NOTES A 10 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Revision D 4 Table A 1 M400E Setup Variables Revision D 4 NUMERIC DEFAULT SETUP VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION Number of digits to display to the right of the decimal point for concentrations on the display Enclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface SE i Photometer lamp temperature set point and PHOTO_LAMP Mk warning limits E Os generator lamp temperature set point GEN LAMP and warning limits O3 GEN LOW1 generator low set point for range 1 O3 GEN LOW2 generator low set point for range 2 Os scrubber temperature set point and SCRUB SET warning limits Selects the language to use for the user LANGUAGE SELECT interface E
12. nnns nien nnns nna 261 Laser Basic Principles or tdic CORIO o sb a a Runa iae au su eae aue a u aasma 261 TAA Genera RUGS t a aaa ene Mice quyta ETE 261 14 4 2 Basic anti ESD Procedures for Analyzer Repair and Maintenance 263 14 4 2 1 Working at the Instrument Rack 263 14 4 2 2 Working at an Anti ESD Work 263 14 4 2 3 Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back 264 14 4 2 4 Opening Shipments from Teledyne Instruments Customer Service 264 14 4 2 5 Packing Components for Return to Teledyne Instruments Customer 265 LIST OF FIGURES Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 5 1 Figure 5 2 Figure 5 3 Figure 5 4 Figure 5 5 Figure 5 6 Figure 5 7 Figure 5 8 Figure 5 9 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 7 1 Figure 7 2 Figure 7 3 Figure 7 4 Figure 7 5 Figure 7 6 Figure 7 7 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 8 6 Figure 8 7 Figure 8 8 Figure 9 1 04315 Rev C
13. a 243 T4 5SuSampieiibbuuu suyus eed natasha te 243 1 35 E CO 8 5102 243 19 9 MISSE 0 2110 oos mre cee oer eee ede ere i miM 243 13 5 2 Non Repeatable Zero and 243 13 5 3 Inability to Span No Span Key CALS a nnn nnne nnn 244 13 5 4 Inability to Zero No Zero Key nn nna nn 244 13 6 Other Performance Problems ccccccccccssseeccecceeseececccaececessaueeceeecsaaueeeesseeaeceessueaeeeeessaesesesssaaeeeess 244 13 6 1 Temperature Problems E Iz sae a UM E LE ELE TR Peer Ud 244 iov QE 4 1 8 AUE uu u 244 19 5 2 Sample Termperat re o cose sored na be aa 244 13 6 1 3 UV Lamp Temperature 245 13 6 1 4 IZS Ozone Generator Temperature Optional a 245 L327 sOUDSYSICM u u ua TNT m 246 Co i oat RI a wayaqa annat 246 19 7 2206 Power Supply C M
14. HIGH RANGE 200 0 Conc SETUP X X 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT 0 0 2 Toggled these keys to EXIT discards the new select the upper setting SPAN limit for the reporting range ENTR accepts the new setting JZ NOTE Avoid accidentally setting the LOW range RANGE of the instrument with a higher span limit than the HIGH range RANGE2 This will cause the unit to stay in the low reporting range perpetually and defeat the function of the AUTO range mode 74 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer 6 4 4 6 SETUP gt RNGE gt UNIT Setting the Reporting range Unit Type The M400E can display concentrations in ppb ppm ug m mg m units Changing units affects all of the COM port values and all of the display values for all reporting ranges To change the units of measure press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP RANGE MODE MENU MODE SET UNIT SETUP XX RANGE MODE SNGL SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT SETUP X X GONC UNITS PPB PPB PPM UGM MGM ENTR EXIT eS a Toggled these keys to selact the units of measure for the reporting ranges EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting JZ NOTE Concentrations displayed in mg m and ug m use 0 C 760 mmHg for Standard Temperature and Pressure STP Consult your local
15. 81 7 1 5 SETUP DAS EDIT Accessing the iDAS Edit Mode 82 1 1 5 1 Editing iDAS Data Channel Names eee 83 f 15 2 DAS Triggering EVen lS a 84 f 1 5 59 Editing IDAS Parameters IS uuu m 85 7 1 5 4 Editing Sample Period and Report Period a a 87 7 1 5 5 Report periods in Progress when Instrument Is Powered O ff 88 li 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table of Contents 7 1 9 6 Editing the NUMbDer Of RecOFds uuu uuu uu uuu Saha 89 11 5 0589 232 FUMCUOM 90 7 1 5 8 Enabling Disabling the HOLDOFF 91 11 59 The Compact 22 u uuu LX u u eua ees tec e usa itae emot es 92 7 1 9190 The Stating Date Fedstille sodas fedes toc B Foe cus vetat das 92 71 6 Disablind Eriabling Data Channels uu uy ardua s ct aco Gs nete ect Dus a n ies 92 f Remote T9 AS COnlIguEallObis maderas eet deno dade nes
16. Figure 11 7 Relay PCA P N 045230100 with Safety Shield In Place On instruments where the optional Metal Wool Scrubber is installed the relay PCA includes a solid state AC relay see Figure 11 6 A retainer plate is installed over the relay to keep them securely seated in their sockets Retainer Mounting Screws AC Relay Retainer Plate Figure 11 8 Relay PCA P N 045230200 with AC Relay Retainer in Place 202 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 3 4 1 Status LED s Eight LED s are located on the Analyzer s relay PCA to show the current status on the various control functions performed by the relay PCA see Figure 11 9 They are Table 11 1 Relay PCA Status LED s D1 RED Watchdog Circuit Cycles On Off Every 3 xd aia direct control of the analyzer s p2 YELLOW HEATING NOT HEATING Scrubber Heater D3 D6 SPARE D GREEN Zero Span Gas Valve Open to SPAN GAS Valve Open to ZERO GAS FLOW Valve FLOW GREEN Measure Ref Valve Valve Mute Valve Open to MEASURE gas path GREEN Sample Cal Gas Valve Open to CAL GAS Valve Open to SAMPLE GAS Valve FLOW FLOW D10 D14 SPARE D15 VELLOW Trotomeier ev HEATING NOT HEATING Lamp Heater D16 YELLOW 1269 HEATING NOT HEATING UV Lamp Heater Only present when the Z S valve option is installed i Only present when either the Z S valve option or the IZS valve option is present D9 Green Optional Sample C
17. lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP M P CAL STABILZXXXX PFE TST TST ZERO SPAN CONC M P CAL STABILZXXXX PPB TST T5T ENTR CONC M P CAL STABILZXXXX PPE TST TST gt ENTR CONG NOTE sat the Display to show the STABIL test function This function calculates the stability of the measurement Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes Press ENTR ta changes the OFFSET amp SLOPE values based on the zero point measurement Press EXIT to leave the calibration unchanged and return to the previous Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes Press ENTR ta changes the OFFSET amp SLOPE values based on the zero point measurement Press EXIT to leave the calibration unchanged and return to the previous EXIT at this point returns to the SAMPLE menu If the ZERO or SPAN keys are not displayed the measurement made during is out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable calibration 154 See Chapter 13 for troubleshooting tips 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 2 4 MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATIONS USING AUTO RANGE OR DUAL RANGE MODES If the analyzer is being operated in DUAL range mode or AUTO range mode then the HIGH and LOW ranges must be independently checked When the analyzer is in either DUAL or AUTO Range modes the user must run a separa
18. TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION A Teledyne Technologies Company TECHNICAL MANUAL MODEL 400E PHOTOMETRIC OZONE ANALYZER TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION DIVISION 9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92121 5201 USA Toll free Phone 800 324 5190 Phone 858 657 9800 Fax 858 657 9816 Email api sales teledyne com Website http www teledyne api com Copyright 2007 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation 04316 Rev E DCN 5473 16 June 2009 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION 1 E INTRODUC TION uuu totes u u oa cue ob acus ocu d ue ue CE 3 LL denoMOSSOuESuu distat das mm DM LIA D DILE E EMEN I EE IE 3 a2 MIQ0OE OVE e mem 4 1 3 gt USING This Marital tuc t e eb Doi rules a e utr adios asic ED adele 5 2 SPECIFICATIONS APPROVALS AND WARRANTY 7 PANI SDS CIN C ALOIS nasha ee anes Um EE 7 2 2 EPA Equivalency DesignallOn tede dtu aao Fecit uuu ose 9 23 gt CE T IU TT m 9 PAIN IIT O 10 S GETTING STARTED oiie a aiai 11 Sly Model400E Analyzer ay OU ics uu
19. SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP Toggle TST gt button until SAMPLE Set the Display to show the STABIL test function This function calculates the stability of the measurement STABIL XXXX PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer SAMPLE Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPM This may take several minutes STABIL XXXX PPB lt TST TST gt CAL Press ENTR to changes the OFFSET amp SLOPE values based on the zero point measurement Press EXIT to leave the calibration unchanged and return to the previous M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt ZERO CONC M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB lt TST TST gt ENTR CONC Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPM This may take several minutes M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP Press ENTR to changes the OFFSET amp SLOPE values based on the zero point measurement Press EXIT to leave the calibration unchanged and return to the previous M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB lt TST TST gt ZERO SPAN CONC M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB lt TST TST gt ENTR CONC M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB EXIT at this point returns to the SAMPLE menu lt TST TST gt ENTR CONC THE MODEL 400E ANALYZER IS NOW READY FOR OPERATION 04315 Rev C1 Getting Started Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operat
20. 233 13 1 General Troubleshobolbit weed uQ pac uen h tech Rete GN nte dei Be Seth tu aad e eig 233 13 1 1 Fault Diagnosis with WARNING MeSSQQ6S cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeesaeseeesaeeeesseeeesseeeeeeeas 234 19 12 T auit Diagnosis With Test FULTOUOFIS sossuacr io eco On doe peas toe wien tcn ag atten au Rte dioc Ree ato 236 13 1 3 DIAG gt SIGNAL I O Using the Diagnostic Signal I O Function 237 13 2 Using the Analog Output Test Channel a r 239 13 3 Using the Internal Electronic Status LEDS uuu u u u l u L u LL a a eene nennen nenne AN 240 JO 9 21 Status Tiidiealor iya er E 240 19 92 Relay PGA Status EED S s id xu unu nda Lau utu 240 13 3 2 1 ZC Bus Watchdog Status LEDS o c ceccececccescecesessecesceveceececacesvaceucaceesevacersevaveevacesivanersevneenes 240 19 9 2 2 Qs Optlon Status LEDS OE am Soke eet cecal diu tc oat eas tt 241 To 2 GaS FOW Problems ERR 242 194 1 Typical Plow ProbieliiSuuu u uu 242 o NUMINI ZOO rr 242 134 d2 EOW FIOW E 242 PDA ao sr ALU prr 243 13 4 1 4 Actual Flow Does Not Match Displayed Flow
21. Table 6 4 Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions KEYPAD MANUAL MODE OR FEATURE LABEL DESCRIPTION SECTION Analyzer Configuration Lists key hardware and software configuration information Used to set up and operate the AutoCal feature Auto Cal Feature ACAL e Only appears if the analyzer has one of the calibration valve options installed see Section 5 6 Internal o Used to set up the iDAS system and view recorded data LK Analog Output Reporting Used to configure the output signals generated by the Range Configuration instruments analog outputs Calibration Password Security PASS Turns the calibration password feature ON OFF Internal Clock Configuration Used to Set or adjust the instrument s internal clock Advanced SETUP features MORE This button accesses the instruments secondary setup menu T e Table 6 5 Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions KEYPAD MANUAL MODE OR FEATURE LABEL DESCRIPTION SECTION vical Communication Used to set up and operate the analyzer s various external I O COMM channels including RS 232 RS 485 modem communication Channel Configuration and or Ethernet access Used to view various variables related to the instruments current operational status e Changes made to any variable are not acknowledged and recorded in the instrument s memory until the ENTR key is System Status Variables pressed Pressing the EXIT key ignores the new setting If the EXIT key is pressed before the ENT
22. This section describes the procedure for using the AutoCal feature of the analyzer to check or calibrate the instrument The AutoCal feature requires that either the zero span valve option or the internal zero span IZS option be installed and operating SECTION 9 5 O3 PHOTOMETER Electronic Calibration This section describes how to calibrate inherent electronic offsets that may be affecting the performance of the M400E analyzer s internal photometer SECTION 9 6 CALIBRATION THE IZS Option O3 Generator This section describes how to check the performance of the O generator that is included in the IZS option OPT 51A see Section 5 6 2 available for the MAOOE analyzer NOTE Throughout this chapter are various diagrams showing pneumatic connections between the M400E and various other pieces of equipment such as calibrators and zero air sources These diagrams are only intended to be schematic representations of these connections and do not reflect actual physical locations of equipment and fitting location or orientation Contact your regional EPA or other appropriate governing agency for more detailed recommendations 04315 Rev C1 149 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 1 BEFORE CALIBRATION NOTE If any problems occur while performing the following calibration procedures refer to Chapter 13 of this manual for troubleshooting tips 9 1 1 REQUIRED EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES AND
23. XXX X displayed on the instrument s front 27ST TSTs CONC EXIT panel Press EXIT to Return to the Main SAMPLE Display ACTION Allow Calibration Gas diluted to proper concentration for Midpoint N 1 Plot the analyzer responses versus the corresponding calculated concentrations to obtain the calibration relationships Determine the straight line of best fit mx b determined by the method of least squares e g see Appendix J of Volume of the Q A Handbook After the best fit line has been drawn determine whether the analyzer response is linear To be considered linear no calibration point should differ from the best fit line by more than 2 of full scale 176 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration 10 3 3 DYNAMIC MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION CHECK The EPA prescribed calibration procedure is based on photometric assays of concentrations in a dynamic flow system It is based on the same principles that the M400E uses to measure ozone The theory is covered in Chapter 11 of this manual Since the accuracy of the calibration standards obtained by this calibration procedure depends entirely on the accuracy of the photometer it is very important that the photometer is operating properly and accurately The fact that the photometer makes a ratio measurement 1 rather than an absolute measurement eases this task The checks described in this section
24. uration aso Operate Span valve tort5mn no Donor calibrate at end of Sequence NOTES The programmed STARTING_TIME must be a minimum of 5 minutes later than the real time clock for setting real time clock See Section 6 4 3 Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day Any new sequence that is initiated whether from a timer the COM ports or the contact closure inputs will override any sequence that is in progress The CALIBRATE attribute must always be set to NO on analyzers with IZS Options installed and functioning Calibrations should ONLY be performed using external sources of Zero Air and Span Gas whose accuracy is traceable to EPA or NIST standards 04315 Rev C1 163 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 4 1 SETUP gt ACAL PROGRAMMING AND AUTO CAL SEQUENCE To program the example sequence shown in Table 9 3 press SETUP X X CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP SEQ 1 DISABLED NEXT MODE SETUP X X SEQ 2 DISABLED PREV NEXT MODE SETUP MODE DISABLED NEXT ENTR EXIT SETUP MODE ZERO PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT SETUP X X MODE ZERO LO PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT SETUP MODE ZERO HI PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT SETUP X X SEQ 2 ZERO HI 1 00 00 PREV NEXT MODE SET SETUP XX TIMER ENABLE ON SET gt EDIT SETUP X X STARTING DATE 01 JAN 02 lt SET SET gt EDIT Toggle keys to set SETUP XX STARTING
25. Front panel display intensity Enclose value HIGH ne ML in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface I2C RESET ENABLE OFF ON bus automatic reset enable Time of day clock format flags Enclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface a Abbreviated weekday name Job Abbreviated month name Jed Day of month as decimal number 01 31 96H Hour in 24 hour format 00 23 Hour in 12 hour format 01 12 j Day of year as decimal number 001 l 366 Any character in th allewed Ym Month as decimal number 01 CLOCK FORMAT pH M s Character set Up i oH YoMM to 100 characters Minute as decimal number 00 long 99 p A M P M indicator for 12 hour clock S Second as decimal number 00 59 w Weekday as decimal number 0 6 Sunday is 0 Yy Year without century as decimal number 00 99 oY Year with century as decimal number Percent sign 04402RevD 400 RAB SERIAL_NUMBER DISP_INTENSITY APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual NUMERIC DEFAULT SETUP VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION Factory option flags Add values to combine options 1 enable dilution factor 2 generator installed 4 generator and reference detector installed 8 z
26. G Gas Inlets 13 177 204 235 Gas Outlets 16 22 23 24 25 30 51 179 196 210 242 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual H Hessen Protocol 119 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 Default Settings 142 Status Bits Default Settings 146 HOSTNAME 138 r 43 198 200 201 211 212 239 240 245 247 255 Status LED 240 IDAS System 5 11 28 41 43 44 59 61 62 64 68 70 77 93 189 198 215 235 and APICOM 93 Channels CALDAT 79 CONC 79 O3GEN 79 O3REF 79 PNUNTC 79 HOLD OFF 41 78 91 94 Parameters 85 CONC1 82 STABIL 146 219 235 237 Triggerning Events 84 ATIMER 78 82 84 EXITZR 84 SLPCHG 84 Interferents 193 Internal Zero Span Option IZS 4 8 41 52 53 59 199 200 AC Power 206 AutoCal 42 163 Calibration 30 37 149 157 169 DIAG Functions 96 EPA Equivalency 9 Flow Diagram 14 52 Generator 8 34 35 52 61 94 149 169 200 203 230 237 241 245 255 257 Interferents 30 Maintenance 221 224 225 230 Os Scrubber 28 37 62 193 221 257 Pneumatic Setup 23 Rear Panel 12 Reference Detector 36 230 Span Gas for 21 Spare PArts 48 Specifications 7 8 Test Channel Functions 111 Test Functions 61 Troubleshooting 219 236 239 241 242 244 245 248 252 255 256 257 258 Valve Control 204 Valve States 53 Warning Messages 28 62 Internal Zero Span Option IZS V 39 Internal Zero Span Option IZS Hessen
27. PHOTO POWER Value MV PRES Value IN HG A SAMP FL Value CC M SAMPLE TEMP ValuePC PHOTO LAMP Value C O3 SCRUB Value C GEN TMP Value BOX TEMP Value C SLOPE Value OFFSET Value PPB MV TIME HH MM SS Figure A 1 Model 400E Instruction Manual SAMPLE CALZ CALS MSG CLR SETUP I I r4 rA LOW HIGH LOW HIGH e E er through the a active 6 warning messages PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG ACAL DAS RANGE PASS CLK MORE SECONDARY TEST FUNCTIONS SETUP MENU Viewable by user while instrument is in SAMPLE Mode COMM VARS DIAG ALAR Only appears when warning messages are active 2 Only appears when reporting ranges are set for either DUAL or AUTO modes 5 Only appears if analyzer is equipped with Zero Span or IZS valve options Only appears whe the optional metal wool scrubber is installed Only appears if the alarm option is installed Basic Sample Display Menu with Options 04402 Rev 0 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 SAMPLE SETUP CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE lt TST TST gt PREV NEXT MODE Lor Go to iDAS TIME DATE SEQ 1 SEQ 2 SEQ 3 e MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER e PART NUMBER e SERIAL NUMBER e SOFTWARE REVISION e LIBRARY REVISION e iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION e CPU TYPE amp OS R
28. Sau asua 239 Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications 240 Relay PCA Status LED Failure Indications 241 DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Codes 246 DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels 247 piso merear 248 Analog Output Test Function Nominal Values Voltage Outputs 250 oras S DIEI osten actes mtt E LAM cc 251 M400E Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I O Functions 252 Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities 259 Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD 260 Table of Contents M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual LIST OF APPENDICES APPENDIX A VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION APPENDIX A 1 Model 400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 2 Model 400E Setup Variables Available Via Serial I O Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 3 Model 400E Warnings and Test Measurements via Serial I O Revision D 4 APPENDIX 4 Model 400E Signal I O Definitions Revision 0 4 APPENDIX 5 Model M400E IDAS Functions Revision D 4 APPEND
29. AC Power 100V 50 60Hz 3 254 115V 60Hz 3 0 220 240 V 50 60 Hz 2 5A Environmental Conditions Installation Category Over voltage Category II Pollution Degree 2 Analog Outputs Four 4 Outputs Three 3 defined All Outputs 100 mV 1 V 5 V 10V Analog Output Ranges Two concentration outputs convertible to 4 20 mA isolated current loop All Ranges with 5 Under Over Range Analog Output Resolution 1 part in 4096 of selected full scale voltage Status Outputs 8 Status outputs from opto isolators Control Inputs 6 Control Inputs 3 defined 3 spare COM1 RS 232 COM2 RS 232 or RS 485 Baud Rate 300 115200 Certifications USEPA Equivalent Method Number EQOA 0992 087 CE Mark 0 Sample Flow Rate 800 80 cc min 9 04315 Rev C1 7 Specifications Approvals and Warranty M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table 2 2 Model 400E IZS Generator Specifications with Reference Feedback Option Maximum Concentration 1 0 PPM Minimum Concentration 0 050 PPM Initial Accuracy 5 of target concentration Table 2 3 Specifications for Model 400E IZS Generator w o Reference Feedback Option Maximum Concentration 1 0 PPM Minimum Concentration 0 050 PPM Initial Accuracy 10 of target concentration 8 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Specifications Approvals and Warranty 2 2 EPA EQUIVALENCY DESIGNATION Advanced Pollution Instrumentation Inc Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer
30. BCC TEXT CMD ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new Use these keys to EE setting choose the Hessen Response type ENTR accepts the new setting JZ 142 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 5 6 HESSEN PROTOCOL GAS LIST ENTRIES 8 5 6 1 Gas List Entry Format and Definitions The M400E analyzer keeps a list of available gas types Each entry in this list is of the following format WHERE GAS TYPE RANGE GAS ID REPORT GAS TYPE RANGE GAS ID REPORTED The type of gas to be reported e g Os CO2 NO etc In the case of the M400E analyzer there is only one gas type O3 The concentration range for this entry in the gas list This feature permits the user to select which concentration range will be used for this gas list entry The M400E analyzer has two ranges RANGE1 LOW amp RANGE2 HIGH 0 The HESSEN protocol to use whatever range is currently active 1 The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE for this gas list entry 2 The HESSEN protocol will always use RANGE2 for this gas list entry 3 Not applicable to the M400E analyzer An identification number assigned to a specific gas In the case of the M400E analyzer there is only one gas Os and its default GAS ID is 400 This ID number should not be modified States whether this list entry is to be reported or not reported when ever this gas type or instrument is polled by the HESSEN networ
31. Condition _ SAMPLE Sample Cal Valve Open to SAMPLE inlet zo 5 6 2 1 Disposable Charcoal Filter M4OOE s equipped with IZS options have a disposable filter that is used by the instrument for creating zero air for the auto cal zero point calibration This filter is filled with activated charcoal and should last for approximately 1 year of continual usage Call Teledyne Instruments customer service for replacement filters 5 6 3 METAL WOOL SCRUBBER OPT 68 This option replaces the standard scrubber with a heated Metal Wool Scrubber that works similarly to the catalytic converters found on many automobile s exhaust systems and improves the analyzer s performance in certain higher humidity applications 5 6 4 IZS DESICCANT OPTION 56 The MAOOE can be fitted with a desiccant dryer to provide a dry air source to the IZS sub system This option consists of a rear panel mounted scrubber cartridge filled with anhydrous calcium sulfate CaSO4 desiccant The desiccant material is expendable and must be replaced at regular intervals e he material exhibits a color change when it has been saturated with water vapor turning from blue to pink e he scrubber cartridge should be refilled before the entire scrubber turns pink e Replacement interval will depend on how often the IZS is used as well as ambient levels of humidity in your application e Initially the desiccant should be frequently monitored until a standard
32. EDIT Channel Menu SETUP X X 0 CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREV MEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT Enters EDIT mode for the selected channel When editing the data channels the top line of the display indicates some of the configuration parameters For example the display line 0 CONC1 ATIMER 4 800 translates to the following configuration Channel No 0 NAME CONC1 TRIGGER EVENT ATIMER PARAMETERS Four parameters are included in this channel EVENT This channel is set up to store 800 records To edit the name of a data channel follow the above key sequence and then press 82 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 5 1 Editing iDAS Data Channel Names To edit the name of an iDAS data channel follow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU SETUP X X 0 CONC ATIMER 1 800 lt SET SET gt EDIT PRNT SETUP X X NAME CONC lt SET SET gt EDIT PRNT SETUP X X NAME CONC O N EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting JZ Press each key repeatedly to cycle through the available character set 0 9 A Z space amp _ 1 lt gt 04315 Rev C1 83 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 1 5 2 Editing IDAS Triggering Events Triggering events define when and how the iDAS records a measurement of any given data channel
33. Table 7 8 Table 7 9 Table 7 10 Table 8 1 Table 8 2 Table 8 3 Table 8 4 Table 8 5 Table 8 6 Table 8 7 Table 8 8 Table 9 1 Table 9 2 Table 9 3 Table 10 1 Table 10 2 Table 10 3 Table 10 4 Table 11 1 Table 11 2 Table 11 3 Table 11 4 Table 11 5 Table 11 6 Table 12 1 Table 12 2 Table 13 1 Table 13 2 Table 13 3 Table 13 4 Table 13 5 Table 13 6 Table 13 7 Table 13 8 Table 13 9 Table 13 10 Table 13 11 Table 14 1 Table 14 2 04315 Rev C1 WEST URCIONS DEINE NEN musu UE 61 Warning Messages Defined Poo Eel Reda nee 62 Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions ccccccecseeceeceeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeeeeas 64 Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions a a 64 P asswoi dile WC XT CP 66 Front Panel LED Status Indicators for iDAS IDAS Data Channel Proper G Siain i eter wana usuta 78 IDAS Data Parameter FUNCHONS ul etr an sues 85 VARS ku uum u a uyay apama Rota 94 Diagnostic Mode DIAG Fu otl nS 96 O FUNCIONS nt
34. during the transition from Zero to span Press ENTR to changes You may see both keys M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB the OFFSET amp SLOPE If either the ZERO or SPAN lt TST TST gt ZERO SPAN CONC values based on the zero buttons fail to appear see point measurement Section 11 for Press EXIT to leave the troubleshooting tips y calibration unchanged and M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB i return to the previous lt TST TST gt ENTR CONC M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB EXIT at this point lt TST TST gt ENTR CONC returns to the SAMPLE menu NOTE If the ZERO or SPAN keys are not displayed the measurement made during is out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable calibration See Chapter 13 for troubleshooting tips 04315 Rev C1 161 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 3 2 3 Use of Zero Span Valve with Remote Contact Closure Contact closures for controlling calibration and calibration checks are located on the rear panel CONTROL IN connector Instructions for setup and use of these contacts are found in Section 3 3 4 When the contacts are closed for at least 5 seconds the instrument switches into zero low span or high span mode and the internal zero span valves will be automatically switched to the appropriate configuration e The remote calibration contact closures may be activated in any order e It is recommended that contact closures remain closed for at least 10 minutes to establish a
35. repeatable readings e Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 12 3 5 Don t forget to consider pneumatic components in the gas delivery system outside the M400E Such as e A change in zero air source such as ambient air leaking into zero air line or e A change in the span gas concentration due to zero air or ambient air leaking into the span gas line e Once the instrument passes a leak check do a flow check see Section 12 3 5 to make sure adequate sample is being delivered to the optical bench assembly 04315 Rev C1 243 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual e Confirm the sample pressure sample temperature and sample flow readings are correct and have steady readings e Verify that the sample filter element is clean and does not need to be replaced 13 5 3 INABILITY TO SPAN NO SPAN KEY CALS e Confirm that theOsspan gas source is accurate This can be done by inter comparing the source with another calibrated monitor or having theOssource verified by an independent traceable photometer e Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 12 3 4 e Make sure that the expected span gas concentration entered into the instrument during calibration is not too different from expected span value e Check to make sure that there is no ambient air or zero air leaking into span gas line 13 5 4 INABILITY TO ZERO NO ZER
36. s Manual 9 2 2 PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX TST TST gt CAL SETUP Set the Display to show the STABIL test function This function calculates Toggle TST gt button until the stability of the O measurement SAMPLE STABILZXXXX PPB O3 TST TST gt CAL SETUP Allow ZERO GAS to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes Record the reading presented on the instrument s display DO NOT PRESS the ZERO key Allow SPAN GAS to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes Record the reading presented on the instrument s display DO NOT PRESS the SPAN key NOTE In certain instances where low Span gas concentrations are present s 50 ppb both the Zero amp SPAWN buttons may appear simultaneously If either the ZERO or SPAN buttons fail to appear see Section 8 for troubleshooting tips NOTE If the ZERO or SPAN keys are not displayed the measurement made during is out of the allowable range allowed for a reliable calibration See Chapter 13 for troubleshooting tips 152 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 2 3 PERFORMING A BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION 9 2 3 1 Setting the expected Os Span Gas
37. AREAS SAMPLE AND CALIBRATION GASES SHOULD ONLY COME INTO CONTACT WITH PTFE FEP OR GLASS NOTE Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with PTFE FEP or glass 3 4 1 ABOUT ZERO AIR AND CALIBRATION GAS ZERO AIR Zero air is similar in chemical composition to the Earth s atmosphere but scrubbed of all components that might affect the analyzer s readings It is recommended that an external zero air generator such as the Teledyne Instruments Model 701 be used CALIBRATION SPAN GAS Calibration gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired reporting range Because ozone O3 quickly breaks down into molecular oxygen O5 this calibration gas cannot be supplied in precisely calibrated bottles like other gases e fthe MAOOE analyzer is not equipped with the optional internal zero air generator IZS an external O3 generator capable supplying accurate calibration mixtures must be used e Also some applications such as EPA monitoring require multipoint calibration checks where Span gas of several different concentrations is needed e In either case we recommend using a Gas Dilution Calibrator such as a T API Model 700 with internal photometer option In the case of O4 measurements made with the Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer it is recommended that you use a span gas with an concentration equal to 80 of
38. EXIT discards the 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT new setting ENTR accepts the new setting 7 SETUP X X REPORTED ON ON ENTR EXIT SETUP X X O3 0 400 REPORTED PREV MEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 5 6 3 Deleting HESSEN Gas List Entries To delete an entry from the Hessen Gas list press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID HESN COM1 COM2 HESSEN VARIATION TYPE1 lt SET SET gt EDIT Continue pressing NEXT until HESSEN GAS LIST lt SET SET gt EDIT There 15 only one GAS SETUP 03 0 400 REPORTED TYPE available on the MAOOE O3 PREV MEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT SETUP X X DELETE YES NO DELETED 04315 Rev C1 145 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 5 7 SETTING HESSEN PROTOCOL STATUS FLAGS Teledyne Instruments implementation of Hessen protocols includes a set of status bits that the instrument includes in responses to inform the host computer of its condition Each bit can be assigned to one operational and warning message flag The default settings for these bit flags are Table 8 8 Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments DEFAULT BIT STATUS FLAG NAME ASSIGNMENT WARNING FLAGS SAMPLE FLOW WARNING PHOTO REF WAR
39. Generate an concentration and measure it with the analyzer as close as possible to the actual inlet of the photometer cell 3 Measure the concentration as close as possible to the outlet of the cell 4 Repeat each measurement several times to get a reliable average 5 Measure the concentration at the output manifold The tests should be repeated at several different concentrations The percentage of O loss is calculated as Equation 10 3 6054loss Where C O3 concentration measured at cell inlet ppm C O3 concentration measured at cell outlet ppm and Os concentration measured at output manifold ppm For other configurations the O3 loss may have to be calculated differently The ozone loss correction factor is calculated as L 1 0 01 x loss 10 3 6 SPAN DRIFT CHECK The first level of data validation should accept or reject monitoring data based upon routine periodic analyzer checks It is recommended that results from the Level 1 span checks be used as the first level of data validation This means up to two weeks of monitoring data may be invalidated if the span drift for a Level 1 span check is gt 25 For this reason it may be desirable to perform Level 1 checks more often than the minimum recommended frequency of every 2 weeks 10 4 AUDITING PROCEDURES An audit is an independent assessment of the accuracy of data Independence is achieved by having the audit made by an opera
40. O 127 9 2 1 MUltidEOD 5 232 SOE UD od Dn bia ds 129 0 3 RS5 495 Cornfig ralion or COM2 uuu EL reto abet su m odas dpt Os 131 8 4 Remote Access via the Ethernet ccccccsccccccccsseceecceeeseeecaseseceeeseeeueeeeeseeeuseeeeseeueceessseaeeceesessaaeeeeeeeaas 133 8 4 1 Ethernet Card COM2 Communication Modes and Baud Rate 133 8 4 2 Configuring the Ethernet Interface Option using DHCP 133 8 4 2 1 Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses menm 136 8 4 3 Changing the Analyzer s HOSTNAME 138 8 5 Using the M400E with a Hessen Protocol Network a a rr 139 8 5 1 General Overview of Hessen Protocol ccccccccsscceceesececceeseeeceeseeeceeeeseeaseeessageeessegeeessauseesseaeenenss 139 9 5 2 Hessen COMM Port Configuration sos ato cuts cs Lau a ctt Goud wha Wu prius tar dads standin att Se 139 0 9 Act vaung Hessen PFOLOCO Ma iris uu bz usd buda fas rants duse mra N 140 8 5 4 Selecting a Hessen Protocol 141 8 5 5 Setting The Hessen Protocol Response Mode
41. Sample temperature PHOTO_LAMP_TEMP 2 Photometer lamp temperature 0 GEN TEMP TEMP_INPUT 6 6 Diagnostic temperature input eie eu 7 parser Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs DAC CHAN 1 0 DAC channel Dloopback O O DAC CHAN 2 DAC CHAN 3 DAC CHAN 4 Rear board analog outputs OUT 1 o Concentration output CONC OUT 2 TEST OUTPUT analog output AD5321 default IC address 18 hex PHOTO LAMP DRIVE 0 Os photometer lamp drive 0 5V analog output AD5321 default IC address 1A hex O3 GEN DRIVE 0 Os generator lamp drive 05V IZS option 1 04402 Rev D 4 A 21 APPENDIX 4 M400E Signal I O Definitions Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual USER NOTES A 22 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 5 M400E iDAS Functions Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 5 M400E iDAS Functions Revision D 4 Table A 5 M400E DAS Trigger Events Revision D 4 NAME DESCRIPTION SLPCHG Slope and offset recalculated 04402 Rev D 4 A 23 APPENDIX A 5 M400E iDAS Functions Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual Table A 6 M400E iDAS Functions Revision D 4 Na SCRIPTION UNIS _ PHMExS Photometer detector measure reading w PHREF Protometer detector reference reading mw ZSCNC1 Concentration for range 1 during zero span calibration just before PPB computing new
42. Section 8 1 4 Table 8 1 Status reports include warning messages calibration and diagnostic status messages Refer to Appendix A 3 for a list of the possible messages and this for information on controlling the instrument through the RS 232 interface General Message Format All messages from the instrument including those in response to a command line request are in the format X DDD HH MM Id MESSAGE lt CRLF gt Where X is a command type designator a single character indicating the message type as shown in the Table 8 3 DDD HH MM is the time stamp the date and time when the message was issued It consists of the Day of year DDD as a number from 1 to 366 the hour of the day HH as a number from 00 to 23 and the minute MM as a number from 00 to 59 ID is the analyzer ID a number with 1 to 4 digits MESSAGE is the message content that may contain warning messages test measurements variable values etc lt CRLF gt is a carriage return line feed pair which terminates the message The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse them into an easy structure Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any information on the time a message was issued hence it is useful to log such messages for trouble shooting and reference purposes Terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review 04315 Rev C1 125 357
43. XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID COM1 COM2 Combined Mode ID COM1 MODE 0 displayed here SET SET EDIT EXIT COM1 QUIET MODE OFF PREV NEXT OFF EXIT Use the PREV and NEXT Keys to between the available modes Continue pressing NEXT until COM1 RS 485 MODE OFF Activate Deactivate PREV NEXT OFF EXIT the Selected mode by toggling the ON OFF key COM1 RS 485 MODE ON PREV NEXT OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new settin id LJ x ENTR accepts the new setting JZ PREV and NEXT Keys to continue selecting other COM modes you want to enable or disable 120 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 1 5 COMM PORT TESTING The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COM menu This test sends a string of 256 w characters to the selected COMM port While the test is running the red LED on the rear panel of the analyzer should flicker To initiate the test press the following key sequence SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID COM1 COM2 COM1 MODE 0 SET SET EDIT mE Continue pressing SET or S
44. s configuration properties e Your LAN is not running a DHCP software package e he DHCP software is unable to initialize the analyzer s interface e You wish to program the interface with a specific set of IP addresses that may not be the ones automatically chosen by DHCP Editing the Ethernet Interface properties is a two step process STEP 1 Turn DHCP OFF While DHCP is turned ON the ability to set the INSTRUMENT IP GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK manually is disabled SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RMGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT SETUP X X COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID ADDR INET EXIT SETUP ENTER PASSWORD 818 1 8 ENTR EXIT SETUP X X DHCP ON lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT SETUP ON Toggle this key coed to turn DHCP ON ENTR EXIT ON OFF SETUP DHCP OFF ENTR accepts OFF ENTR EXIT the new setting LJ EXIT ignores the Hi new setting gt Continue to Step 2 Below 136 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E STEP 2 Configure the INSTRUMENT IP GATEWAY IP and SUBNET MASK addresses by pressing From Step 1 above DHCP OFF SET gt INST IP 000 000 000 000 lt SET SET gt EDIT GATEWAY IP 000 000 000 000 lt SET SET gt EDIT SUBNET MASK 255 255 255 0 SET gt EDIT TCP PORT 3000 Pressing EXIT from any of the above di
45. www teledyne api com software apicom Although Teledyne Instruments recommends the use of APICOM the iDAS can also be accessed and configured through a terminal emulation program such as HyperTerminal Figure 6 6 However all configuration commands must be created following a strict syntax or be pasted in from of a text file which was edited offline and then uploaded through a specific transfer procedure 04315 Rev C1 93 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 2 SETUP gt MORE gt VARS INTERNAL VARIABLES VARS The M400E has several user adjustable software variables which define certain operational parameters Usually these variables are automatically set by the instrument s firmware but can be manually re defined using the VARS menu The following table lists all variables that are available within the 818 password protected level See Appendix A2 for a detailed listing of all of the M400E variables that are accessible through the remote interface Table 7 4 Variable Names VARS VARS VARIABLE DESCRIPTION DEFAULT VALUES Changes the Internal Data Acquisition System iDAS HOLDOFF timer May be set for No data is stored in the iDAS channels during intervals DAS_HOLD_OFF situations when the software considers the data to between 15 min be questionable such as during warm up of just 0 5 20 min after the instrument returns from one of its calibration mode to S
46. 04315 Rev C1 69 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 6 4 4 SETUP gt RNGE ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE CONFIGURATION 6 4 4 1 Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges Functionally the Model 400E photometric analyzer has one hardware physical range that is capable of determining concentrations between ppb and 10 000 ppb This architecture improves reliability and accuracy by avoiding the need for extra switchable gain amplification circuitry Once properly calibrated the analyzer s front panel will accurately report concentrations along the entire span of its physical range Because most applications use only a small part of the analyzer s physical range the width of the M400E analyzer s physical range can create data resolution problems for most analog recording devices For example in an application where the expected concentration of is typically less than 500 ppb the full scale of expected values is only 596 of the instrument s 10 000 ppm physical range Unmodified the corresponding output signal would also be recorded across only 5 of the range of the recording device The MAOOE solves this problem by allowing the user to select a scaled reporting range for the analog outputs that only includes that portion of the physical range relevant to the specific application NOTE Only the reporting range of the analog outputs is scaled Both the iDAS values stor
47. 1 80 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual List of Channels List of Parameters Parameter CONC1 Mode AVG Precision 1 Store Num Samples OFF Parameter PHREF Mode AVG Precision 1 Store Num Samples OFF Parameter SMPLFLW Mode AVG Precision 1 Store Num Samples OFF Parameter SMPLPRS Mode AVG Precision 1 Store Num Samples OFF Parameter O3DRIV Mode AVG Precision 1 Store Num Samples OFF Parameter SLOPE1 Mode INST Precision 3 Store Num Samples OFF Parameter OFSET1 Mode INST Precision 3 Store Num Samples OFF Parameter ZSCNC1 Mode INST Precision 3 Store Num Samples OFF Default M400E iDAS Channels Setup 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 4 SETUP DAS VIEW VIEWING IDAS CHANNELS AND INDIVIDUAL RECORDS IDAS data and settings can be viewed on the front panel through the following keystroke sequence SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 5 IDAS VIEW Keypad Functions TST gt CAL SETUP FUNCTION PV10 Moves the VIEW backward 10 record SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU PREV Moves the VIEW backward 1 records or channel CFG DAS RANGE PASS CLK MORE NEXT Moves the VIEW forward 1 record or channel NX10 Moves the VIEW forward 10 records SETUP X X DATA ACQUISITION Selects the previous parameter on the list VIEW EDIT Keys only appear when needed SETUP X X
48. 11 2 1 SAMPLE GAS AIR FLOW The flow of sample gas through the M400E analyzer is produced by an internal pump that draws a small vacuum on the downstream side of a critical flow orifice thereby creating a controlled airflow through the analyzers absorption tube and other components This requires the analyzer gas inlets be at or near ambient pressure usually managed by placing a vent line on the incoming gas line See Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 and Figure 5 5 By placing the pump down stream from the sample chamber several problems are avoided e First the pumping process heats and compresses the sample air complicating the measurement process e Additionally certain physical parts of the pump itself are made of materials that might chemically react with the sample gas e Finally in certain applications where the concentration of the target gas might be high enough to be hazardous maintaining a negative gas pressure relative to ambient means that should a minor leak occur no sample gas would be pumped into the atmosphere surrounding analyzer SAMPLE GAS INLET Particulate Filter SPAM GAS INLET ZERO AIR Measure Reference Valve INLET m DRY AIR INLET I Flaw Pressure SAMPLE Y Sensor PCA PRESSURE EXHAUST SENSOR 2 GAS m OUTLET Sample Gas V Flow Control Og FLOW t SENSOR I I I DU TOR AME MM crc N D Oe u I
49. 159 Heater Control 204 Internal Zero Span Option IZS 4 8 41 53 52 53 59 61 199 200 AC Power 206 209 AutoCal 42 163 Calibration 30 37 149 157 169 Configuration 34 39 DIAG Functions 96 EPA Equivalency 9 271 Index Flow Diagram 14 52 Generator 34 35 52 61 94 149 169 200 203 230 237 241 245 255 257 Interferents 30 Maintenance 221 224 225 230 Os Scrubber 28 37 62 193 221 257 Pneumatic Setup 23 Rear Panel 12 Reference Detector 36 230 Span Gas for 21 Spare PArts 48 Specifications 7 8 Test Channel Functions 111 Test Functions 61 Troubleshooting 219 236 239 241 242 244 245 248 252 255 256 257 258 Valve Control 204 Valve States 53 VARS 94 Warning Messages 28 62 Internal Zero Span Option IZS Hessen Flags 146 Status LED s 203 Zero Span 48 and AutoCal 42 149 162 Calibration 30 157 159 160 161 EPA Equivalency 9 Flow Diagram 48 Rear Panel 13 49 Setup 50 Troubleshooting 241 252 Valve States 49 with Remote Contact Closure 162 VARS Menu 44 64 66 67 69 78 91 94 95 Variable Default Values 94 Variable Names CLOCK ADJ 94 CONC PRECISION 94 O3_GEN_LAMP 94 GEN LOW1 94 GEN 10 2 94 SCRUB SET 94 PHOTO LAMP 94 241 245 VARS HOLD OFF 94 Ventilation Clearance 16 W Warning Messages 27 28 61 62 234 235 236 ANALOG CAL WARNING 28 62 146 BOX TEMP WARNING 28 62 146 235 239 CANNOT DYN SPA
50. 22 on the multidrop PCA on the instrument that was previously the last instrument in the chain Close the instrument Using straight through DB9 male gt DB9 Female cables interconnect the host and the analyzers as shown in Figure 8 4 04315 Rev C1 129 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual NOTE Teledyne Instruments recommends setting up the first link between the Host and the first instrument and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain Host KEY wy Female DB9 RS 232 port Male DB9 CALIBRATOR CALIBRATOR TAPI Analyzer Last INSTRUMENT COM2 COM2 COM2 COM2 Make Sure Jumper between JP2 pins 21 lt 22 is installed Figure 8 4 RS232 Multidrop PCA Host Analyzer Interconnect Diagram 130 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 3 RS 485 CONFIGURATION OF COM2 As delivered from the factory COM2 is configured for RS 232 communications This port can be re configured for operation as a non isolated half duplex RS 485 port capable of supporting up to 32 instruments with a maximum distance between the host and the furthest instrument being 4000 feet If you require full duplex or isolated operation please contact Teledyne Instruments Customer Service e To reconfigure COM2 as an RS 285 port set switch 6 of SW1 to the ON position see Figure 8 7 e he RS 485 port can be configured with or without a 1
51. 4 The method for performing an initial calibration for the Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer differs slightly depending on the whether or not any of the available internal zero air or valve options are installed e See Section 3 6 2 for instructions for initial calibration of the M400E analyzers in their base configuration e See Section 3 7 4 for instructions for initial calibration of M400E analyzers possessing IZS Valve Options OPT 51A e See Section 9 3 for information regarding setup and calibration of M400E analyzers with Z S Valve options 50 e lf you are using the M400E analyzer for EPA monitoring only the calibration method described in Chapter 10 should be used 3 6 1 INTERFERENTS FOR O MEASUREMENT The detection of is subject to interference from a number of sources including SO2 NO AND aromatic hydrocarbon meta xylene and mercury vapor The Model 400E successfully rejects interference from all of these with the exception of mercury vapor If the Model 400E is installed in an environment where the presence of mercury vapor is suspected steps should be taken to remove the mercury vapor from the sample gas before it enters the analyzer For more detailed information regarding O4 measurement interferences see Section 11 1 4 NOTE The presence of mercury vapor is highly unlikely in the types of applications for which M400E analyzers with IZS options installed are normally used 30
52. Both the A1 and A2 outputs can be e Configured full scale outputs of 0 0 1 VDC 0 1VDC 0 5VDC or 0 10VDC e Equipped with optional 0 20 mADC current loop drivers OPT 41 see Section 5 4 and configured for any current output within that range e g 0 20 2 20 4 20 etc The user may also add a signal offset independently to each output see Section 7 4 5 to match the electronic input requirements of the recorder or data logger to which the output is connected DEFAULT SETTINGS The default setting for these the reporting ranges of the analog output channels A1 and A2 are e SNGL mode e Oto 400 0 ppb e Oto5VDC Reporting range span may be viewed via the front panel by viewing the RANGE test function If the DUAL or AUTO modes are selected the RANGE test function will be replaced by two separate functions RANGE1 amp RANGE2 Reporting range status is also available as output via the external digital I O status bits see Section 3 3 3 NOTE Upper span limit setting for the individual range modes are shared Resetting the span limit in one mode also resets the span limit for the corresponding range in the other modes as follows SNGL DUAL AUTO Range lt Range1 Low Low Range Range2 Hi gt High Range 04315 Rev C1 71 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 6 4 4 3 RNGE gt MODE gt SNGL Configuring the M400E analyzer for Single Range Mode The sin
53. CPU board is replaced or if the configuration data stores there is reset 7 1 1 IDAS STATUS The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel which indicates the analyzer status also indicates certain aspects of the iDAS status Table 7 1 Front Panel LED Status Indicators for iDAS LED STATE IDAS Status System is in calibration mode Data logging can be enabled or disabled for this mode Calibration data are typically stored at the end of calibration periods concentration data are typically not sampled diagnostic data should be collected Instrument is in hold off mode a short period after the system exits calibrations iDAS BLINKING channels can be enabled or disabled for this period Concentration data are typically disabled whereas diagnostic should be collected ON Sampling normally The iDAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual data channels 04315 Rev C1 77 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 1 2 IDAS STRUCTURE The iDAS is designed around the feature of a record A record is a single data point The type of date recorded in a record is defined by two properties e PARAMETER type that defines the kind of data to be stored e g the average of O3 concentrations measured with three digits of precision See Section 7 1 5 3 e A TRIGGER event that defines when the record is made e g timer every time a calibration is performed et
54. Calibration Checks and Calibration of the M400E analyzer 151 9 2 2 Performing a Basic Manual Calibration 152 9 2 3 Performing a Basic Manual Calibration 153 9 2 3 1 Setting the expected Span Gas concentration 153 9 2 3 2 Zero Span Point Calibration Procedure a 154 9 2 4 Manual Calibration Checks and Calibrations Using AUTO RANGE or DUAL RANGE Modes 155 9 3 Manual Calibration Check and Calibration with Valve Options Installed 156 9 3 1 Setup for Calibration Checks and Calibration with Valve Options Installed 156 Manual Calibration Checks with Valve Options Installed a 158 9 3 2 Manual Calibration Using Valve Options ccccceccceceeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeesaegeeesseeeeessaaseeeeas 159 9 3 2 1 Setting the Expected Span Gas Concentration with the Z S Option Installed 160 9 3 2 2 Zero Span Point Calibration Procedure the Z S Option Installed 161 9 3 2 3 Use of Zero Span Valve with Remote Contact
55. Closure 162 9 4 Automatic Zero Span Cal Check AutoCal 162 9 4 1 SETUP gt ACAL Programming and AUTO CAL Sequence 164 9 5 Os Photormet er Electronic Calibration uuu u a esum Ct a u eect ied 167 9 5 1 Photometer Dark Calibration G onun aaa nnn 167 0542 9 Photomeler Gas Flow CaliDFaliOMn a y l oes eden a u etum e oed eee 168 9 6 Calibration IZS Option Generator nennen nnn 169 IO EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION 355 5539 u a 171 10 1 1 M400E Calibration General Guidelines 171 10 1 2 Calibration Equipment Supplies and Expendables 172 10 1 9 Calibration Gas and Zero Alr SOUICES te detect nisu de ore dunes de dedo es aqu 172 10 1 4 Recommended Standards for Establishing Traceabilitly 173 10 15 Calibration Fre Que ney tt TR 174 10 1 6 Data Recording muu uu u D au mantas ta a susiana 174 NOS FRECORG IKCC su E 174 10 2 Level 1 Calibration
56. DATE 01 JAN 02 Day Month amp Year 0 4 0 3 ENTR Format DD MON YY CONTINUE NEXT PAGE With STARTING TIME 164 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 04315 Rev C1 Toggle keys to set Day Month amp Year Format DD MON YY L Toggle keys to set time Format HH MM This is a 24 hr clock PM hours are 13 24 Example 2 15 PM 14 15 Toggle keys to set number of days between procedures 1 367 Toggle keys to set delay time for each iteration of the sequence HH MM 0 24 00 M400E Calibration Procedures CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE STARTING DATE SETUP XX STARTING DATE 01 JAN 02 0 4 0 3 ENTR SETUP X X STARTING DATE 04 SEP 03 lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP STARTING TIME 00 00 lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP STARTING TIME 00 00 SETUP STARTING TIME 14 15 lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP DELTA DAYS 1 lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP DELTA DAYS 1 ENTR EXIT SETUP XX DELTA DAYS 2 SET SET EDIT SETUP X X DELTA TIME00 00 SET SET EDIT SETUP DELTA TIME 00 00 SETUP X X DELTA TIEM 00 30 SET SET EDIT CONTINUE NEXT PAGE With DURATION TIME 165 M400E Calibration Procedures Toggle keys to set duration for each iteration of the sequence Set in Decimal minutes from 0 1 60 0 Toggle key Between Off and ON Display show SEQ 2 ZERO SPAN 2 00 30 Sequence Delta Time MODE D
57. Downloads 93 148 Terminal Mode 123 Command Syntax 124 Computer mode 119 123 Interactive mode 123 04315 Rev C1 Index Test Channel 111 239 250 Test Functions 29 60 61 111 219 221 228 236 237 242 250 BOX TEMP 28 61 62 111 146 235 237 239 244 Os DRIVE 61 219 O3 GEN TEMP 237 GEN TMP 61 61 O3 MEAS 61 237 Os REF 61 219 228 237 254 SCRUB 61 OFFSET 61 151 217 219 220 237 PHOTO LAMP 61 111 213 237 239 PHOTO POWER 61 PRES 61 213 219 225 235 237 RANGE 61 71 73 74 98 143 237 RANGE1 61 73 74 143 RANGE2 61 73 74 143 SAMP FL 61 219 225 SAMPL FL 213 SAMPLE TEMP 28 61 62 111 146 213 237 239 SLOPE 61 151 217 219 220 237 STABIL 28 61 62 146 219 235 237 TEST 61 TIME 61 163 237 TEST 61 Theory of Operation Beer Lambert Equation 4 189 192 Thermistors 199 230 245 Thermocouple Inputs 205 TIME 61 163 237 U Ultraviolet Light 4 173 190 191 192 193 210 211 Units of Measurement 31 38 75 Converting Volume Units to Weight Units 75 UV Absorption Path 190 191 192 UV detector 210 228 229 235 UV Source 204 O3Generator 230 239 245 255 Status LED s 241 Photometer 42 198 200 203 204 210 212 254 Adjustment 228 229 Calibration 167 Power Supply 206 Replacement 229 Status LED s 241 Troubleshooting 236 237 244 245 V Valve Options 30 48 149 156 158
58. GND As seen from inside analyzer Figure 8 7 CPU connector Pin Outs for COM2 in RS 485 mode NOTE The DCE DTE switch has no effect on COM2 132 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 4 REMOTE ACCESS VIA THE ETHERNET When equipped with the optional Ethernet interface the analyzer can be connected to any standard 10BaseT Ethernet network via low cost network hubs switches or routers The interface operates as a standard TCP IP device on port 3000 This allows a remote computer to connect through the internet to the analyzer using APICOM terminal emulators or other programs The firmware on board the Ethernet card automatically sets the communication modes and baud rate 115 200 kBaud for the COM2 port Once the Ethernet option is installed and activated the COM2 submenu is replaced by a new submenu INET This submenu is used to manage and configure the Ethernet interface with your LAN or Internet Server s The card has four LEDs that are visible on the rear panel of the analyzer indicating its current operating status Table 8 4 Ethernet Status Indicators LED FUNCTION LNK green ON when connection to the LAN is valid ACT yellow Flickers on any activity on the LAN TxD green Flickers when the RS 232 port is transmitting data RxD yellow Flickers when the RS 232 port is receiving data 8 4 1 ETHERNET CARD COM2 COMMUNICATION MODES AND BAUD RATE T
59. Gas Dilution of calibrator is not Calibrator already vented VENT MODEL 701 A Zero Gas Generator Restrictor to regulate flow at 2 x s analyzer gas flow Figure 9 2 and Figure 9 3 156 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures source of VENT here if input dr SAMPLE GAS is pressurized Removed during calibration c z 2 o E VENT here if output Model E lt Gas Dilution of calibrator is not Calibrator already vented T MODEL 701 Zero Gas Generator Restrictor to regulate flow at 2 x s analyzer gas flow Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with Zero Span Valve Option OPT 50A Source f l VENT here if input E cci en ny ie aT cll SAMPLE GAS is pressurized Removed during calibration Figure 9 2 Restrictor to regulate flow at 2 x s analyzer gas flow um MODEL 701 Zero Gas Generator Figure 9 3 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with IZS Options OPT 51A o Oo LLI 04315 Rev C1 157 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS WITH VALVE OPTIONS INSTALLED Performing the calibration checks on M400E analyzer s with the Valve option installed is similar to that described in Section 9 2 except that the ZERO And SPAN calibration operations are initiated di
60. In this case it is suggested to either try to determine what the maximum number of records available is using the front panel interface or use trial and error in designing the iDAS script or calculate the number of records using the DAS or APICOM manuals To set the NUMBER OF RECORDS follow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press otarting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU SETUP X X 0 CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT Use the PREV and NEXT keys to scroll to the DATA CHANNEL to be edited SETUP X X NAME CONC SET SET EDIT PRNT EXIT Continue pressing SET or SET until SETUP NUMBER OF RECORDS 200 GET SET gt EDIT PRNT SETUP XX EDIT PARAMS DELETE DATA NO retains the YES NO data and YES deletes all data currently stored for this data channel and continues into EDIT made Toggle these keys to sei the Number of Records to record 0 100 000 04315 Rev C1 returns to the previous menu SETUP X X NUMBER OF RECORDS 200 EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting JZ 89 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 1 5 7 RS 232 Report Function The iDAS can automatically report data to the communications ports where they can be captured with a terminal emulation program or simply viewed by the user using the APICOM software To enable automatic COMM port reporting f
61. O Control Inputs See Section 9 3 2 3 INSTRUMENT CHASSIS CO Scrubber Emm SAMPLE GAS INLET Particulate Filter SPAN GAS INLET Measure Reference Valve I I I I ZERO AIR INLET m DRY AIR 6 INLET Z Flow Pressure SAMPLE x PRESSURE SENSOR GAS m OUTLET Sample Gas Flow Control FLOW SENSOR Figure 5 3 M400E Pneumatic Diagram with Zero Span Valve Option OPT 50A 48 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Optional Hardware and Software The instrument s zero air and span gas flow rate required for this option is 800 cc min however the US EPA recommends that the cal gas flow rate be at least 1600 cc min Table 5 1 Zero Span Valve Operating States Option Mode Condition SAMPLE Sample Cal Open to SAMPLE inlet Zero Span Open to ZERO AIR inlet ZERO CAL Sample Cal Open to ZERO SPAN Valve Zero Span Open to ZERO AIR inlet SPAN CAL Sample Cal Open to ZERO SPAN Valve Zero Span Open to SPAN GAS inlet The state of the Sample Cal valves can be controlled e Manually via the analyzer s front panel e By activating the instrument s AutoCal feature See Section 9 4 e Remotely by using the External Digital I O Control Inputs See Section 9 3 2 3 or e Remotely via the RS 232 485 Serial I O ports See Section 8 1 7
62. OF DAY CLOCK TIME DATE TIME 12 00 SETUP X X DATE 01 JAN 05 0 1 JAN 0 5 ENTR EXIT EE Toggle these keys Toggle these HOUR MINUTE keys to enter DAY MONTH YEAR to enter current day current hour month and year TIME 22 30 DATE 18 JUN 05 0 5 ENTR EXIT SETUP TIME OF DAY CLOCK EXIT TIME DATE SETUP display 68 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer 6 4 3 2 Adjusting the internal Clock s speed In order to compensate for CPU clocks which run faster or slower you can adjust a variable called CLOCK_ADJ to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount every day The CLOCK_AD variable is accessed via the VARS submenu To change the value of this variable press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT SETUP X X ENTER SETUP PASS 0 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT SETUP X X 0 DAS_HOLD_OFF 15 0 Minutes PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until SETUP X X 7 CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day PREV NEXT EDIT ENTR EXIT 7 CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day EDIT ENTR EXIT Enter sign and number of seconds per day the clock gains or loses SETUP X X 7 CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting JZ
63. Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Scrubber 28 37 62 193 221 257 O3 GEN HEATER 241 245 O3 GEN LAMP 94 GEN LOW hl 94 O3 GEN LOW2 94 O3 SCRUB HEATER 241 O3 SCRUB SET 94 O3GEN 79 O3REF 79 Offset 61 105 110 217 219 235 OFFSET 61 151 217 219 220 237 ON OFF Switch 206 246 Operating Modes 96 219 Calibration Mode 63 146 Calibration Mode LO CAL A type 59 M P CAL 59 SPAN CAL type 59 ZERO CAL type 59 DIAG Mode 59 Diagnostic Mode DIAG 96 SAMPLE 59 SAMPLE mode 11 26 59 60 94 162 204 215 242 Secondaru Setup 64 Setup 64 SETUP X X 59 P Particulate Filter 42 196 214 221 223 235 PHOTO LAMP 61 111 213 237 239 PHOTO POWER 61 PHOTO REF WARNING 28 62 146 236 PHOTO TEMP WARNING 28 62 146 235 239 PHOTO LAMP 94 241 245 251 PHOTO LAMP HEATER 241 PHOTO REF VALVE 241 PHOTOMETER 206 210 227 Absorption Tube 189 198 221 227 CALIBRATION 149 167 Gas Flow 168 Electronics 211 Gas Pressure 213 Layout 210 Sensor Flow 249 249 Status LED s 203 Temperature 213 Theory of Operation 211 UV Absorption Path 190 191 192 UV detector 210 228 229 235 UV Lamp 198 200 204 212 241 254 PNUMTC 79 PRES 61 213 219 225 235 237 Pump Sample 42 45 61 203 208 224 235 243 246 R RANGE 61 71 98 143 237 RANGE1 61 73 74 143 270 RANGE2 61 73 74 143 REAR BOARD NOT DET 28 62 235 Recorder O
64. Preamp eNo IZS option installed instrument improperly configured IZS Ozone Generator O3 generator heater Temp is outside of control eO3 generator temperature sensor range of 48 C eRelay controlling the O3 generator heater 3 C eEntire Relay Board el C Bus eT his message occurs at power The computer has elf it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted SYSTEM RESET rebooted eFailed 5 VDC power eFatal Error caused software to restart e oose connector wiring NOTE O3 GEN TEMP WARNING A failure of the analyzer s CPU or Motherboard can result in any or ALL of the following messages 13 1 2 FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS Besides being useful as predictive diagnostic tools the test functions viewable from the analyzers front panel can be used to isolate and identify many operational problems when combined with a thorough understanding of the analyzers Theory of Operation see Chapter 11 The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in the Nominal Range column of the analyzer Final Test and Validation Data Sheet shipped with the instrument Values outside these acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or more of the analyzer s subsystems Functions whose values are still within acceptable ranges but have significantly changed from the measurement recorded on the factory data sheet may also indicate a failure A worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the value of the
65. Preamp Board in the optical bench If the value displayed is too low e lt 100mV Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply e lt 2000mV Lamp output has dropped adjust UV Preamp Board or replace lamp MEAS amp If the value displayed is constantly changing O3 REF eBad UV lamp eDefective UV lamp power supply eFailed I C Bus If the O3 Ref value changes by more than 10mV between zero and span gas eDefective leaking switching valve See Table 12 1 for SAMPLE PRES WARN SAMPLE FL Check for Gas Flow problems See Section 13 4 SAMPLE TEMP I eem outside of the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for Bench temp control improves instrument noise stability and drift Temperatures outside of the specified range or oscillating temperatures are cause for concern See Table 12 1 for PHOTO TEMP WARNING If the Box Temperature is out of range check fan in the Power Supply Module Areas to the side and rear of instrument should allow adequate ventilation See Table 12 1 for BOX TEMP WARNING O3 GEN TEMP If the O3 Generator Temperature is out of range check O3 Generator heater and temperature sensor See Table 12 1 for O3 GEN TEMP WARNING Values outside range indicate PHOTO LAMP BOX TEMP eContamination of the Zero Air or Span Gas supply SLOPE elnstrument is miss calibrated eBlocked Gas Flow eFaulty Sample Pressure Sensor P1 or circuitry eBad incorrect Span Gas concentration
66. SETUP X X CONFIG MODE ADJ SETUP X X CONFIG CNST REF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the e Constant Mode In this mode the analyzer sets the new setting 7 Generator drive voltage at a constant level REF Reference Mode In this mode the analyzer uses feedback from the Reference Detector to adjust the Generator Drive Voltage and stabilize the Os Generator 36 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 7 4 INITIAL CALIBRATION AND CONDITIONING OF M400E ANALYZERS WITH THE IZS OPTION INSTALLED The following procedure assumes that e The instrument has of the IZS Options installed e he pneumatic setup matches that described in Section 3 4 3 or Section 3 4 4 3 7 4 1 Initial O3 Scrubber Conditioning The 145 option includes a charcoal scrubber that creates zero air for the auto zero calibration feature This charcoal scrubber must be conditioned for the relative humidity of locale being monitored To start this conditioning cycle press Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer SAMPLE RANGE 500 6 PPB O3 XXXX lt IST IST CAL CALS SETUP ZERO CALM RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 lt TST TST gt ZERO CONC EXIT Allow the Instrument to operate undisturbed for 24 HOURS DO NOT press the ZERO key ZERO CALM RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 ST IST gt ZERG CONC EXIT Remove
67. Scrubber heater or temperature sensor Th f Bad or loose wiring TC input connector on relay PCA i 0 C 70 C e configured TC input e g J type instead of K VEDO Serpe AC Relay controlling the scrubber heater Entire Relay PCA lC Bus Os LAMP The temperature of TEMP the IZS Option s Os 0 mV 5000 mV Same as PHOTO TEMP WARNING from Table 13 1 generator UV lamp The temperature CHASSIS inside the M400E s 0 70 C Possible causes of faults are the same as BOX TEMP TEMP chassis same as WARNING from Table 13 1 BOX TEMP 04315 Rev C1 239 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 3 USING THE INTERNAL ELECTRONIC STATUS LEDS Several LEDs are located inside the instrument to assist in determining if the analyzers CPU I C bus and Relay PCA are functioning properly 13 3 1 CPU STATUS INDICATOR DS5 a red LED that is located on upper portion of the motherboard just to the right of the CPU board flashes when the CPU is running the main program loop After power up approximately 30 60 seconds DS5 should flash on and off If characters are written to the front panel display but DS5 does not flash then the program files have become corrupted contact customer service because it may be possible to recover operation of the analyzer If after 30 60 seconds neither DS5 is flashing nor have any characters been written to the front panel display then the C
68. Several other output ranges are available see Table 7 9 Each range has is usable from 5 to 5 of the rated span Table 7 9 Analog Output Voltage Range Min Max 0 10 VDC 0 5 VDC 10 5 VDC e The default offset for all VDC ranges is 0 VDC e While these are the physical limits of the current loop modules typical applications use 2 20 or 4 20 mA for the lower and upper limits Please specify desired range when ordering this option e The default offset for all current ranges is 0 mA To change the output type and range select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press Fram the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See Figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET CAL EXIT Continue pressing SET until you reach the output to be configured DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 5V NOCAL SET SET gt EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 RANGE 5V Pressing ENTR records SET SET EDIT EXIT the new setting and These keys set returns to the previous the signal level menu Pressing EXIT ignores the and pA ui the DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 RANGE 5V new setting and returns to selecte channel 0 1V 1V 5 10V CURR ENTR EXIT 10e presius mMenu p 108 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 4 4 TURNING AN ANALOG OUTPUT OVER RANGE FEATURE ON OFF In its default configuration a 5
69. To view these TEST functions press RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX SAMPLE lt TST TST CAL SETUP Toggle lt TST TST gt keys to scroll through list of functions This will match the currently selected units of c ETC measure for the range being displayed 5 Only appears 125 reference sensor option is installed _ A Only appears if I7S option is installed Ley ere Only appears if metal wool scrubber option is aa ud installed Only appears if analog output A4 is actively reporting a TEST FUNCTION Figure 6 2 Viewing M400E Test Functions 60 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer Table 6 2 Test Functions Defined DISPLAY PARAMETER UNITS DESCRIPTION The Full Scale limit at which the reporting range of the analyzers ANALOG OUTPUTS is currently set RANGE i e THIS IS NOT the Physical Range of the instrument See Section 6 4 4 1 for more information e f DUAL or AUTO Range modes have been selected two RANGE functions will appear one for each range Standard deviation of O3 Concentration readings Data points STABIL STABILITY MV are recorded every ten seconds The calculation uses the last 25 data points O4 MEAS PHOTOMEAS MV The average UV Detector output during the MEASURE portion of the analyzer s measurement cycle O REF PHOTOREF The average UV Detector output during the REFERENCE portion of the analyzer s measur
70. Triggering events are firmware specific and a complete list of Triggers for this model analyzer can be found in Appendix A 5 The most commonly used triggering events are e ATIMER Sampling at regular intervals specified by an automatic timer Most trending information is usually stored at such regular intervals which can be instantaneous or averaged e EXITZR EXITSP and SLPCHG exit zero exit span slope change Sampling at the end of irregularly occurring calibrations or when the response slope changes These triggering events create instantaneous data points e g for the new slope and offset concentration response values at the end of a calibration Zero and slope values are valuable to monitor response drift and to document when the instrument was calibrated e WARNINGS Some data may be useful when stored if one of several warning messages appears such as WTEMPW GFC wheel temperature warning This is helpful for trouble shooting by monitoring when a particular warning occurred To edit the list of data parameters associated with a specific data channel follow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU SETUP X X CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREY MEAT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT SETUP X X NAME CONC lt SET SET EDIT PRNT EXIT SETUP X X NAME CONC C o N C ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting J Press each key repeatedly t
71. Yellow AUTOCAL enabled Blinking Unit is in calibration mode Off No warnings exist FAULT nee Blinking Warnings exist 04315 Rev C1 215 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 5 SOFTWARE OPERATION The Model 400E Ozone Analyzer is at its heart a high performance 386 based microcomputer running MS DOS Inside the DOS shell special software developed by Teledyne Instruments interprets user commands vie the various interfaces performs procedures and tasks stores data in the CPU s various memory devices and calculates the concentration of the sample gas DOS Shell API FIRMWARE Memory Handling IDAS Records Calibration Data System Status Data Analyzer Operations Calibration Procedures PC 104 BUS Configuration Procedures Autonomic Systems Diagnostic Routines ANALYZER HARDWARE Interface Handlina Sensor input Data Measurement Display Messages Algorithm Keypad Analog Output Data PC 104 BUS RS232 amp RS485 External Digital I O Figure 11 21 Basic Software Operation 11 5 1 ADAPTIVE FILTER The Model 400E software processes sample Gas Measurement and Reference data through a built in adaptive filter built into the software Unlike other analyzers that average the output signal over a fixed time period the Model 400E averages over a set number of samples where a new sample is calculated approximately every 3 seconds this is technique is Known as
72. a a 11 3 2 Unpacking the M400E 2 u u uuu uuu u u ade aaa a aaa 15 2 21 1 Vvenulaton clearance uu uuu uu uu a a a aa e en Duda ege 16 Se n E E Le 16 OW Cl CONNECCION k a eic ns Erst teat 16 9 9 2 Analog CONNECHONS 92 abc eniin ee eee dae eee ee 17 9 9 9 CONMECING the OUS ULU uuu uu uu un uma mu aaa ee 18 9 9 4 Connecting the Control IBBUDS U Uu uu LL S auch l a T caue k 19 3 3 5 Connecting the Serial amp niu ee eee 20 3 9 6 Connecting toa LAN or the Internet eI ae eee eee ee 20 3 9 7 Connecting Multidrop NetWOTFrk x uu petis een ea eee 20 zad Prenumauc COMME CONS u uec um T uw Qy de e stes 21 34 1 About Zero Calibration emite logo Dette osos dis SR hak aa uqa 21 3 4 2 Basic Pneumatic Setup for the M400E analyzer 22 3 4 3 Pneumatic Setup for the M400E Analyzer with Internal Zero Span Option IZS 23 3 4 4 Pneumatic Setups for Ambient Air Monitoring with the M400E analyzer
73. a multipoint check against known standards and involves introducing gas samples of known concentration into the instrument in order to adjust the instrument to a predetermined sensitivity and to produce a calibration relationship This relationship is derived from the instrumental response to successive samples of different known concentrations As a minimum three reference points and a zero point are recommended to define this relationship The instrument s supplying the zero air and Span calibration gasses used must themselves be calibrated and that calibration must be traceable to an EPA NIST primary standard see Section 8 1 4 All monitoring instrument systems are subject to some drift and variation in internal parameters and cannot be expected to maintain accurate calibration over long periods of time Therefore it is necessary to check the calibration relationship on a predetermined schedule dynamically Zero and span checks must be used to document that the data remains within control limits These checks are also used in data reduction and validation To ensure accurate measurements of the levels the analyzer must be calibrated at the time of installation and re calibrated as necessary Section 12 of the Q A Manual A general procedure for dynamically calibrating a O3 analyzer can be found in 40 CFR 50 Appendix C Calibration can be done by either diluting high concentration standards with zero air or using separate suppl
74. aQ aa t Suka ta IRE 198 198 1129 9 2 SSnSOriInp a 08 Mo ka Qu t Oq tha uqa 199 UE Posee cite M Ri Ee re ne mr 199 k ANIO OUMU u utet ibi e EMEN One i Ree ener See E E 200 1229 9 95 EO Dal eoo oe UD uta MEI Mi MUN LE E 200 DAAB Le ecc e M 200 Quo UD CIPE U X rU 200 Tes 5 E au m er eam a NE ee MM ee 200 WA LED S acs yu se a aioe eo Seed a 203 11 34 2 Watchdog CIFCUllby we k u ba u ata ate hn unt ced a 203 WW V GIVE 204 11 34 4 Heater Control io eL T raf e ton rab a luu 204 11 3 4 5 Thermocouple Inputs and Configuration Jumper JP5 205 11 3 5 Power Supply Circult Breaker ee 206 11 3 5 1 Power Switch Circuit 206 11 9 6 AG POWSI CONNGUEAUON tuo Qhi 207 11 36 1 AG configuration Internal Pump JP yuyu uu bte ditta e Pe dom eee eh adel b sus 208 11 3 6 2 AC Configuration Hea
75. ac ema fades emat 93 7 2 SETUP gt MORE gt VARS Internal Variables VARS a nennen nnns nnns 94 7 3 SETUP gt MORE gt DIAG The Diagnostic Menu ccccccseseeceecceeeececccaeeeceeeecaeaeeeeeseeeaeceesseuaaeseessaaaes 96 7 4 Using the Model 400E Analyzer s Analog 98 7 4 1 Adjusting amp Calibrating the Analog Output Signals r 98 14 2 Calibration of the Analog Outputs s aeq 100 7 4 2 1 Enabling or Disabling the AutoCal for an Individual Analog Output 100 7 4 2 2 Automatic Calibration of the Analog Outputs 101 7 4 2 3 Manual Calibration of the Analog Outputs configured for Voltage Ranges 103 7 4 2 4 Manual Adjustment of Current Loop Output Span and Offset 105 7 4 3 Analog Output Voltage Current Range Selection a 108 7 4 4 Turning an analog output Over Range Feature 109 7 4 5 Adding a Recorder Offset to an analog nnns 110 7 4 6 Sele
76. address of the analyzer itself EDIT key A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP disabled when address e g 192 168 76 1 that is the address of the DHCP is computer used by your LAN to access the Internet Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each e g 255 255 252 0 that defines that identifies the LAN to which the device is connected Configured by aea n All addressable devices and t LAN must SUBNET MASK disabled when addressable devices and computers on a mus DHCP DHCP is have the same subnet mask Any transmissions sent devices with different subnet masks are assumed to be outside of the LAN and are routed through a different GATEWAY IP Configured by ADDRESS DHCP gateway computer onto the Internet This number defines the terminal control port by which s ME the instrument is addressed by terminal emulation TCP PORT 3000 DO NOT y CHANGE software such as Internet or Teledyne Instruments APICOM The name by which your analyzer will appear when addressed from other computers on the LAN or via the HOST NAME Editable Internet While the default setting for all Teledyne Instruments M400E analyzers is MAOOE the host name may be changed to fit customer needs Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel NOTE If the gateway IP instrument IP and the subnet mask are all zeroes e g 0 0 0 0 the DCHP was
77. computer The command will not be sent to the analyzer to be executed until this is done On personal computers this is achieved by pressing the ENTER key BS Erases one character to the left of the backspace cursor location ESC Erases the entire command line escape ID CR This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the definitions of their functionality to the display device of the terminal or computer being used The ID number of the analyzer is only necessary if multiple analyzers are on the same communications line such as the multi drop setup Control C Pauses the listing of commands Control P Restarts the listing of commands 04315 Rev C1 123 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 1 7 2 Command Syntax Commands are not case sensitive and all arguments within one command i e ID numbers keywords data values etc must be separated with a space character All Commands follow the syntax X ID COMMAND lt CR gt Where X is the command type one letter that defines the type of command Allowed designators are listed in Table 8 3 and Appendix A 6 10 is the machine identification number Section8 1 6 Example the Command 700 followed by a carriage return would print the list of available commands for the revision of software currently installed in the instrument assigned ID Number 700 COMMAND is the command designator This s
78. concentration NOTE It is important to verify the PRECISE Concentration Value of the SPAN gas independently SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX TST TST gt CAL SETUP SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt ZERO CONC SETUP O3 SPAN CONC 400 0 Conc 4 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting The O3 span concentration value automatically ENTR accepts the defaults to 400 0 Conc new setting Jp Make sure that you input the ACTUAL concentration value of the SPAN Gas To change this value to meet the actual concentration of the SPAN Gas enter the number sequence by pressing the key under each digit until the expected value is set 04315 Rev C1 153 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 2 3 2 Zero Span Point Calibration Procedure The SPAN key now appears during the transition from Zero to span You may see both keys If either the ZERO or SPAN buttons fail ta appear see Section 11 for troubleshooting tips JZ SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB OF TST TST gt CAL SETUP O Toggle TST gt button until SAMPLE STABILZXXXX PPE O2 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer SAMPLE STABILZXXXX PPE 03 AKAK TST TST gt CAL SETUP M P CAL STABILZXXXX PPE G XXXX IST TST ZERO CONC EXIT M P CAL STABILZXXXX PPB TST T5T ENTR CONC M P CAL STABILZXXXX PPE Q
79. device attached to that output Note See Chapter 14for more information on preventing ESD damage 04315 Rev C1 47 Optional Hardware and Software M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 5 9 SPARE PARTS KITS 5 5 1 M400E EXPENDABLES KIT OPT 42 This kit includes a recommended set of expendables and spare parts for one year of operation of the M400E See Appendix B for a detailed listing of the contents 9 5 2 M400E SPARE PARTS KIT FOR THE IZS OPTION OPT 43 This kit includes a recommended set of spare parts for one year of operation of M400E s that have the optional generator and photometers installed See Appendix for a detailed listing of the contents 5 6 CALIBRATION VALVE OPTIONS 9 6 1 ZERO SPAN VALVES OPT 50A The Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer can be equipped with a zero span valve option for controlling the flow of calibration gases generated from sources external to the instrument This option consists of a set of two solenoid valves located inside the analyzer that allow the user to switch the active source of gas flowing into the instrument s optical bench between the sample inlet the span gas inlet and the zero air inlet The user can control these valves from the front panel keyboard either manually or by activating the instruments AUTOCAL feature See Section 9 4 The valves may also be opened and closed remotely via the RS 232 485 Serial I O ports see Section 8 1 7 or External Digital I
80. electronic version of this manual can also be downloaded for free at http www teledyne api com manuals Note that the online version is optimized for fast downloading and may not print with the same quality as the manual on CD USER NOTES 56 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS SECTION Il OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 04315 Rev C1 57 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS USER NOTES 58 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer 6 BASIC OPERATION OF THE M400E ANALYZER 6 1 OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES The M400E analyzer software has a variety of operating modes Most commonly the analyzer will be operating in SAMPLE mode In this mode a continuous read out of the Os concentrations is displayed on the front panel and is available to be output as analog signals from the analyzer s rear panel terminals The SAMPLE mode also allows e TEST functions and WARNING messages to be examined e Manual calibration operations to be initiated The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode This mode is used for configuring the various sub systems of the analyzer such as for the iDAS system the reporting ranges or the serial RS 232 RS 485 Ethernet communication channels The SET UP mode is also used for performing various diagnostic tests during troubleshooting Mode Field SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PP
81. exploded view in the following figure Replace the O rings and the sintered filter If you are replacing the Critical Flow Orifice itself make sure that the side with the red colored sapphire jewel is facing downstream to the flow gas flow Re assemble in reverse order See the Spares List in Appendix B for part numbers After re connecting the power and pneumatic lines verify flow rate is between 720 and 880 cc min Pneumatic Connector Male 1 4 P N FT0000070 Jes Spring Z P N HW0000020 e Critical Flow Orifice e P N 00094 1000 O Ring P N OR0000001 Housing P N 00085 0000 Figure 13 5 Critical Flow Orifice Assembly Instruments without IZS 256 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 10 2 REPLACING THE STANDARD REFERENCE SCRUBBER 1 Turn off power to the instrument Remove instrument cover d The reference scrubber is a blue colored canister located at the rear of the measure reference valve Assembly See Figure 3 4 Disconnect the top 1 8 brass tube fitting from the scrubber Carefully remove the scrubber from the retaining clip Remove the bottom 1 8 brass tube fitting from the scrubber QW UO 9L a Perform the above steps in reverse to install the new scrubber NOTE The new scrubber should be allowed to run in the instrument for at least 24 hrs after which the
82. fed to the Keyboard Display Interface and finally onto the relay PCA An data bus is used to communicate data and commands between the CPU and the Keyboard Display Interface the relay PCA and the power supply for the Photometer UV Lamp On instruments with 125 Options the power supply for the O4 Generator UV Lamp is also controlled by via the I C bus Interface circuits on the Keyboard Display interface and relay PCA convert the C data to parallel inputs and outputs An additional interrupt line from the Keyboard to the Motherboard allows the CPU to recognize and service key presses on the keyboard 11 3 3 7 Power Up Circuit This circuit monitors the 5V power supply during start up and sets the Analog outputs External Digital I O ports and C circuitry to specific values until the CPU boots and the instrument software can establish control 11 3 4 RELAY PCA 200 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation The CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches located on a separate printed circuit assembly called the relay PCA to control the function of key electromechanical devices such as heaters and valves The relay PCA receives instructions in the form of digital signals over the C bus interprets these digital instructions and activates its various switches and relays appropriately The relay PCA is located in the right rear quadrant of the analyzer and is mounted vertically on the
83. hydrocarbons and mercury vapor AROMATIC HYDROCARBONS While the instrument effectively rejected interference from meta xylene it should be noted that there are a very large number of volatile aromatic hydrocarbons that could potentially interfere with ozone detection This is particularly true of hydrocarbons with higher molecular weights If the Model 400A is installed in an environment where high aromatic hydrocarbon concentrations are suspected specific tests should be conducted to reveal the amount of interference these compounds may be causing MERCURY VAPOR mercury vapor absorbs radiation in the 254nm wavelength so efficiently that its presence even in small amounts will reduce the intensity of UV light to almost zero during both the Measurement and Reference Phases rendering the analyzer useless for detecting O3 If the Model 400E is installed in an environment where the presence of mercury vapor is suspected specific steps MUST be taken to remove the mercury vapor from the sample gas before it enters the analyzer 04315 Rev C1 193 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 2 PNEUMATIC OPERATION NOTE It is important that the sample airflow system is both leak tight and not pressurized over ambient pressure Regular leak checks should be performed on the analyzer as described in the maintenance schedule Table 12 2 Procedures for correctly performing leak checks can be found in Section 12 3 4
84. if necessary PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE PARAMETER RECORDED VALUE ACCEPTABLE VALUE osma T ORF cen pres PHOTO LAMP 58 SC 1 C O3 GEN TMP 48 C 3 C BOX TEMP 10 50 C OFFSET 0 0 5 0 PPB FOLLOWING VALUES ARE UNDER THE SIGNAL I O SUBMENU REF_4096_ MV mV 4096mv 2mv and Must be Stable Depending on options installed not all test parameters shown below will be available in your calibrator 1 If IZS valve option installed Cap the SAMPLE flow inlet and record the flow rate and pressure What is sample flow rate cc min What is the sample pressure in Hg A What are the failure symptoms TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS CUSTOMER SERVICE EMAIL api customerservice teledyne com PHONE 858 657 9800 TOLL FREE 800 324 5190 FAX 858 657 9816 04404 Rev C C 1 Model M400E Manual Warranty Repair lu 5 Questionnaire Model 400E Advanced Pollution Instrumentation A Teledyne Technologies Company Appendix C What tests have you done trying to solve the problem Thank you for providing this information Your assistance enables Teledyne Instruments to respond faster to the problem that you are encountering OTHER NOTES TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS CUSTOMER SERVI CE EMAIL api customerservice teledyne com PHONE 858 657 9800 TOLL FREE 800 324 5190 FAX 858 657 9816 04404 Rev C C 2 Model 400E Ozone Analyzer Appendix D Instruction Manual APPENDIX D ELECTRONIC SCHEMA
85. in calibrations and operations Ozone audit devices must be referenced to a primary UV photometer or one of the Standard Reference Photometers maintained by NIST and the US EPA 10 1 2 CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES AND EXPENDABLES The measurement of O3 in ambient air requires a certain amount of basic sampling equipment and supplemental supplies These include but are not limited to the following e Equivalent Method photometric Os analyzer such as the T API Model 400E e Strip chart recorder and or data logging system e Sampling lines e Sampling manifold e UV ultraviolet photometric calibration system e Certified calibration transfer standards e Zero air source e Ozone generation device calibrator e Spare parts and expendable supplies e Record forms e Independent audit system When purchasing these materials a logbook should be maintained as a reference for future procurement needs and as a basis for future fiscal planning Spare Parts and Expendable Supplies In addition to the basic equipment described in the Q A Handbook it is necessary to maintain an inventory of spare parts and expendable supplies Chapter 12 of this manual describes the parts that require periodic replacement and the frequency of replacement Appendix B contains a list of spare parts and kits of expendables supplies 10 1 3 CALIBRATION GAS AND ZERO AIR SOURCES Production of Zero Air Devices that condition ambient air by drying and remov
86. instrument s response messages are also displayed here e CONCENTRATION FIELD The far right portion of the top line of text displays the concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer The number reported here is the actual concentration of the Sample Gas reported in whatever units the user selects This number remains unaffected regardless of how the ranges of the instrument s analog outputs are configured e KEY DEFINITION FIELD The Bottom line of text displays is reserved for defining the function of the row of keys just below the display These definitions change depending on which part of the software menu tree is currently being displayed 11 4 1 2 Keypad The row of eight keys just below the Vacuum Florescent Display are the main method by which the user interacts with the analyzer These keys are context sensitive and are dynamically re defined as the user moves around in the software menu structure 11 4 1 3 Front Panel States LED s There are three status LED s located in the upper right corner of the Model 400E s Front Pane They are Table 11 6 Front Panel Status LED s NAME COLOR STATE DEFINITION Unit is not operating in SAMPle mode iDAS is disabled Unit is operating in SAMPLe mode front panel display being updated SAMPLE Green IDAS data being stored Unit is operating in SAMPLE mode front panel display being updated iDAS Hold Off mode is ON iDAS disabled AUTOCAL disabled CAL
87. instrument should be re calibrated 13 10 3 REPLACING THE IZS O SCRUBBER 1 Turn off power to the instrument Remove instrument cover The IZS zero air scrubber is attached to the brass elbow inlet fitting on the top of the generator assembly See Figure 13 6 Disconnect 1 4 Tube Fitting nut on O3 generator inlet fitting Disconnect 1 8 tube fitting on the other end of the scrubber Install new scrubber by reversing these steps IZS ZERO AIR SCRUBBER 27 Tj N NY WL Figure 13 6 IZS Generator Zero Air Scrubber Location 04315 Rev C1 257 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 10 4 METAL WOOL SCRUBBER OPTION Contact T API for instructions on replacing the optional Metal Wool Scrubber 13 10 5 DISK ON CHIP REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE Replacing the Disk on Chip may be necessary in certain rare circumstances when a chip fails or when loading new instrument software This will cause all of the instrument configuration parameters to be lost However a backup copy of the operating parameters are stored in a second non volatile memory and will be loaded into the new the Disk on Chip on power up To change the Disk on Chip follow this procedure 1 Turn off power to the instrument Fold down the rear panel by loosening the thumbscrews on each side Locate the Disk on Chip in the
88. internet at http www teledyne api com 04315 Rev C1 3 Introduction M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 1 2 M400E OVERVIEW The Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer is a microprocessor controlled analyzer that measures low ranges of ozone in ambient air using a method based on the Beer Lambert law an empirical relationship that relates the absorption of light to the properties of the material through which the light is traveling over a given distance The intensity of an ultra violate light is measured after it passes through a chamber called the sample cell where it is absorbed in proportion to the amount of ozone present Every three seconds a switching valve alternates measurement between a gas stream containing ozone and a stream that has been scrubbed of ozone The analyzer also measures the ambient temperature and pressure of the gas being measured Using results of these measurements and the Beer Lambert equation the M400E analyzer calculates the amount of ozone present in the sampler gas The M400E analyzer s multi tasking software gives the ability to track and report a large number of operational parameters in real time These readings are compared to diagnostic limits kept in the analyzers memory and should any fall outside of those limits the analyzer issues automatic warnings Built in data acquisition capability using the analyzer s internal memory allows the logging of multiple parameters including averaged
89. is designated as Equivalent Method Number EQOA 0992 087 as defined in 40 CFR Part 53 when operated under the following conditions e Range Any range from 100 ppb to 1 ppm e Ambient temperature range of 5 to 40 C e Line voltage range of 105 125 VAC or 200 240 VAC 50 60 Hz e With 5 micron PTFE filter element installed in the internal filter assembly e Sample flow of 800 80 at sea level e Gas flow supplied by Internal or External pump e Following Software Setting Table 2 4 Software Settings for EPA Equivalence AutoCal ON or OFF Under the designation the Analyzer may be operated with or without the following options e Rack mount with slides e Rack mount without slides ears only e Zero Span Valves option e Internal Zero Span 1 5 generator e 4 20mA isolated output 2 3 CE MARK COMPLIANCE EMISSIONS COMPLIANCE The Teledyne Instruments Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer was tested and found to be fully compliant with EN61326 1997 w A1 98 Class A FCC Part 15 Subpart B section 15 107 Class A ICES 003 Class A ANSI C63 4 1992 amp AS NZS 3548 w A1 amp A2 97 Class A Tested on 7 1 2002 to 7 2 2002 at CKC Laboratories Inc Report Number CE02 128 SAFETY COMPLIANCE The Teledyne Instruments Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer was tested and found to be fully compliant with IEC 61010 1 90 A1 92 A2 95 Tested in 08 2002 to 09 2002 at NEMKO Report Number 200
90. must be At least 0 2m long No more than 2m long Vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument ZERO AIR SOURCE Attach a gas line from the source of zero air e g a Teledyne Instruments M701 zero air Generator to the DRY AIR inlet The gas from this line will be used internally as zero air and as source air for the internal O4 generator 3 EXHAUST OUTLET Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting e exhaust line should be a maximum of 10 meters of 74 PTEF tubing 04315 Rev C1 23 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual CAUTION General Safety Hazard VENTING SHOULD BE OUTSIDE THE SHELTER OR IMMEDIATE AREA SURROUNDING THE INSTRUMENT AND CONFORM TO ALL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS REGARDING EXPOSURE TO O 4 Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 12 3 4 3 4 4 PNEUMATIC SETUPS FOR AMBIENT AIR MONITORING WITH THE M400E ANALYZER 3 4 4 1 Pneumatic Set Up for M400E s Located in the Same Room Being Monitored In this application is often preferred that the sample gas and the source gas for the generator and internal zero air be the same chemical composition Minimum 3 ft in length EXHAUST i MODEL M400E analyzer with IZS installed _ 2 T 2 O C SAMPLE and DRY AIR inlets open to room Figure 3 12 Gas Line Connections when the M400
91. necessary without performing painstaking preventative maintenance procedures The Test Functions can also be used to predict failures by looking at how their values change over time Initially it may be useful to compare the state of these Test Functions to the values recorded on the printed record of the final calibration performed on your instrument at the factory P N 04314 The following table can be used as a basis for taking action as these values change with time The internal data acquisition system Idas is a convenient way to record and track these changes Use APICOM to download and review this data from a remote location Table 12 1 Predictive Uses for Test Functions FUNCTION BEHAVIOR INTERPRETATION e Pneumatic leaks instrument amp sample STABIL ZERO CAL Increasing system e Malfunctioning UV lamp Bench e UVI REF SAMPLE Decreasing DO ME e Mercury contamination O3 DRIVE CALS Increasing e Ageing IZS UV lamp only if reference detector option is installed Pneumatic Leak between sample inlet and optical bench SAMPLE e Dirty particulate filter Decreasing gt 1 Pneumatic obstruction between sample inlet and optical bench Obstruction in sampling manifold Pump diaphragm deteriorating Sample flow orifice plugged obstructed SAMP FL SAMPLE Decreasing Pneumatic obstruction between sample inlet and optical bench Obstruction in sampling manifold Pneumatics becoming contaminated dirty Dirty par
92. new setting EXIT ignores tne new setting 7 Togole this key to turn AUTO CAL DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 AUTO CAL ON ON or OFF ON ENTR EXIT OFF manual calibration mode g DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 AUTO CAL OFF OFF ENTR EXIT 100 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 4 2 2 Automatic Calibration of the Analog Outputs To calibrate the outputs as a group with the AOUTS CALIBRATION command select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press NOTE Before performing this procedure make sure that the AUTO CAL for each analog output See Section 7 4 2 1 From the CONFIGURATION SUBMENL See Figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG VO CONFIGURATION PREV NEAT ENTR DIAG AIO AGUTS CALIBRATED NO SET CAL DIAG AIO NOT AUTO CAL CONC OUT 1 This message Analyzer appears when AIO NOT AUTO CAL CONC OUT 2 7 AUTO CAL is calibrates all I E E Turned OFF for channels for which q a channel is turned eo DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING TEST OUTPUT If any of the channels have not DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED YES been calibrated ot if at least one channel has AUTO CAL turned OFF this message will read NO SET gt CAL Manual calibration should be used for any analog output set for a 0 1V output range or in cases where the outputs must be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording de
93. not successful in which case you may have to configure the analyzer s Ethernet properties manually See your network administrator 134 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E To view the above properties listed in Table 8 5 press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID ADDR INET ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTR EXIT SETUP X X DHCP ON lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP X X INST IP 0 0 0 0 EDIT key is disabled SSEL Sle when DHCP is ON SETUP X X GATEWAY IP 0 0 0 0 lt SET SET gt SETUP X X SUBNET MASK IP 0 0 0 0 lt SET SET gt DO NOT alter unless instructed to by Teledyne SETUP X X TCP PORT 3000 Instruments customer lt SET SET gt EDIT Service personnel SETUP X X HOSTNAME TMS 9000 lt SET SET gt EDIT INITIALIZING INET 0 INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED INITIALIZATION FAILED SETUP X X COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID ADDR INET Contact your IT Network Administrator 04315 Rev C1 135 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 4 2 1 Manually Configuring the Network IP Addresses There are several circumstances when you may need to configure the interface settings of the analyzer s Ethernet card manually The INET sub menu may also be used to edit the Ethernet card
94. one minute the first reading would occur at the beginning of the next full minute according to the instrument s internal clock e fthe REPORT PERIOD were set for of one hour the first report activity would occur at the beginning of the next full hour according to the instrument s internal clock EXAMPLE Given the above settings if iDAS were activated at 7 57 35 the first sample would occur at 7 58 and the first report would be calculated at 8 00 consisting of data points for 7 58 7 59 and 8 00 During the next hour from 8 01 to 9 00 the instrument will take a sample reading every minute and include 60 sample readings NOTE In AVG MIN or MAX sample modes see Section 7 1 5 3 the settings for the SAMPLE PERIOD and the REPORT PERIOD determine the number of data points used each time the average minimum or maximum is calculated stored and reported to the COMM ports The actual sample readings are not stored past the end of the of the chosen REPORT PERIOD When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on the instrument will store how many sample readings were used to compute the AVG MIN or MAX 7 1 5 5 Report periods in Progress when Instrument Is Powered Off If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD the samples accumulated so far during that period are lost Once the instrument is turned back on the iDAS restarts taking samples and temporarily them in volatile memory as part of the REPORT PERIOD curr
95. or instantaneous concentration values calibration data and operating parameters such as pressure and flow rate Stored data are easily retrieved through the serial port or optional Ethernet port via our APICOM software or from the front panel allowing operators to perform predictive diagnostics and enhanced data analysis by tracking parameter trends Multiple averaging periods of one minute to 365 days are available for over a period of one year e Some of the exceptional features of your M400E photometric ozone analyzer are e Ranges 0 100 ppb to 0 10 ppm user selectable e Single pass ultraviolet absorption e Microprocessor controlled for versatility e Multi tasking software allows viewing of test variables during operation e Continuous self checking with alarms e Dual bi directional RS 232 ports for remote operation optional RS 485 or Ethernet e Digital status outputs provide instrument operating condition e Adaptive signal filtering optimizes response time e Optional Internal Zero Span check and dual span points e Temperature amp Pressure compensation e Internal data logging with 1 min to 365 day multiple averages Several options can be purchased for the analyzer that allows the user to more easily supply and manipulate Zero Air and Span Gas For more information of these options see Sections 5 6 1and 5 6 2 CAUTION General Safety Hazard The M400E Photometric Ozone Analyzer should only be used for the purpose and in the
96. or located near the front of the instrument such as the Particulate Filter Two fasteners located in the upper right and left corners of the panel lock it shut FASTENER KEY DEFINITIONS CONCENTRATION FIELD STATUS LED s FASTENER MODE FIELD MESSAGE FIELD SAMPLE lt TST TST gt CAL ON OFF SWITCH KEYBOARD Figure 11 20 Front Panel 214 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 4 1 1 Front Panel Display The main display of the analyzer is a Vacuum Florescent Display with two lines of 40 text characters each Information is organized in the following manner e MODE FIELD The far left portion of the top line of text displays the name of the operation mode in which the analyzer is currently operating for more information on operation modes see Section 6 1 e MESSAGE FIELD The center portion of the top line of text displays a variety of informational messages Warning messages are displayed here as are responses by the analyzer to queries for operation data about the instrument During interactive tasks such as instrument calibration or certain diagnostic procedures the
97. periodically as appropriate as significant changes in system operations occur The recommended audit schedule depends on the purpose for which the monitoring data are being collected For example Appendix A 40 CFR 58 requires that each analyzer in State and Local Air Monitoring Networks SLAMS be audited at least once a year Each agency must audit 25 of the reference or equivalent analyzers each quarter If an agency operates less than four reference or equivalent analyzers it must randomly select analyzers for re auditing so that one analyzer will be audited each calendar quarter and so that each analyzer will be audited at least once a year Appendix 40 CFR 58 requires that each PSD prevention of significant deterioration reference or equivalent analyzer be audited at least once a sampling quarter Results of these audits are used to estimate the accuracy of ambient air data 10 4 4 ASSESSMENT OF MONITORING DATA FOR PRECISION AND ACCURACY A periodic check is used to assess the data for precision A one point precision check must be carried out at least once every 2 weeks on each analyzer at an O3 concentration between 0 08 and 0 10 ppm The analyzer must be operated in its normal sampling mode and the precision test gas must pass through all filters scrubbers conditioners and other components used during normal ambient sampling Those standards used for calibration or auditing may be used Estimates of single instrument ac
98. prevents iDAS measurements from being made at certain times when the quality of the analyzer s measurements may be suspect e g while the instrument is warming up In this case the length of time that the HOLDOFF feature is active is determined by the value of the internal variable VARS DAS HOLDOFF To set the length of the DAS HOLDOFF period see Section 7 2 04315 Rev C1 91 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 1 5 9 The Compact Report Feature When enabled this option avoids unnecessary line breaks on all RS 232 reports Instead of reporting each parameter in one channel on a separate line up to five parameters are reported in one line The COMPACT DATA REPORT generally cannot be accessed from the standard iDASfront panel menu but is available via the instruments communication ports by using APICOM or the analyzer s standard serial data protocol 7 1 5 10 The Starting Date Feature This option allows the user to specify a starting date for any given channel in case the user wants to start data acquisition only after a certain time and date If the STARTING DATE is in the past the default condition the iDAS ignores this setting and begins recording data as defined by the REPORT PERIOD setting The STARTING DATE generally cannot be accessed from the standard iDAS front panel menu but is available via the instruments communication ports by using APICOM or the analyzer s sta
99. records CHANNELDELETE name Delete iDAS channels The command syntax follows the command type separated by a space character Strings in brackets are optional designators The following key assignments also apply 04402 Rev D 4 A 25 APPENDIX A 6 Terminal Command Designators Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual Table A 8 Terminal Key Assignments Revision D 4 TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS CR ENTER Execute command Ctrl C Switch to computer mode COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS LF ine feed Ctrl T Switch to terminal mode USER NOTES A 26 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Ozone Analyzer APPENDIX B Instruction Manual APPENDIX B M400E Spare Parts and Expendables NOTE Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by API may result in non compliance with European standard EN 61010 1 e 05363 Spare Parts List MAOOE e 04346 Recommended Spare Parts Stocking Levels M400E e 04382 Spare Parts Kit M400E e 0061902 Expendables Kit M400E e 04473 IZS Expendables Kit MAOOE 04403E B 1 APPENDIX B Model 400E Ozone Analyzer Instruction Manual B 2 04403E M400E Spare Parts List Part Number Description 0 000941000 ORIFICE 13 MIL SAMPLE FLOW amp OZONE GENERATOR 001760400 ASSY FLOW CONTROL 800CC 003290000 ASSY THERMISTOR 00596
100. rectified current output by the lamp is lower than the CPU set point voltage the amplifier drives the regulator output voltage higher If the current output is higher than the set point voltage the amplifier decreases the regulator output voltage At start up when there is no mercury vapor arc and therefore no current being output by the lamp the amplifier continues to drive the regulator output and therefore the transformer output higher and higher until the mercury is vaporized and the plasma arc is created about 800 VAC Once the arc is created current begins to flow and the error amplifier reduces the regulator transformer output to a steady 200 VAC Poin eet ign fem 71 KEY Power Circuit I Transformer umata Control a ontrol Signal TP Circuit 3O0kHz DC Voltage E 15 VDC Tapped Regulator Transformer Error Amplifier Drive Signal from D to A CPU via Converter Figure 11 18 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply Block Diagram 212 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 3 7 3 Photometer Temperature In order to operate at peak efficiency the UV lamp of the M400E s photometer is maintained at a constant 58 This is intentionally set at a temperature higher than the ambient temperature of the M400E s operating environment to make sure that local changes in temperature do not affect the UV Lamp If the lamp temperature falls bel
101. regulations for the STP used by your agency NOTE Once the Units of Measurement have been changed the unit MUST be recalibrated as the expected span values previously in effect will no longer be valid Simply entering new expected span values without running the entire calibration routine is not sufficient The following equations give approximate conversions between volume volume units and weight volume units O ppb x 2 14 ug m ppm x 2 14 mg m 04315 Rev C1 75 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer USER NOTES 76 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 ADVANCED FEATURES OF THE M400E ANALYZER 7 1 USING USING THE DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM IDAS The M400E analyzer contains a flexible and powerful internal data acquisition system iDAS that enables the analyzer to store concentration and calibration data as well as a host of diagnostic parameters The iDAS of the M400E can store up to about one million data points which can depending on individual configurations cover days weeks or months of valuable measurements The data are stored in non volatile memory and are retained even when the instrument is powered off Data are stored in plain text format for easy retrieval and use in common data analysis programs such as spreadsheet type programs The iDAS is designed to be flexible users have f
102. sample gases for both levels The readings taken are adjusted linearized and compared to the expected values With this information the software computes values for instrument slope and offset and stores these values in memory for use in calculating the Concentration of the sample gas The instrument slope and offset values recorded during the last calibration can be viewed by pressing the following keystroke sequence SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXX X lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SAMPLE TIME 16 23 34 O3 XXX X lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SAMPLE OFFSET 0 000 O3 XXX X lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SAMPLE SLOPE 1 000 O3 XXX X lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP USER NOTES 04315 Rev C1 217 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual USER NOTES 218 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 12 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE amp PROCEDURES For the most part the M400E analyzer is maintenance free there are however a minimal number of simple procedures that when performed regularly will ensure that the M400E photometer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its lifetime Repairs and troubleshooting are covered in Chapter13 of this manual 12 1 PREDICTING FAILURES USING THE TEST FUNCTIONS Predictive diagnostic functions including failure warnings and alarms built into the analyzer s firmware allow the user to determine when repairs are
103. seiting JZ 168 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 6 CALIBRATION THE IZS OPTION GENERATOR The following procedure calibrates to output of the generator that is included in the IZS calibration valve option OPT 51A This function e Drives the IZS Os Generator to output a series of levels between zero and full scale e Measures the actual output at each level and e Records the generator lamp drive voltage and generator s output level in a lookup table Whenever a certain Os output level is requested the instrument s CPU uses the data in this table to interpolate the correct drive voltage for the desired O output NOTE Because the instrument waits 5 7 minutes at each step for the O3 level to stabilize this calibration operation often takes more than one hour to complete To calibrate the O4 Generator press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT DIAG SIGNAL I O PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT eas Continue pressing NEXT until GEN CALIBRATION PREV NEXT ENTR Display tracks Analyzer returns to the GEN CAL XP COMPLETE the of test previous menu when the completes calibration operation is complete PREV NEXT EXIT CAN
104. setting of these channels is also 0 to 5 VDC e See Section 7 4 6 for a list of available functions and their associated reporting range e There is no optional Current Loop output available for Channel A4 To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and or data logger to the appropriate analog output connections on the rear panel of the analyzer Pin outs for the analog output connector are ANALOG OUT Figure 3 7 M400E Analog Output Connector Table 3 4 Analog Output Pin Outs Standard Voltage Current Pin Anag Output Output Loop Option 1 De e a A2 Oa oe To change the settings for the analog output channels see Section 7 4 04315 Rev C1 17 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 3 3 CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors which sink up to 50 mA of DC current These outputs can be used interface with devices that accept logic level digital inputs such as programmable logic controllers PLCs Each Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at D NOTE Most PLC s have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input will draw from an external device When connecting to a unit that does not have this feature an external dropping resistor must be used to limit the current through the transistor outp
105. slope and offset ZSCNC2 Concentration for range 2 during zero span calibration just before PPB computing new slope and offset Ozone generator reference detector reading O3SDTY Ozone scrubber temperature duty cycle Fraction 1 0 100 PHTEMP Photometer lamp temperature PHLDTY Photometer lamp temperature duty cycle Fraction 1 0 100 SMPTMP Sample temperature Degrees C SWPPRS Sambepesue mew Diagnostic temperature input TEMP INPUT 6 Degrees C REFGND Precision 4 096 mV reference A 24 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 6 Terminal Command Designators Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 6 Terminal Command Designators Revision D 4 Table A 7 Terminal Command Designators Revision D 4 COMMAND ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX DESCRIPTION LoGOFF b Terminate connection to instrument SET ALL name hexmask Display test s LIST ALL name hexmask NAMES HEX Print test s to screen T ID CLEAR ALL name hexmask Disable test s SET ALL name hexmask pene D W ID il a PRINT SCRIPT REPORT name RECORDS number FROM lt start date gt TO lt end date gt VERBOSE COMPACT HEX Print DAS records date format MM DD YYYY or HH MM SS DASBEGIN data channel definitions DASEND Upload iDAS configuration CHANNELBEGIN propertylist CHANNELEND Upload single iDAS channel Print iDAS
106. source of Zero Air or Span Gas for calibrating the instrument Calibrations should ONLY be performed using external sources of Zero Air and Span Gas whose accuracy is traceable to EPA or NIST standards On instruments with Z S valve options zero air and span gas is supplied to the analyzer through the zero gas and span gas inlets see Source of VENT here if input ep eum ap aD aD D D D q D SAMPLE GAS is pressurized Removed during a calibration SAMPLE EXHAUST 3 T SPAN ZERO AIR vENT here if output Model 700E lt Gas Dilution of calibrator 15 not Calibrator already vented VENE MODEL 701 zero Gas Generator Restrictor to regulate flow at 2 x s analyzer gas flow Figure 9 2 and the zero and cal operations are initiated directly and independently with dedicated keys CALZ amp CALS 04315 Rev C1 159 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 3 2 1 Setting the Expected O Span Gas Concentration with the Z S Option Installed SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS SETUP SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX TST TST gt ZERO CONC SETUP O3 SPAN CONC 400 0 Conc 4 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting The O3 span concentration value automatically ENTR accepts the defaults to 400 0 Conc new setting L Make sure that you in
107. specified by WSAMPTEMP SAMPLE TEMP WARN SAMP TEMP SET variable WPHOTOLTEMP Chassis temperature outside of warning limits specified by Firmware is unable to communicate with either the WANALOGCAL ANALOG CAL WARNING at least one D A channel has not been Cleared 45 minutes after power up 1 Cleared the next time successful zero calibration is performed 3 Cleared the next time successful span calibration is performed 04402 Rev D 4 A 17 APPENDIX A 3 Warnings and Test Functions Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual Table A 3 M400E Test Functions Revision D 4 MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION RANGE 500 0 PPB D A range in single or auto range modes RANGE1 500 0 PPB D A 1 range in dual range mode RANGE RANGE2 500 0 PPB D A 2 range in dual range mode mame O3 MEAS 2993 8 MV Photometer detector measure reading O3 REF 3000 0 MV Photometer detector reference reading O3GENREF O3 GEN 4250 0 MV generator reference detector reading O3 DRIVE 0 0 MV generator lamp drive output PHOTO POWER 4500 0 MV Photometer lamp drive output SAMPPRESS PRES 29 9 IN HG A Sample pressure SAMP FL 700 CC M Sample flow rate SAMPLE TEMP 31 2 C Sample temperature PHOTO LAMP 52 3 C Photometer lamp temperature O3 SCRUB 110 2 C Os scrubber temperature O3 GEN TMP 48 5 C Os generator lamp temperature BOXTEMP BOX TEMP 31 2 C Internal chassis temperatu
108. temperature Jumper set JP6 is used to connect the heaters associated with those options to AC power Since these heaters work with either 110 155 VAC or 220 240 VAC there is only one jumper configuration Table 11 5 Power Configuration for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater JP6 JUMPER ee HEATER S BETWEEN FUNCTION COLOR PINS Heater Neutral to Load Figure 11 15 Typical Jumper Set JP2 Set Up of Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater 04315 Rev C1 209 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 3 7 PHOTOMETER LAYOUT AND OPERATION The Photometer is where the absorption of UV light by ozone is measured and converted into a voltage It consists of several sub assemblies A mercury vapor UV lamp This lamp is coated in a material that optically screens the UV radiation output to remove the producing 185nm radiation Only light at 254nm is emitted An AC power supply to supply the current for starting and maintaining the plasma arc of the mercury vapor lamp A thermistor and DC heater attached to the UV lamp to maintain the lamp at an optimum operating temperature 42 cm long quartz absorption tube A thermistor attached to the quartz tube for measuring sample gas temperature Gas inlet and outlet mounting blocks that rout sample gas into and out of the photometer The vacuum diode UV detector that converts UV light to a DC current A preamplifier assembly which convert the Detector s current
109. the Sample Gas in the absorption tube along with data regarding the current temperature and pressure of the gas to calculate a final concentration This concentration value and the original information from which it was calculated are stored in one of the unit s Internal Data Acquisition System iDAS see Sections 7 1 as well as reported to the user via a Front Panel Display or a variety of digital and analog signal outputs 11 1 MEASUREMENT METHOD 11 1 1 CALCULATING O3 CONCENTRATION The basic principle by which the Model 400E Ozone Analyzer works is called Beer s Law also referred to as the Beer Lambert equation It defines the how light of a specific wavelength is absorbed by a particular gas molecule over a certain distance at a given temperature and pressure The mathematical relationship between these three parameters for gasses at standard temperature and pressure STP is Equation 11 1 loe at STP Where lo is the intensity of the light if there was no absorption is the intensity with absorption L is the absorption path or the distance the light travels as it is being absorbed is the concentration of the absorbing gas In the case of the Model 400E Ozone is the absorption coefficient that tells how well absorbs light at the specific wavelength of interest To solve this equation for C the concentration of the absorbing Gas in this case the application of a little algebra is require
110. the span key not displayed A See Section13 5 3 Inability to span Q How do enter or change the value of my Span Gas A Press the CONC key found under the CAL or CALS buttons of the main SAMPLE display menus to enter the expected span concentration See Section 9 2 3 10r for more information How do perform a midpoint calibration check A Midpoint calibration checks can be performed using the instrument s AutoCal feature see Section 9 4 or by using the control inputs on the rear panel of the instrument see Section 9 3 2 3 The IZS option is required in order to perform a mid point span check Q Why does the ENTR key sometimes disappear on the Front Panel Display A During certain types of adjustments or configuration operations the ENTR key will disappear if you select a setting that is nonsensical such as trying to set the 24 hour clock to 25 00 00 or out of the allowable range for that parameter such as selecting an iDAS Holdoff period of more than 20 minutes Once you adjust the setting in question to an allowable value the ENTR key will re appear How do make the RS 232 Interface Work A See Section 8 1 Q How do use the iDAS A See Section 7 1 Q How do make the instrument s display and my data logger agree A This most commonly occurs when an independent metering device is used besides the data logger recorded to determine gas concentration levels while calibrating the analyzer Th
111. to a modem for remote access This requires a cable between the analyzer s COM port and the modem typically a DB 9F to DB 25M cable available from Teledyne Instruments with part number WROO00024 Once the cable has been connected check to make sure e he DTE DCE is in the DCE position e The M400E COM port is set for a baud rate that is compatible with the modem e he Modem is designed to operate with an 8 bit word length with one stop bit e he MODEM ENABLE communication mode is turned ON Mode 64 see Section 8 1 4 Once this is completed the appropriate setup command line for your modem can be entered into the analyzer The default setting for this feature is AT YO amp D0 amp HO amp IO S022 amp 0 amp N6 amp MO E0 Q1 amp WO This string can be altered to match your modems s initialization and can be up to 100 characters long To change this setting press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU COM1 MODE 0 CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT p SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT Continue pressing SET or SET until COM1 PORT INIT AT YO amp DO amp H amp IO COMMUNICATIONS MENU SET SET EDIT EXIT ID COM1 COM2 COM1 PORT INIT AT YO amp DO amp H amp IO EXIT discards the CH CH INS DEL A ENTR EXIT new setting The lt CH and CH gt keys move the cursor left and right along the text strin
112. 0 Any character in amp H0 amp IO the allowed RS 232 COM2 modem initialization string 50 2 amp BO character set Up Sent verbatim plus carriage return to amp N6 amp MO EO to 100 characters modem on power up or manually MODEM MODEM 2 long Any character in the allowed RS 232 interface command prompt COMMAND PROMPT character set Up Displayed only if enabled with to 100 characters HS232 MODE variable long 04402 Rev D 4 A 13 APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual NUMERIC DEFAULT SETUP VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION NONE PHOTO MEAS PHOTO REF O3 GEN REF SAMPLE PRESSURE Diagnostic analog output ID Enclose value TEST CHAN ID NONE SAMPLE FLOW in double quotes when setting from the SAMPLE TEMP RS 232 interface PHOTO LAMP TEMP SCRUB TEMP O3 LAMP TEMP CHASSIS TEMP Range to calibrate during contact closure or 0 Hessen calibration Enclose value in double REMOTE_CAL_MODE LOW LOW HIGH quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface ON enables passwords PA ENABLE FF ON or e OFF ON enables photometer lamp power OFF OFF ON cycling OFF disables it 24 0 01 1000 Photometer lamp power cycling period LAMP PWR ENABLE LAMP PWR PERIOD LAMP OFF DELAY Seconds DET VALID DELAY Seconds Photometer reference standard deviation REF SDEV LIMIT I must be below this limit to switch out of sta
113. 00 hourly averages are stored e O3REF Logs the O reference value once a day with a time and date stamp This data can be used to track lamp intensity and predict when lamp adjustment or replacement will be required By default the last 730 daily readings are stored e PNUMTC Collects sample flow and sample pressure data at five minute intervals and stores an average once a day with a time and date stamp This data is useful for monitoring the condition of the pump and critical flow orifice sample flow and the sample filter clogging indicated by a drop in sample pressure over time to predict when maintenance will be required The last 360 daily averages about 1 year are stored e O3GEN Logs the generator drive value once a day with a time and date stamp This data can be used to track O3 generator lamp intensity and predict when lamp adjustment or replacement will be required By default the last 360 daily readings are stored e CALDAT Logs new slope and offset every time a zero or span calibration is performed This Data Channel also records the instrument readings just prior to performing a calibration This information is useful for performing predictive diagnostics as part of a regular maintenance schedule See Section 12 2 The CALDAT channel collects data based on events e g a calibration operation rather than a timed interval This does not represent any specific length of time since it is dependent on how often calibratio
114. 0000 KIT EXPENDABLES ACTIVATED CHARCOAL 006120100 ASSY UV LAMP OZONE GENERATOR 006190200 KIT EXPENDABLES M400E 009690000 KIT TFE FILTER ELEMENTS 5 UM 100 009690100 AKIT TFE FLTR FL6 47MM 5UM 30 016290000 WINDOW SAMPLE FILTER 47MM KB 016300700 ASSY SAMPLE FILTER 47MM 022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE QUARTZ M400A E KB 037340300 ASSY AIR DRYER ORANGE SILICA GEL 037860000 ORING TEFLON RETAINING RING 47MM KB 039550100 PCA RELAY CARD E SERIES S N S lt 523 040010000 ASSY FAN REAR PANEL E SERIES 040030100 PCA PRESS SENSORS 1X w FM4 E SERIES 040660000 ASSY REPLACEMENT CHARCOAL FILTER 041200000 PCA DET PREAMP w OP20 M400E M700E M703 041200200 PCA DET PREAMP w OP20 M700E M400E M703 041440000 PCA HEATER TEMP SENSOR OPTICAL BENCH 041710000 ASSY CPU CONFIGURATION 042010000 ASSY SAMPLE THERMISTOR M400E 042410200 ASSY PUMP INT SOX O3 IR 042580000 PCA KEYBOARD E SERIES W V DETECT 042890100 ASSY PUMP CONFIG PLUG 100 115V 60 HZ 042890200 ASSY PUMP CONFIG PLUG 100 115V 50 HZ 042890300 ASSY PUMP CONFIG PLUG 220 240V 60 HZ 042890400 ASSY PUMP CONFIG PLUG 220 240V 50 HZ 042900100 PROGRAMMED FLASH E SERIES 043160000 MANUAL OPERATION M400E 043820000 KIT SPARES 043870100 DOC w SOFTWARE M400E 043910100 AKIT EXP KIT ORANGE SILICA GEL 043940000 PCA INTERFACE ETHERNET E SERIES 044730000 IZS EXPENDABLES M400E 045230100 PCA RELAY CARD E SERIES S N S gt 522 048620200 PCA
115. 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 6 2 INITIAL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR M400E ANALYZERS WITHOUT OPTIONS The following procedure assumes that e The instrument DOES NOT have any of the available Zero Span Valve Options installed and Cal gas will be supplied through the SAMPLE gas inlet on the back of the analyzer see Figure 3 2 e he pneumatic setup matches that described in Section 3 4 2 3 6 2 1 Verifying the M400E Reporting Range Settings While it is possible to perform the following procedure with any range setting we recommend that you perform this initial checkout using following reporting range settings e Unit of Measure PPB e Reporting Range 500 PPB e Mode Setting SNGL While these are the default setting for the M400E analyzer it is recommended that you verify them before proceeding with the calibration procedure by pressing SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O37 XXX TST CAL SETUF SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP Xx RANGE CONTROL MENU MODE SET UNIT EXIT Verily that the MODE SETUP XX RANGE MODE SINGL is set for SNGL u SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT If it press SINGL ENTKR SETUP XX RANGE CONTROL MENU MODE SET UNIT EXIT Verify that the RANGE is set for 500 0 SETUP X X RANGE 500 0 Conc If it is not toggle each 9 0 gt 0 0 Q ENTR EXIT numeric key until the proper range is Sel yy Press EXIT 3x s to return the M400
116. 1 M4O0E Front Panel ESVOUb a a E DU RE dut Bn Dep E ans 11 M400E Rear Panel Layout Basic Version cccccceececseeeeeseeeesaeeeeseeeeeseeeesseueesaaeeesaueeesaeeessaes 12 M400E Rear Panel Layout with Internal Zero Span IZS Option OPT 514 12 M400E Internal Layout Top View with IZS Option 13 M400E Pneumatic Diagram Basic 14 M400E Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero Span IZS Option OPT 514 14 M400E Analog DO ioFiBreleip eod P E 17 Status Output GONNECIOR uu DO ld u ne ico t On Qu ua ee i dus 18 Energizing the MAOOE Control 19 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer Basic Configuration 22 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with IZS Option 51 23 Gas Line Connections when the MAOOE Analyzer is Located in the Room Being Monitored 24 Gas Line Connections when the M400E Analyzer is Monitoring a Remote Location 25 M400E with Carrying Strap Handle and Rack Mount Brackets 46 Current Eoop Option Installed ue nentes eee a c heme a 47 M400E Pneumatic Diagram with Zero Span Valv
117. 1 KB RL0000015 RELAY DPDT KB SW0000051 SWITCH POWER CIRC BR SW0000059 PRESSURE SENSOR 0 15 PSIA ALL SEN WR0000008 POWER CORD 10A 05363R M400E Spare Parts List DCN5364 Page 2 of 2 4 28 09 Recommended Spare Parts Stocking Levels Model 400E Part Number Description 1 25 6 0 11 20 2430 Junts 022710000 ABSORPTION TUBE QUARTZ M400A E KB 1 024190000 ASSY HTR THERM OPTICALBENCH 03 1 045230100 PCA RELAYCARD ESERIES 1 0400010000 ASSY FANREARPANELESERIES 1 1 1 2 3 PCA PRESS SENSORS 1X w FM4 E SERIES 041200000 PCA DETPREAMPw OP20 M400E M700E M703 J 1 2 041440000 PCA DC HTR TEMP SENS M400E M700E M703E_ 1 1 2 2 3 041660500 PCA UVLAMPP S OPTBENCH M400E M703E_ 1 2 2 041710000 JASSY CPU CONFIGURATION E SERIES 042580000 KEYBOARD E SERIES WV DETECT T KiT000209_ KIT RETROFIT M400E RELAY 1 052400000 ASSY BENCH UV LAMP BIR CR 042410200 ASSY PUMP SOX O3 IR TT 058021100 E SERIES MOTHERBOARD GENS 12V N HW NIN N 1 NEN PS0000037 PS 40W SWITCHING 5V 15V KB J PS0000088 PS 60W SWITCHING 12V KB pou l O l O
118. 2 10280 04315 Rev C1 9 Specifications Approvals and Warranty M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 2 4 WARRANTY WARRANTY POLICY 02024D Prior to shipment T API equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested Should equipment failure occur T API assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available COVERAGE After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime T API stands ready to provide on site or in plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers in the industry All maintenance and the first level of field troubleshooting is to be performed by the customer NON API MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT Equipment provided but not manufactured by T API is warranted and will be repaired to the extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment manufacturers warranty GENERAL During the warranty period T API warrants each Product manufactured by T API to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service Expendable parts are excluded If a Product fails to conform to its specifications within the warranty period API shall correct such defect by in API s discretion repairing or replacing such defective Product or refunding the purchase price of such Product The warranties set forth in this section shall be of no force or effect with respect to any Product i that has been altered or subjected to misuse negligence o
119. 252 CPU 26 28 52 54 62 65 69 70 77 98 113 116 117 129 131 132 169 191 197 198 199 200 201 203 204 207 211 212 213 214 216 234 235 236 237 238 240 246 248 252 253 258 267 Index Analog to Digital Converter 28 62 98 198 199 200 210 251 Status LED s 240 Status LED s 248 252 Critical flow orifice 195 Current Loop Outputs 17 47 105 107 Converting from Voltage Output 47 Manual Calibration 105 D DAS HOLD OFF 94 data acquisition See iDAS DATA INITIALIZED 28 62 DC Power 18 19 206 246 247 DC Power Test Points 246 247 Default Settings COMM PORT 116 117 Ethernet 134 Hessen Protocol 142 146 IDAS 78 79 80 VARS 94 DHCP 20 29 43 133 134 136 DIAG AIO 96 DIAG AOUT 96 DIAG ELEC 96 DIAG FCAL 96 DIAG I O 96 DIAG Mode 59 DIAG OPTIC 96 DIAG TCHN 96 Diagnostic Menu DIAG 5 64 66 67 96 250 03 GENERATOR CALIBRATION 96 Accesing 97 AIN CALIBRATED 98 113 ANALOG AOUT CALIBRATED CONFIGURATION 98 100 101 CONC_OUT_1 98 CONC OUT 2 98 ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION 96 99 101 102 104 106 108 109 110 113 ANALOG OUTPUT Step Test 96 250 DARK CALIBRATION 96 167 FLOW CALIBRATION 96 168 SIGNAL I O 96 237 238 240 244 245 248 251 252 TEST CHAN OUPTUT 96 TEST OUTPUT 98 200 Disk on Chip 198 Display Precision 94 DUAL 70 71 73 149 155 161 E EC Compliance 7 9 EEPROM Disk on Chip 87 198 235 258 Fl
120. 29 130 RS 232 4 5 7 20 41 44 48 49 52 53 54 55 56 59 64 78 90 92 115 30 148 174 198 Troubleshooting 252 253 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual RS 485 4 7 44 55 59 119 131 32 198 SETUP X X 59 Setup MODE 64 Signal I O PHOTO LAMP 251 REF 4096 MV 251 REF GND 251 SAMPLE FLOW 251 Sintered Filter 42 Slope 61 217 219 235 SLOPE 61 151 217 219 220 237 SLPCHG 84 SNGL 31 38 70 71 72 SPAN CAL type 59 Span Gas 4 21 30 32 41 149 150 151 153 156 159 160 163 172 203 204 237 241 Specifications 5 7 8 9 198 EC Compliance 7 9 STABIL 28 61 146 219 235 237 Standard Temperature and Pressure 75 189 otate of California Air Resources Board CARB Contact Information 173 Status LED s CPU 240 248 252 Front Panel 215 lC 240 Relay PCA 203 207 240 CAL VALVE 241 Os Option 241 GEN HEATER 241 245 SCHRUB HEATERH 241 PHOTO LAMP HEATERH 241 PHOTO HEF VALVE 241 Watchdog 203 240 247 Status Outputs 7 18 200 251 ST CONC VALID 251 ST DIAG 251 ST FLOW ALARM 251 ST HIGH RANGE 251 ST PRESS ALARM 251 ST SPAN CAL 251 252 ST SYSTEM OK 251 ST ZERO CAL 251 System Default Settings 78 79 80 SYSTEM RESET 28 62 146 236 T Teledyne Contact Information Email Address 45 258 Fax 45 258 Website 56 Phone 3 45 258 Technical Assistance 3 258 Website 3 45 258 Forms 258 Manuals 139 141 Software
121. 4 9 1 9 2 7 4 6 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer To access the various DIAG submenus press the following keys SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT DIAG SIGNAL I O PREV NEXT ENTR Toggle these keys to scroll through the list of DIAG submenus S gt ENTR Activates the selected DIAG submenu Figure 7 3 Accessing the DIAG Submenus 04315 Rev C1 97 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 4 USING THE MODEL 400E ANALYZER S ANALOG OUTPUTS The M400E analyzer comes equipped with three analog outputs The first two outputs A1 amp A2 carry analog signals that represent the currently measured output See Section 6 4 4 2 The third output A4 can be set by the user to carry the current signal level of any one of several operational parameters see Table 7 10l 7 4 1 ADJUSTING amp CALIBRATING THE ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNALS The following lists the analog I O functions that are available in the M400E analyzer Table 7 6 DIAG Analog I O Functions MANUAL AOUT CALIBRATED CONCOUT 1 CONCOUT 2 TEST OUTPUT Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A1 output There are four options RANGE Selects the s
122. 5 3 e The SAMPLE CAL valve selects either the sample inlet when the analyzer is in SAMPLE mode or the calibration gas stream when the analyzer is in one of its calibration modes see Figure 5 3 e On instruments with the IZS valve option OPT 51A one additional valves the SAMPLE CAL valve selects either the sample inlet when the analyzer is in SAMPLE mode or the dry air inlet when the analyzer is in one of its calibration modes see Figure 3 6 11 3 4 4 Heater Control In the base version of the Model 400E photometric analyzer there is only one DC heater operated by the relay PCA It is attached to the Photometer UV Lamp housing and maintains the temperature of the UV Lamp ata constant 58 C Additional DC heater also controlled by the relay PCA are included in the following optional components e On instruments with Zero Span valve option OPT 50A the metal wool scrubber option OPT 68 there is a DC heater embedded in the scrubber maintains it at a constant 110 C e On instruments with the IZS valve option OPT 51A there is a DC heater attached to the IZS generator UV Lamp that maintains it at a constant 48 C Thermistor s Photometer Lamp Temperature and Optional IZS O3 Generator Lamp Temperature MOTHER BOARD A D Converter VIF RELAY PCA Preamplifiers and Signal Conditioning CPU THERMOCOUPLE CONFIGURATION JUMPER JP5 Cold Junction Compensat
123. 50 termination resistor To include the resistor install jumper at position JP3 on the CPU board see Figure 8 7 To configure COM2 as an un terminated RS 485 port leave JP3 open CN4 JP3 COM2 RS232 CN3 COM1 RS 232 A ji nt CN5 COM2 RS 485 41114117 E s i Li ass mo i 2 j a j TI mu a 4 iw 3 7j una s b E appe End amem Il k ww T hm P ai Fa i E a a he B 1 tma ALI M6117C Al 0314 S07 XBU60921000F zi I 7 a gt Tn Een sr W TERE m Ment 5 m bipi i TUE Jh um Wu ee ee FEM ow wr um s ub x x E E x ox a Figure 8 5 CPU card Locations of RS 232 485 Switches Connectors and Jumpers 04315 Rev C1 131 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual When CON2 is configured for RS 485 operation the port uses the same female DB 9 connector on the back of the instrument as when Com2 is configured for RS 232 operation however the pin assignments are different Female DB 9 COM2 As seen from outside analyzer GND RS 485 Figure 8 6 Back Panel connector Pin Outs for COM2 in RS 485mode The signal from this connector is routed from the motherboard via a wiring harness to a 6 pin connector on the CPU card CN5 CN5 Located on CPU card RX TX RX TX
124. 8 PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT 0 DAS HOLD OFF 1 PRECISION 2 PHOTO LAMP 3 O3 GEN LAMP 4 O3 GEN LOW 1 5 O3 GEN LOW 2 6 O3 SCRUB SET 7 CLOCK ENTER PASSWORD 818 Go to DIAG Menu Tree Only appears if optional Ethernet PCA is installed NOTE When Ethernet PCA is present COM2 submenu disappears Only appears if HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is ON See COM1 amp COM2 MODE submenu above 3 INSTRUMENT IP GATEWAY IP amp SUBNET MASK are only editable when DHCP is OFF Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state do not change the setting for this property HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON Secondary Setup Menu COMM amp VARS APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual SAMPLE SETUP CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE COMM VARS DIAG ID INET HESN COM1 COM2 ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTER PASSWORD 818 Tree VARIATION RESPONSE MODE GAS LIST STATUS FLAGS TYPE1 TYPE2 BCC TEXT CMD PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT REPORTED secius j REPORTED gas ID number Only appears if Ethernet Option is installed Only appears if HESSEN PROTOCOL mode is ON ON Figure A 5 Secondary Setup Menu HESSEN A 8 04402 Rev 0 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK SAMPLE COMM VARS APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 SETUP MORE DIAG O3
125. ALE HIGH LOW READINGS If the value displayed is 25000 mV The UV source has become brighter adjust the UV Detector Gain potentiometer PHOTO The raw output of the lt 100mV Bad UV lamp or UV lamp power supply MEAS photometer during its 0 mV 2000 mV lt 2000mV Lamp output has dropped adjust UV Preamp measure cycle Board or replace lamp If the value displayed is constantly changing Bad UV lamp Defective UV lamp power supply 2 PHOTO The raw output of the Failed l C Bus photometer during its 0 mV 5000 mV REF If the PHOTO REFERENCE value changes by more than reference cycle 10mV between zero and span gas Defective leaking M R switching valve Possible failure of O GEN The raw output of the generator UV Lamp REF Os generator s 0 mV 5000 mV Os generator reference detector reference detector Os generator lamp power supply bus SAMPLE The pressure of gas PRESSURE in the photometer 0 Hg 40 Hg In A Check for Gas Flow problems absorption tube The gas flow rate popa through the 0 cm min 1000 cc m Check for Gas Flow problems photometer SAMPLE 0 C 70 Possible causes of faults are the same as SAMPLE TEMP TEMP rab ee ns from Table 13 2 absorption tube Possible failure of Bench lamp heater The temperature of Bench lamp temperature sensor the photometer UV 0 C 70 C Relay controlling the bench heater lamp Entire Relay PCA Bus Hot Lamp Possible failure of
126. AMPLE Mode Allows the user to set the number of significant digits to AUTO 1 2 CONC PRECISION the right of the decimal point display of concentration and 3 4 AUTO Stability values 4 Allows adjustment of the temperature set point for S 2 the photometer UV lamp in the optical bench g ue a 14 Allows adjustment of the temperature set point for E 3 Lau the UV lamp in the generator option tc OU vH Allows adjustment of the O5 generator option for the GEN LOW1 low mid span calibration point on RANGE1 during 0 1500 ppb 100 ppb 3 point calibration checks Allows adjustment of the O4 Generator Option for the GEN LOW 2 low mid span calibration point on RANGE2 during 0 1500 ppb 100 ppb 3 point calibration checks O3 SCRUB SET Allows adjustment of the temperature set point for the heater attached to the metal wool scrubber 0 200 C 1109 option along with set points for both the High and Low alarm limits for the heater Adjusts the speed of the analyzer s clock Choose the 7 CLOCK_ADJ sign if the clock is too slow choose the sign if the clock 60 to 60 s day 0 sec is too fast Although this variable may appear in the list even when the associated option is not installed It is only effective when that option is installed and operating RANGE is the default range when the analyzer is set for SINGLE range mode and the LOW range when
127. AUD rate and protocol are incorrectly configured See Section 8 1 3 If a modem is being used additional configuration and wiring rules must be observed See Section 8 2 Incorrect setting of the DTE DCE Switch is set correctly See Section 8 1 1 Verify that cable 03596 that connects the serial COM ports of the CPU to J12 of the motherboard is properly seated 13 7 9 2 Troubleshooting Analyzer Modem or Terminal Operation These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem connected to a Teledyne Instruments analyzer Check cables for proper connection to the modem terminal or computer Check to make sure the DTE DCE is in the correct position as described in Section 8 1 1 Check to make sure the set up command is correct See Section 8 2 Verify that the Ready to Send RTS signal is at logic high The M400E sets pin 7 RTS to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission Make sure the BAUD rate word length and stop bit settings between modem and analyzer match See Section 8 1 3 Use the RS 232 test function to send w characters to the modem terminal or computer See Section 8 1 5 Get your terminal modem or computer to transmit data to the analyzer holding down the space bar is one way the green LED should flicker as the instrument is receiving data Make sure that the communications software or terminal emulation software is functioning properly NOTE Further help with serial communicat
128. Analog Out Link M 2 M gems LED Female RJ 45 TTTTTT E CONTROL IN I Activity n PTT i LNK LED XX EUN p ou 2E ABCDEFIU ee pm m l ACT LED pon Transmit Si LED TxD LED RxD LED P q I I Receive 69 i LED i I Connector To CI mM Motherboard _ A Mal NI m7 p p h Interior View Exterior View Figure 5 9 M400E Rear Panel with Ethernet Installed For more information on setting up and using this option see Section 8 4 04315 Rev C1 55 Optional Hardware and Software M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 5 7 4 ETHERNET MULTIDROP OPT 63C This option allows the instrument to communicate on both RS 232 and ETHERNET networks simultaneously It includes the following e RS232 MODEM CABLE 60B e ETHERNET CABLE OPT 60C e RS 232 MULTIDROP OPT 62 e ETHERNET 63 5 8 ADDITIONAL MANUAL OPT 70A amp OPT 70B Additional copies of the printed user s manual can be purchased from the factory as Option 70A Please specify the serial number of your analyzer so that we can match the manual version This operator s manual is also available on CD as option 70B The electronic document is stored in Adobe Systems Inc Portable Document Format PDF and is viewable with Adobe Acrobat Reader software which can be downloaded for free at http www aobe com The
129. B lt TST TST gt CAL SES S gt Figure 6 1 Location of Mode field on M400E Analyzer Display The mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the unit is currently running Besides SAMPLE and SETUP other modes the analyzer can be operated in are Table 6 1 Analyzer Operating Modes EXPLANATION SAMPLE Sampling normally flashing text indicates adaptive filter is on SAMPLE A Indicates that unit is in SAMPLE mode while AUTOCAL feature is active IZS Only M P CAL This is the basic calibration mode of the instrument and is activated by pressing the CAL key SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer The gas measurement will continue during this process The revision of the M400E firmware being run will appear after the word SETUP SETUP X X ZERO CAL type Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure LO CAL A type Unit is performing LOW SPAN midpoint cal check procedure SPAN CAL type Unit is performing SPAN calibration procedure DIAG Mode One of the analyzer s diagnostic modes is active Section 6 13 type A Initiated automatically by the AUTOCAL feature IZS Only M initiated manually by the user R initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital control inputs 04315 Rev C1 59 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 6 2 SAMPLE MODE This is the analyzer s standard operating mode In this mode the i
130. BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 1 7 5 COMM Port Password Security In order to provide security for remote access of the M400E a LOGON feature can be enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands This is done by turning on the SECURITY MODE Mode 4 Section 8 1 4 Once the SECURITY MODE is enabled the following items apply e password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands e Ifthe port is inactive for one hour it will automatically logoff which can also be achieved with the LOGOFF command e Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour even if the correct password is used e f not logged on the only active command is the request for the help screen e following messages will be returned at logon e LOGON SUCCESSFUL Correct password given e LOGON FAILED Password not given or incorrect e LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL Connection terminated successfully To log on to the M400E analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled type LOGON 940331 940331 is the default password To change the default password use the variable RS232 PASS issued as follows V RS232 PASS NNNNNN Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9 126 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 2 REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM The M400E can be connected
131. CAL EXIT Continue pressing SET until you reach the output to be configured DIAG CONC OUT 2 5V OVR NOCAL SET SET EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO CONC_OUT 2 OUTPUT 5V SET gt EDIT EXIT Continue pressing SET gt until DIAG AlO CONC_OUT_2 REC OFS 0 mV lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT Toggle these DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 REC OFS 0 mV keys to set ther value of the desired offset 0 0 ENTR EXIT DIAG CONC OUT 2 REC OFS 10 mV 1 0 ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 REC OFS 10 mV lt SET SET EDIT EXIT 110 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 4 6 SELECTING A TEST CHANNEL FUNCTION FOR OUTPUT A4 The test functions available to be reported are Table 7 10 Test Channels Functions available on the M400E s Analog Output TEST CHANNEL DESCRIPTION zERO FULL SCALE NONE TEST CHANNEL IS TURNED OFF PHOTO MEAS The raw output of the photometer during its 5000 mV measure cycle PHOTO REF The raw output of the photometer during its 0 mV 5000 mV reference cycle GEN REF The raw output of the generator s OmV 5000 mV reference detector SAMPLE PRESSURE The pressure of gas in the photometer 0 Hg 40 Hg In A absorption tube SAMPLE FLOW The gas flow rate through the photometer 1000 SAMPLE TEMP The temperature of gas in the photometer 0 C 70 C absorption tube PHOTO LAMP TEMP The temperature of the photometer UV lamp The t
132. CELLED PREV NEXT EXIT 04315 Rev C1 169 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual USER NOTES 170 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration 10 EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION In order to insure that high quality accurate measurement information is obtained at all times the analyzer must be calibrated prior to use A quality assurance program centered on this aspect and including attention to the built in warning features of the analyzer periodic inspection regular zero span checks and routine maintenance is paramount to achieving this The US EPA strongly recommends that you obtain a copy of the publication Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems abbreviated Handbook Volume 11 USEPA Order Number EPA454R98004 or NIST Order Number PB99 129876 This manual can be purchased from e EPA Technology Transfer Network http www epa gov ttn amtic e National Technical Information Service NTIS http www ntis gov A bibliography and references relating to O4 monitoring are listed in Section 10 6 10 1 1 M400E CALIBRATION GENERAL GUIDELINES Calibration is the process of adjusting the gain and offset of the M400A against some recognized standard The reliability and usefulness of all data derived from any analyzer depends primarily upon its state of calibration In this section the term dynamic calibration is used to express
133. CONC DATA AVAILABLE NEAT VIEW SETUP X X 000 00 00 CONC1 00 00 PPB PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT PRM gt SETUP X X O3REF DATA AVAILABLE PREY NEXT VIEW SETUP X X 000 00 00 PHREF 0000 MV P 10 PREV NX10 NEXT PRM gt SETUP X X PNUMTC DATA AVAILABLE PREV NEXT VIEW Example SETUP x X 000 00 00 SMPLFL 000 0 cc m displays of PV10 PREV NX10 NEXT PRM gt EXIT individual RECORD SETUP X X OJGEN DATA AVAILABLE PREY NEXT VIEW SETUP X X 000 00 00 OJDRIV 0000 MV P 10 PREV NX10 NEXT PRM gt SETUP X X CALDAT DATA AVAILABLE PREY VIEW SETUP X X 000 00 00 SLOPE 0 006 P 10 PREV NX10 NEXT PRM gt 04315 Rev C1 81 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 1 5 SETUP DAS EDIT ACCESSING THE IDAS EDIT MODE iDAS configuration is most conveniently done through the APICOM remote control program The following list of key strokes shows how to edit using the front panel SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU PREV CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT NEXT Inserts a new data channel into the list BEFORE the selected channel Deletes the currently selected data channel EDIT Enters EDIT mode Exports the configuration of all data channels to the PRINT RS 232 interface Keys only appear when needed Main iDAS Menu SETUP DATA ACQUISITION VIEW EDIT SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT
134. D workstation Protective Mat m Stre Ground Point Figure 14 2 Basic anti ESD Work Station 04315 Rev C1 261 347BA Primer on Electro Static Discharge M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual For technicians that work in the field special lightweight and portable anti ESD kits are available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear These include everything needed to create a temporary anti ESD work area anywhere Always wear an Anti ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic assemblies of your analyzer An anti ESD wrist strap keeps the person wearing it at or near the same potential as other grounded objects in the work area and allows static charges to dissipate before they can build to dangerous levels Anti ESD wrist straps terminated with alligator clips are available for use in work areas where there is no available grounded plug Also anti ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor usually around one meg ohm that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the instrument s power supply Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient While this may temporarily bleed off static charges present at the time once you stop touching the grounded metal new static charges will immediately begin to re build In some conditions a charge large enough to damage a component can rebuild in just a few seconds Always store sensitive compo
135. E Analyzer is Located in the Room Being Monitored 1 SAMPLE GAS amp DRY AIR SOURCES For instruments located in the same room being monitored there is no need to attach the gas inlet lines to the SAMPLE inlet or the dry air inlet 2 EXHAUST OUTLET Attach an outlet line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting e In order to prevent the instrument from re breathing its own exhaust gas resulting in artificially low readings the end of the exhaust outlet line should be located at least 2 feet from the back panel of the instrument 3 Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 12 3 4 24 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 4 4 2 Pneumatic Set Up for M400E s Monitoring Remote Locations In this application is often preferred that the Sample gas and the source gas for the O3 generator and internal zero air be the same chemical composition Maximum 15 ft in length EXHAUST MODEL LOCATION M400E analyzer BEING with IZS installed MONITORED Enclosure Vall Figure 3 13 Gas Line Connections when the M400E Analyzer is Monitoring a Remote Location 1 SAMPLE GAS SOURCE Attach a sample inlet line leading from the room being monitored to the sample inlet fitting 2 DRY AIR SOURCE Attach a gas line leading from the room being monitored to the dry air inlet port e This can be a separate line or as s
136. E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 9 perform the following procedure SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB 03 TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG 03 05 GAS CONFIG MODE ADJ SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB 03 TST TST CAL SETUP C Press lt TST or TST gt until 03 GEN REF 2500 0 MV TST TST Slowly rotate the lamp up to a 1 4 turn in either direction to until the O3 GEN REF displays the lowest value YES ls the value of O3 GEN REF between 2500 0 MV 100 MV Using an insulated pot adjustment tool turn the 03 GENERATOR DETECTOR ADJUSTMENT until the value of Q3 GEN REFs between 2500 0 MY 100 MV ADJUSTMENT COMPLETE 10 Tighten the two setscrews 11 Replace the analyzer s cover 12 Perform a check See Section 12 3 4 13 Perform an Ozone generator calibration see Section 9 6 04315 Rev C1 231 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual USER NOTES 232 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING amp REPAIR OF THE M400E ANALYZER This section contains a variety of methods for identifying the source of performance problems with the analyzer Also included in this section are pro
137. E to SETUP X X RANGE CONTROL MENU MODE SET UNIT EXIT the SAMPLE mode Verify that the UNITs SETUP XX CONC UNITS PPB is set for PPB PPB PPM MGM ENTR EXI If it press PPB ENTR 04315 Rev C1 31 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 6 2 2 Verify the Expected Os Span Gas Concentration NOTE For this initial calibration it is important to verify the PRECISE Concentration Value of the SPAN gas independently The span concentration value automatically defaults to 400 0 PPB and it is recommended that an calibration gas of that concentration be used for the initial calibration of the unit To verify that the analyzer span setting is set for 400 PPB press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP M P CAL RANGE 500 0 PPB lt TST TST gt CONC M P CAL SPAN CONC MENU SPAN Verify that the RANGE is set for 400 0 PPB M P CAL SPAN CONC 400 0 Conc If it is not toggle each 0 A 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT numeric key until the proper range is set then press ENTR 32 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 6 2 3 Initial Zero Span Calibration Procedure To perform an initial Calibration of the Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer press The SPAN key now appears during the transition from zero to span You may see both keys If either the ZERO or SPAN buttons fail to appear see Section 11 for troubleshooting tips IY
138. ENTER PASSWORD 818 PREV NEXT ANALOG SIGNAL I O OUTPUT Press ENTR to start test 0 EXT ZERO CAL 1 EXT LOW SPAN CAL PREV 2 EXT SPAN CAL 3 MAINT MODE 4 LANG2 SELECT 5 SAMPLE LED 6 CAL LED 7 FAULT LED 8 AUDIBLE BEEPER 9 ST SYSTEM OK 10 ST CONC VALID 11 ST HIGH RANGE 12 ST ZERO CAL 13 ST SPAN CAL 14 ST TEMP ALARM 15 ST FLOW ALARM 16 ST PRESS ALARM 17 ST DIAG MODE 18 ST LOW SPAN 19 ST LAMP ALARM 20 ST SYSTEM OK2 21 RELAY WATCHDOG 22 SCRUB HEATER 23 SPAN VALVE 24 PHOTO REF VALVE 25 CAL VALVE 26 PHOTO LAMP HEATER 27 GEN HEATER 28 INTERNAL ANALOG to VOLTAGE SIGNALS 51 see Appendix A Correspond to analog Output A1 A4 on back of analyzer 2 Only appears if one of the voltage ranges is selected Manual adjustment menu only appears if either the Auto Cal feature is OFF or the range is set for CURRent 04402 Rev D 4 ANALOG O3 GEN CONFIGURATION CALIBRATION CA Press ENTR to start Calibration SET SET EDIT AOUTS CALIBRATED CONC OUT 1 CONC OUT 2 TEST OUTOUT AIN CALIBRATED CAL RANGE OVER RANGE RANGE OFFSET I Ed OFF Sets the degree of offset 0 1V 1V 5V 10V CURR Figure A 6 Secondary Setu Press ENTR AUTO DARK LIBRATION FLOW CALIBRATION Press ENTR to start Calibration to start Calibration MODE ADJ CNST REF
139. ET gt until COM1 TEST PORT SET SET TEST Test Runs TRANSMITTING TO COM1 Automatically COM1 TEST PORT PREV NEXT OFF 04315 Rev C1 121 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 1 6 MACHINE ID Each type of Teledyne Instruments analyzer is configured with a default ID code The default ID code for all M400E analyzers is 700 The ID number is only important if more than one analyzer is connected to the same communications channel such as when several analyzers are on the same Ethernet LAN See Section 8 4 ina RS 232 multidrop chain See Section 8 2 1 or operating over a RS 485 network See Section 8 3 If two analyzers of the same model type are used on one channel the ID codes of one or both of the instruments needs to be changed so To edit the instrument s ID code press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID COM1 COM2 MACHINE 10 400 ID EXIT discards the new setting 0 4 0 0 ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to EE C cycle through the ENTR accepts the new setting Z available character set 0 7 The ID number is only important if more than one analyzer is connected to the same communications channel e g a multi drop setup Different models of Teledyne Instruments analyzers have different def
140. EVISION e DATE FACTORY CONFIGURATION SAVED ACAL menu and its submenus only appear if analyzer is equipped with Zero Span or IZS valve options Appears whenever the currently displayed sequence is not set for DISABLED 3 Only appears when reporting range is set to AUTO range mode 04402 Rev D 4 PREV MODE SET NEXT SNGL DUAL AUTO DISABLED ZERO ZERO LO ZERO HI SETUP X X LOW RANGE 500 0 Conc 0 0 5 0 0 ZERO LO HI SETUP X X HIGH RANGE 500 0 Conc O HI 0 0 5 0 0 SET ON SET SET MER ENABLE _ OFF DURATION ON CALBRATE __ OFF RANGE TO CAL LOW HIGH Figure A 2 Primary Setup Menu Except iDAS Go to SECONDARY SETUP Menu Tree UNIT PPB PPM UGM MGM 0 ENTR EXIT 0 ENTR EXIT STARTING DATE STARTING TIME DELTA DAYS DELTA TIME APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 SAMPLE CFG ACAL DAS VIEW PREV NEXT CONC O3REF PNUMTC Q3GEN CALDAT VIEW PV10 PREV NEXT NX10 PRM PRM gt DAE MEC ME eee I Selects the data point to be viewed I Cycles through parameters assigned to this IDAS channel Model 400E Instruction Manual SETUP RNGE PASS CLK MORE EDIT ENTER PASSWORD 818 PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT CONC O3REF YES NO PNUMTC O3GEN CALDAT SET SET NEXT NX10 CE EVENT 2E PERIOD NUMBER OF RECORDS 5 232 Sets the time lapse between each r
141. EXPENDABLES Calibration of the Model 400E Analyzer requires certain amount of equipment and supplies These include but are not limited to the following e Zero air source e Ozone span gas source e Gas lines All gas lines should be PTFE Teflon or FEP e A recording device such as a strip chart recorder and or data logger optional 9 1 2 ZERO AIR AND SPAN GAS To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and span gas available ZERO AIR is similar in chemical composition to the Earth s atmosphere but scrubbed of all components that might affect the analyzers readings For O3 measuring devices zero air should be e Devoid of O and Mercury Vapor and e Have a dew point of 20 C Devices that condition ambient air by drying and removing any pollutants such as the Teledyne Instruments Model 701 Zero Air Module are ideal for producing Zero Air SPAN GAS is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired measurement range It is recommended that the span gas used have a concentration equal to 80 of the full measurement range EXAMPLE If the application is to measure between 0 ppm and 500 ppb an appropriate span gas would be 400 ppb EXAMPLE If the application is to measure between 0 ppb and 1000 ppb an appropriate Span Gas would be 800 ppb Because of the instability of Os it is impractical if not imposs
142. F Activate D eactivate PREV NEXT OFF EXIT the HESSEN mode by toggling the ON OFF key COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL OFF PREV NEXT ON ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new E setting ENTR accepts the COM MODE 16 new setting JD lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID HESN COM1 COM EXIT 140 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 5 4 SELECTING A HESSEN PROTOCOL TYPE Currently there are two versions of Hessen Protocol in use The original implementation referred to as TYPE 1 and a more recently released version TYPE 2 that has more flexibility when operating with instruments that can measure more than one type of gas For more specific information about the difference between TYPE 1 TYPE 2 download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne Instruments web site http www teledyne api com manuals index asp To select a Hessen Protocol Type press SAMPLE 500 0 PPB OS XXXX TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU IO HESN COM COM2 EXIT HESSEN VARIATION TYPE1 SET SET EDIT HESSEN VARIATION TYPE1 1 TYP2 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new Use these keys ai setting to choose the Hessen type ENTR accepis the new setting JZ NOTE While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated indep
143. F THE ANALYZER CAUTION Qualified Personnel THE OPERATIONS OUTLINED IN THIS CHAPTER ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY 220 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures Table 12 2 M400E Maintenance Schedule DATE PERFORMED MANUAL Particulate Weekly or as Filter needed Weekly or after any Maintenance or Repair T i l l ble IZS Zero Air Replace Annually NO Scrubber Absorption Ye Tube Clean As Needed p Check Flow Every 6 Months N Annually or after Perform Perform Leak Check Leak Check any Maintenance Ye 12 3 4 or Repair Pneumatic Examine Yes if lines and clean cleaned 04315 Rev C1 221 Verify Test Record and Functions analyze o o Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures USER NOTES 222 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 12 3 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES The following procedures are to be performed periodically as part of the standard maintenance of the Model 400E 12 3 1 REPLACING THE SAMPLE PARTICULATE FILTER The particulate filter should be inspected often for signs of plugging or contamination We recommend that when you change the filter handle it and the wetted surfaces of the filter housing as little as possible Do not touch any part of th
144. FORMATION I u 186 Lie THEORY OF OPERATION uuu u t u u aaa a 189 LL To Measurement set deme Rabe a a bitin ier on sette mulio hh o mee sanie dos 189 11 41 Caleulatng Concent alo Maenan Siapa otc ooo etate tat 189 11 1 2 The Photometer UV ADSOFDIOD Pali seite oe ostendi a Seb uccelli eiue 191 11 1 3 The Reference Measurement Cycle 192 TdcbaEIntererent Rejection ssrt m L Ca 193 T1 2cPnhneumaue Operaio uuu u uu saa see Ern bia dee dI eee 194 25 FOW ec LEE RT 194 ENS TOW Rae a T STER 195 iv 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table of Contents UU NAME E m AS nie ncaa 195 TEZ 3 Parnculate Filip er 196 1 24 P iglirnmalieSensS0 u u a amat e 196 11 2 4 1 Sample Pressure ctim sssi ba 196 T1242 Sampe FOW SENSO 196 11435 OST AON RETI EE 197 Teo A OVEN tons at tha 197 anu hat Donat 198 11 923 IVIOUME MOO ANC
145. Figure 11 3 M400E Pneumatic Diagram Basic Unit Note For illustrations of the gas flow path for the M400E analyzer with the various calibration valve options installed see Figures Figure 3 6 and Figure 5 3 194 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 2 2 FLOW RATE CONTROL To maintain a constant flow rate of the sample gas through the instrument the Model 400E uses a special flow control assembly located downstream from the absorption tube and in the exhaust gas line just before the pump see Figure 10 7 This assembly consists of A critical flow orifice Two o rings Located just before and after the critical flow orifice the o rings seal the gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical flow orifice A spring Applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the o rings the critical flow orifice and the assembly housing High Critical flow Low pressure orifice pressure s Gas at sonic speed Spring Filter O rings Figure 11 4 Flow Control Assembly amp Critical Flow Orifice 11 2 2 1 Critical Flow Orifice The most important component of the flow control assemblies is the critical flow orifice Critical flow orifices are a remarkably simple way to regulate stable gas flow rates They operate without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics By restric
146. Flags 146 IZS Reference Feedback Option 8 04315 Rev C1 Index K Keypad Definition Field 11 L LAMP DRIVER WARN 28 62 LAMP STABIL WARN 28 62 146 235 LO CAL A type 59 Local Area Network LAN 20 29 43 44 55 115 122 129 133 134 136 LOW SPAN CAL 1 252 Machine ID 122 129 Measure Reference Valve 192 Measurement Reference Cycle 192 239 Menu Keys CAL 41 63 155 CALS 41 63 155 158 159 242 244 CALZ 63 155 158 159 242 244 CONC 41 94 251 ENTR 5 41 60 64 67 89 151 166 220 254 EXIT 64 254 MENUS AUTO 61 70 71 74 149 155 161 DUAL 70 71 73 149 155 161 SNGL 31 38 70 71 72 Message Field 11 215 Metal Wool Scrubber 53 61 94 111 202 203 205 209 239 241 258 AC Power 209 Troubleshooting 244 248 258 microcomputer 197 198 216 Mode Field 11 27 215 Modem 54 127 253 Motherboard 28 62 98 105 197 198 200 207 235 236 240 244 246 250 M P CAL 59 Multidrop 20 54 56 119 122 129 130 O Detector Output 199 DRIVE 61 219 GEN LAMP WARN 28 62 GEN REF WARNING 28 62 GEN TEMP 237 GEN TEMP WARN 28 62 236 O4 GEN TMP 61 GEN 61 Generator IZS 34 35 52 61 94 149 169 200 203 230 237 241 245 255 257 MEAS 61 237 Option Relay PCA Status LED s 241 REF 61 219 237 254 SCRUB TEMP WARN 28 62 146 SCRUB 61 269 Index M400E
147. GAS INLET Sample Cal V Ma Particulate Season i SPAN GAS NY Filter l aK Measure Reference aioe O0 Valve i A I E Charcoal O 3 EES scrubber Generator ca I amp Filter gt I I I lt Q I E i I Flow Pressure SAMPLE a I PRESSURE Exalusr Sensor PCA SENSOR 9 sample Gas I I I I I Figure 3 6 M400E Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero Span IZS Option OPT 51A 14 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 2 UNPACKING THE M400E ANALYZER CAUTION General Safety Hazard TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY ALWAYS USE TWO PERSONS TO LIFT AND CARRY THE MODEL 400E 1 Verify that there is no apparent external shipping damage If damage has occurred please advise the shipper first then Teledyne Instruments 2 Included with your analyzer is a printed record of the final performance characterization performed on your instrument at the factory This record titled Final Test and Validation Data Sheet P N 04314 is an important quality assurance and calibration record for this instrument It should be placed in the quality records file for this instrument 3 Carefully remove the top cover of the analyzer and check for internal shipping damage e Remove the setscrew located in the top center of the Front panel e Remove the two screws fastening the top cover to the unit one per side towards the rear e Slide the cover bac
148. GEN REF WARNING 0010 EDIT PRNT EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until desired SETUP X X PREV NEXT SETUP X X The CH and CH keys move the cursor brackets left and right along the bit string DEL deletes the character currently inside the cursor brackets CH CH pj INS Inserts a the character at the flag message is displayed BOX TEMP WARNING 0010 EDIT PRNT EXIT BOX TEMP WARNING 0 010 EXIT discards the new setting ENTR EXIT INS DEL 0 ENTR accepts the new setting 7 Press the key repeatealy to cycle through the available character set 0 9 NOTE Values of A F can also be set but are meaningless current location of the cursor brackets 8 5 8 INSTRUMENT ID CODE The M400E analyzer is programmed with a default ID code of 400 Each instrument on a Hessen Protocol network must have a unique ID code If more than one M400E analyzer is on the Hessen network you will have to change this code for all but one of the MAOOE analyzer s on the Hessen network see Section 8 1 6 04315 Rev C1 147 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 6 APICOM REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAM APICOM is an easy to use yet powerful interface program that allows the user to access and control any of Teledyne Instruments main line of ambient and stack gas instruments from a remote connection through direct cable modem or Ethernet Running APICOM
149. GENERATOR The only significant components of the generator that might reasonable malfunction is the power supply assembly for the UV source lamp and the lamp itself 13 9 1 CHECKING THE O GENERATOR UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY The lamp power supply for the IZS options generator is the same assembly used for the photometer s lamp power supply The method for checking it out is identical to that listed in Section 13 8 2 above 04315 Rev C1 255 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 10 REPAIR PROCEDURES 13 10 1 REPAIRING SAMPLE FLOW CONTROL ASSEMBLY The Critical Flow Orifice is part of the Flow Control Assembly located on the sample pump assembly or optionally in the ozone generator for instruments with the IZS option The jewel orifice is protected by a sintered filter so it is unusual for the orifice to need replacing but it is possible for the sintered filter and o rings to need replacing See the Spare Parts list in Appendix B for part numbers and kits Procedure 1 Turn off Power to the analyzer 2 Locate the flow control assembly attached to the sample pump See Figure 3 4 3 Disconnect the pneumatic fittings 4 Remove the assembly from the sample pump by disconnecting the 77 tube fitting on the pump inlet elbow 5 inlet end of the assembly is the straight 1 2 tube to 1 8 male NPT fitting Remove the fitting and the components as shown in the
150. GNAL I O When entered the analyzer performs an analog ANALOG OUTPUT output step test This can be used to calibrate a DIAG AOUT 13 7 7 1 chart recorder or to test the analog output accuracy 96 Table 7 5 Diagnostic Mode DIAG Functions Front Panel MANUAL DIAG SUBMENU SUBMENU FUNCTION Mode Indicator SECTION ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION O GENERATOR CALIBRATION DARK CALIBRATION FLOW CALIBRATION TEST CHAN OUTPUT Configures the A4 analog output channel DIAG TCHN oae 1 Only appears if the IZS option is installed Allows observation of all digital and analog signals in the instrument Allows certain digital signals such DIAG I O 13 1 3 as valves and heaters to be toggled ON and OFF The signal levels of the instruments analog outputs may be calibrated either individually or as a group Various electronic parameters such as signal span DIAG AlO and offset are available for viewing and configuration The analyzer is performing an electric test This test simulates IR detector signal in a known manner so that the proper functioning of the sync demod board be verified The analyzer is performing a dark calibration procedure This procedure measures and stores the inherent dc offset of the sync demod board tare electronics This function is used to calibrate the gas flow output signals of sample gas and ozone supply These DIAG FCAL settings are retained when exiting DIAG 9 9 7
151. IX A 6 Model M400E Terminal Command Designators Revision D 4 APPENDIX B M400E SPARE PARTS LIST APPENDIX C REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE M400E APPENDIX D ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS USER NOTES x 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Information SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION 04315 Rev C1 1 General Information M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual USER NOTES 2 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Introduction 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 SAFETY MESSAGES Your safety and the safety of others are very important We have provided many important safety messages in this manual Please read these messages carefully A safety message alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others Each safety message is associated with a safety alert symbol These symbols are found in the manual and inside the M400E Photometric Ozone Analyzer The definition of these symbols is described below General Safety Hazard Refer to the instructions for details on the specific hazard CAUTION Hot Surface Hazard CAUTION Electrical Shock Hazard TECHNICIAN SYMBOL All operations marked with this symbol are to be performed by qualified maintenance personnel only NOTE Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of the M400E or any other Teledyne Instruments product can be obtained by Contacting Teledyne Instruments Customer Service Department at 800 324 5190 or Via the
152. IZS Options Os generator a r nnn 255 13 9 1 Checking The Generator UV Lamp Power Supply a 255 Lo LO Repair Procedu eS auod p ata ase ce SRI LUC EE 256 13 10 1 Repairing Sample Flow Control Assembly 256 13 10 2 Replacing The Standard Reference Scrubber 257 13 10 92 Replacing tie Z5 Os SOrUbD6F uito u aay 257 1310 4 Metal Wool Ser bDer ODUOFI 258 13 10 5 Disk On Chip Replacement Procedure a a 258 13 11 MECHMIGAMASS ISLAM CO tta 258 vi 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table of Contents 14 PRIMER ON ELECTRO STATIC DISCHARGE 259 14 1 How Static Charges are 259 14 2 How Electro Static Charges Cause Damage a nnn nnns nans nnns 260 14 3 Common Myths About ESD Damage
153. LIBRATED Motherboard 1Changes to RANGE or REC_OFS require recalibration of this output 98 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer To access the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION sub menu press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to enter the correct PASSWORD gt SIGNAL I O ENTR Continue pressing NEXT until AIO Configuration Submenu DIAG ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR DIAG AIO A OUTS CALIBRATED NO lt SET SET gt CAL DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1 5V OVR NOCAL Adjusts the signal output lt SET SET gt EDIT E for Analog Output A1 DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 5V OVR NOCAL Adjusts the signal output for Analog Output A2 lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO TEST_OUTPUT 5V OVR NOCAL Selects the parameter top be lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT output on the TEST channel and adjusts its signal output Jo DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED NO lt SET SET gt CAL Figure 7 4 Accessing the Analog I O Configuration Submenus 04315 Rev C1 99 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 4 2 CALIBRATION OF THE ANALOG OUTPUTS TEST CHANNEL calibration needs to be carried out on first startup of the analyzer pe
154. MPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU GFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP XA SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DAG 03 ENTER PASSWORD Toggle these keys to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL I O PREY NEAT PREY NEAT JUMP JUMP TO 1 Toggle these keys to show the ID number for the desired signal see Appendix A gt 28 PHOTO DET 3342 2 MV Additional adjustment can be made by physically rotating the lamp in it s housing a do this slightly loosen the UV lamp setscrew PREY NEAT PRNT Using an insulated pot adjustment tool Turn the LV DETECTOR GAIN ADJUSTMENT POT until the value of PHOTO DET is as close as passible to 4600 0 MV Next slowly rotate the lamp up to 1 4 turn in either direction while watching the PHOTO DET signal Once the optimum lamp position is T determined re tighten the lamp If a minimum reading of 3500 0 mV can not be reached SE EIE the lamp must be replaced 5 Replace the cover on the analyzer 228 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures UY DETECTOR GAIN ADJUST POT Uv LAMP SETSCREW Figure 12 3 Optical Bench Lamp Adjustment Installation 12 3 6 3 UV Lamp Replacement This procedure details the steps for replacement of the UV source lamp in the optical bench assembly This procedure should be done whenever the lamp can no longer be adjusted as des
155. N 28 62 235 CANNOT DYN ZERO 28 62 235 CONFIG INITIALIZED 28 62 DATA INITIALIZED 28 62 FRONT PANEL WARN 28 62 146 235 LAMP DRIVER WARN 28 62 LAMP STABIL WARN 28 62 146 235 O3 GEN LAMP WARN 28 62 O3 GEN REF WARNING 28 62 O3 GEN TEMP WARN 28 62 236 O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN 28 62 146 PHOTO REF WARNING 28 62 146 236 PHOTO TEMP WARNING 28 62 146 235 239 REAR BOARD NOT DET 28 62 235 RELAY BOARD WARN 28 62 272 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual SAMPLE FLOW WARN 28 62 235 242 SAMPLE PRESS WARN 28 62 146 SAMPLE TEMP WARN 28 62 146 235 SYSTEM RESET 28 62 146 236 Warranty 5 7 10 Watchdog Circuit 203 240 Status LED 203 240 247 Z Zero Air 4 13 21 22 23 149 150 151 156 159 163 172 221 224 237 257 ZERO CAL type 59 ZERO SPAN valve 162 204 ZERO CAL 252 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Index USER NOTES 04315 Rev C1 273 Index M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual USER NOTES 274 04315 Rev C1 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A Software Version Specific Documentation APPENDIX A Software Version Specific Documentation APPENDIX A 1 Model 400E Software Menu Trees APPENDIX 2 Model 400E Setup Variables Available Via Serial I O APPENDIX 3 Model 400E Warnings and Test Measurements Via Serial I O APPENDIX 4 Model 400E Signal I O Definitions APPENDIX A 5 Model 400E iDAS Functions 04402
156. N10 D100 ENTREXIT of the recording device matches the value in the upper right hand corner of the display within the tolerances listed in Table 7 7 DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 CALIBRATED YES SET SET CAL EXIT 104 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 4 2 4 Manual Adjustment of Current Loop Output Span and Offset A current loop option may be purchased for the A1 and A2 Analog outputs of the analyzer This option places circuitry in series with the output of the D to A converter on the motherboard that changes the normal DC voltage output to a 0 20 milliamp signal The outputs can be ordered scaled to any set of limits within that 0 20 mA range however most current loop applications call for either 0 20 mA or 4 20mA range spans All current loop outputs have a 5 over range Ranges whose lower limit is set above 1 mA also have a 5 under range To switch an analog output from voltage to current loop follow the instructions in Section 7 4 3 and select CURR from the list of options on the Output Range menu Adjusting the signal zero and span levels of the current loop output is done by raising or lowering the voltage output of the D to A converter circuitry on the analyzer s motherboard This raises or lowers the signal level produced by the Current Loop Option circuitry The software allows this adjustment to be made in 100 10 or 1 count increments Since the exact amo
157. NING SAMPLE PRESS WARN SAMPLE TEMP WARN GEN REF WARNING 03 GEN LAMP WARNING 03 GEN TEMP WARN PHOTO TEMP WARNING 0040 OPERATIONAL FLAGS In MANUAL Calibration Mode In ZERO Calibration Mode 0400 In SPAN Calibration Mode 0800 In LO SPAN Calibration Mode 0800 UNITS OF MEASURE FLAGS 0200 0080 0100 1000 8000 SPARE UNUSED BITS UNASSIGNED FLAGS 0000 O3 SCRUB TEMP WARN RELAY BOARD WARNING REAR BOARD NOT DETECTED Instrument is in MP CAL mode Only applicable if the 145 option is installed It is possible to assign more than one flag to the same Hessen status bit This allows the grouping of similar flags such as all temperature warnings under the same status bit Be careful not to assign conflicting flags to the same bit as each status bit will be triggered if any of the assigned flags is active Only applicable if the optional metal wool scrubber is installed 146 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual To assign or reset the status flag bit assignments press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT lt SET SET gt EDIT HESSEN VARIATION TYPE1 SETUP X X SET SET EDIT EXIT PREV NEXT Continue pressing NEXT until 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E HESSEN STATUS FLAGS EXIT O3
158. O KEY CALZ e Confirm that there is a good source of zero air If the IZS option is installed compare the zero reading from the 1 5 zero air source to the calibration zero air source e Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 12 3 4 e Check to make sure that there is no ambient air leaking into zero air line 13 6 OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS Dynamic problems i e problems that only manifest themselves when the analyzer is monitoring sample gas can be the most difficult and time consuming to isolate and resolve The following section provides an itemized list of the most common dynamic problems with recommended troubleshooting checks and corrective actions 13 6 1 TEMPERATURE PROBLEMS Individual control loops are used to maintain the set point of the UV Lamp IZS Ozone Generator Optional and Metal Wool Scrubber Optional temperatures If any of these temperatures are out of range or are poorly controlled the M400E will perform poorly 13 6 1 1 Box Temperature The box temperature sensor is mounted to the Motherboard and cannot be disconnected to check its resistance Rather check the BOX TEMP signal using the SIGNAL I O function under the DIAG Menu see Section 13 1 2 e This parameter will vary with ambient temperature but at 30 C 6 7 above room temperature the signal should be 1450 mV 13 6 1 2 Sample Temperature The Sample Temperature should read approximately 5 0 C higher than the box te
159. OCESSING AUDIT Data processing audit involves reading a strip chart record calculating an average and transcribing or recording the results on the SAROAD form The data processing audit should be performed by an individual other than the one who originally reduced the data Initially the audit should be performed 1 day out of every 2 weeks of data For two 1 hour period within each day audited make independent readings of the strip chart record and continue through the actual transcription of the data on the SAROAD form The 2 hours selected during each day audited should be those for which either the trace is most dynamic in terms of spikes or the average concentration is high The data processing audit is made by calculating the difference d Os R Os A Where d the difference between measured and audit values ppm Equation 10 4 Os g the recorded analyzer response ppm and the data processing concentration ppm If d exceeds 0 02 ppm check all of the remaining data in the 2 week period 180 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration 10 4 3 SYSTEM AUDIT A system audit is an on site inspection and review of the quality assurance activities used for the total measurement system sample collection sample analysis data processing etc it is a qualitative appraisal of system quality Conduct the system audit at the startup of a new monitoring system and
160. OFFSET Values Md range eContamination of the Zero Air supply 13 1 3 DIAG gt SIGNAL I O USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I O FUNCTION 04315 Rev C1 237 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual The signal I O diagnostic mode allows access to the digital and analog I O in the analyzer Some of the digital signals can be controlled through the keyboard These signals combined with a thorough understanding of the instruments Theory of Operation found in Chapter 11 are useful for troubleshooting in three ways e The technician can view the raw unprocessed signal level of the analyzer s critical inputs and outputs e Many of the components and functions that are normally under algorithmic control of the CPU can be manually exercised e The technician can directly control the signal level Analog and Digital Output signals This allows the technician to observe systematically the effect of directly controlling these signals on the operation of the analyzer Figure 13 1 is an example of how to use the Signal I O menu to view the raw voltage of an input signal or to control the state of an output voltage or control signal SAMPLE RANGE 200 0 PPE Oss TST TST CAL SETUP SETUP x x PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG RNGE PASS CLK MORE SIGNAL VO SETUP x lt SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DAG HAG VO EXT_ZERG_CAL 0FF SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 418 PREY NEX
161. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual transfer standards may also be used for calibration if they have been certified against the UV calibration procedure 10 1 5 CALIBRATION FREQUENCY A system of Level 1 and Level 2 zero span checks is recommended see Section 10 2 These checks must be conducted in accordance with the specific guidance given in Subsection 9 1 of Section 2 0 9 Ref 11 Level 1 zero and span checks should be conducted at least every two weeks Level 2 checks should be conducted in between the Level 1 checks at a frequency determined by the user Span concentrations for both levels should be between 70 and 90 of the reporting range To ensure accurate measurements of the ambient concentrations calibrate the M400E at the time of installation and recalibrate it 1 Any time the instrument fails above regiment of Level 1 and Level 2 checks 2 No later than 3 months after the most recent calibration or performance audit which indicated the M400E response to be acceptable or 3 Following any one of the activities listed below a An interruption of more than a few days in M400E operation b Any repairs which might affect its calibration c Physical relocation of the M400E d Any other indication including excessive zero or span drift of possible significant inaccuracy of the unit Following any of the activities listed in above perform Level 1 zero and span checks to determine if a ca
162. Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer Table 13 1 Front Panel Warning Messages WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES e Bench lamp heater eBench lamp temperature sensor e Relay controlling the bench heater eEntire Relay Board 6 Bus The optical bench PHOTO TEMP WARNING temperature lamp temp is gt 51 e Hot Lamp eBox Temperature typically runs 7 C warmer than ambient temperature ePoor blocked ventilation to the analyzer e Stopped Exhaust Fan eAmbient Temperature outside of specified range CANNOT DYN SPAN Dynamic Span operation e Measured concentration value IS too high or low failed e Concentration Slope value to high or too low CANNOT DYN ZERO Dynamic Zero operation e Measured COncenittauen value i too high failed e Concentration Offset value to high Configuration and sias CONFIG INITIALIZED Calibration data reset to F Aled Disk on Chip e User erased data original Factory state was erased e User cleared data WARNING only appears on Serial I O COM Port s e CPU E eFront Panel Display will be frozen blank or will not respond FRONT PANEL WARN ommunicete WIN Ne Failed Keyboard Front Panel Display Bus failure Keyboard e Loose Connector Wiring Box Temp is lt 5 C BOX TEMP WARNING or gt 48 C Ref eFaulty UV source lamp LAMP STABIL WARN eae e Noisy UV detector unstable e Faulty UV lamp power supply Mo
163. P MENU CPG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS SETUP ENTER PASSWORD 818 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT DIAG SIGNAL I O PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT Toggle PREV or NEXT until DARK CALIBRATION FREY NEAT CALIBRATING DARK GFFSET DARK CAL 34 COMPLETE The DARK CAL procedure progresses automatically until DARK CAL Successful INVALID DARK CAL OFFS XXRX X MV ENTE EXIT 167 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 5 2 PHOTOMETER GAS FLOW CALIBRATION NOTE A separate flow meter is required for the procedure To calibrate the flow of gas through the MAOOE analyzer s optional photometer bench 8 Turn OFF the M400E analyzer 9 Attach the flow meter directly to the SAMPLE inlet port of the analyzer see Figure 3 2 10 Turn the analyzer ON 11 Perform the following steps SAMPLE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TS T gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTR EXIT DIAG SIGNAL I O PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until FLOW CALIBRATION PREV NEXT ENTR WAITING FOR FLOW PREY NEXT ENTR ACTUAL FLOW 1 000 LPM FI EAT EXIT discards the new Toggle these keys to match the actual flaw as setting measured by the external flow meter ENTR accepts the new
164. P4 and 1 e The expected value for this signal should be Pressure Expected mVDC X 4660 moc Z250mvac 10 rq 30 Origin a x EXAMPLE If the measured pressure is 20 Hg in A the expected voltage level between TP4 and TP1 would be between 2870 mVDC and 3510 mVDC EXAMPLE If the measured pressure is 25 Hg in A the expected voltage level between TP4 and TP1 would be between 3533 mVDC and 4318 mVDC e lf this voltage is out of range then either pressure transducer 51 is bad the board is bad or there is pneumatic failure preventing the pressure transducer from sensing the absorption cell pressure properly PHOTOMETER FLOW SENSOR e Measure the voltage across and TP1 With proper flow 800 cc min through the photometer this should be approximately 4 5V this voltage will vary with altitude e With flow stopped photometer inlet disconnected or pump turned OFF the voltage should be approximately 1V e lf the voltage is incorrect the flow sensor S3 is bad the board is bad or there is a leak upstream of the sensor 04315 Rev C1 249 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 7 7 MOTHERBOARD 13 7 7 1 Test Channel Analog Outputs Voltage The ANALOG OUTPUT submenu located under the SETUP gt MORE gt DIAG menu is used to verify that the M400E analyzer s three analog outputs are working properly The test generates a signal on all three
165. PCA Status LED Failure Indications SIGNAL I O PARAMETER LED FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUE ACTIVATED BY VIEW RESULT Voltage displayed should change If not 1 Metal Wool Fai ae Scrubber O3 SCRUB HEATER O3 SCRUB Dac ects Yellow Faster e Faulty Temperature Sensor e Failed AC Relay Faulty Connectors Wiring Valve should audibly change states D7 Zero Span Gas SPAN VALVE N a y g Green Valve 7 not e Failed Valve D8 Measure Ref PHOTO REF VALVE N Green Valve B N A A e Failed Relay Drive IC on Relay PCA e Failed Relay PCA A D9 sample Cal CAL VALVE e Faulty 12 VDC Supply PS2 Green Gas Valve e Faulty Connectors Wiring Voltage displayed should change 015 Photometer UV PHOTO HEATER PHOTO LAMP Vr MD eM 9 Yellow Lamp Heater If not e Failed Heater D162 IZS Os e Faulty Temperature Sensor C Gen Generator UV O3 GEN HEATER O3 GEN TEMP e Failed AC Relay Lamp Heater e Faulty Connectors Wiring i Only applies on analyzers with metal wool scrubber installed Only applies on analyzers with IZS options installed Only apllies to instruments with calibrtn valve options installed 04315 Rev C1 241 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 4 GAS FLOW PROBLEMS In general flow problems can be divided into three categories e Flow is too high e Flow is greater than zero but is too low and or unstable e Flow is zero no flow When trouble
166. PU is bad and must be replaced T Um a CPU Status LED Figure 13 2 Status Indicator 13 3 2 RELAY PCA STATUS LED 5 There are sixteen LEDs located on the Relay PCA Some are not used on this model 13 3 2 1 IC Bus Watchdog Status LEDs The most important is D1 see which indicates the health of the I C bus Table 13 4 Relay PCA Watchdog LED Failure Indications Failed Halted CPU Continuously ON Faulty Motherboard Keyboard or Relay PCA bus Health i Watchdog Circuit Faulty Connectors Wiring between Motherboard Continuously OFF Keyboard or Relay PCA Failed Faulty 5 VDC Power Supply PS1 If D1 is blinking then the other LEDs can be used in conjunction with DIAG Menu Signal I O to identify hardware failures of the relays and switches on the Relay 240 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 3 2 2 Option Status LED s D9 Green Optional Sample Cal Valve D8 Green Photometer Meas Ref Valve D7 Green Optional Zero Span Valve D2 Yellow Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater OOO OO FOO 2 06 Green GPT Valve St te 5 D15 Yellow Photometer Lamp Heater 016 Yellow IZS O Generator Lamp Heater D1 RED Watchdog Indicator Figure 13 3 Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting Table 13 5 Relay
167. Power Connections Figure 3 9 Energizing the M400E Control Inputs 04315 Rev C1 19 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 3 5 CONNECTING THE SERIAL PORTS If you wish to utilize either of the analyzer s two serial interface COMM ports refer to Chapter 8 of this manual for instructions on their configuration and usage 3 3 6 CONNECTING TO A LAN OR THE INTERNET If your unit has a Teledyne Instruments Ethernet card plug one end into the 7 CAT5 cable supplied with the option into the appropriate place on the back of the analyzer and the other end into any nearby Ethernet access port NOTE The M400E firmware supports dynamic IP addressing or DHCP If your network also supports DHCP the analyzer will automatically configure its LAN connection appropriately see Section 8 4 2 If your network does not support DHCP see Section 8 4 2 1 for instructions on manually configuring the LAN connection 3 3 7 CONNECTING TO A MULTIDROP NETWORK If your unit has a Teledyne Instruments RS 232 multidrop card see Section 8 2 1 for instructions on setting it up 20 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 4 PNENUMATIC CONNECTIONS CAUTION General Safety Hazard OZONE IS A TOXIC GAS OBTAIN A MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET MSDS FOR THIS MATERIAL READ AND RIGOROUSLY FOLLOW THE SAFETY GUIDELINES DESCRIBED THERE DO NOT VENT CALIBRATION GAS AND SAMPLE GAS INTO ENCLOSED
168. R key the analyzer will beep alerting the user that the newly entered value has been lost Used to access a variety of functions that are used to configure System Diagnostic Features test or diagnose problems with a variety of the analyzer s basic and DIAG systems Analog Output Configuration Most notably the menus used to configure the output signals generated by theinstruments analog outputs are located here 64 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer 6 4 1 SETUP gt CFG CONFIGURATION INFORMATION Pressing the CFG key displays the instrument s configuration information This display lists the analyzer model serial number firmware revision software library revision CPU type and other information e Special instrument or software features or installed options may also be listed here e Use this information to identify the software and hardware installed in your Model 400E photometric analyzer when contacting customer service To access the configuration table press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE Press NEXT of PREV to move back and forth through the following list of Configuration information SETUP X X M700E Cailbrator MODEL TYPE AND NUMBER e PART NUMBER PREV NEXT return to the e SERIAL NUMBER SETUP menu SOFTWARE REVISION Press exit at any time to e LIBRARY REVI
169. RAMETER CONC1 Pressing SET INST AVG MIN MAX ENTR EXIT returns to the Press the key for the previous Function desired MODE SETUP PRECISION 1 SET SET gt EDIT EXIT seruP XX PRECISION 1 1 ENTR EXIT Toggle this key to set from 1 to 4 SETUP STOR NUM SAMP E OFF x amp SET EGIT j SETUP X X STOR NUM SAMPLE OFF ENTR EXIT Toggle this key to turn GN OFF NOTE When the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature is turned on the instrument will store how many sample readings were used to compute the AVG MIN or MAX value but not the readings themselves 86 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 5 4 Editing Sample Period and Report Period The iDAS defines two principal time periods by which sample readings are taken and permanently recorded e SAMPLE PERIOD Determines how often iDAS temporarily records a sample reading of the parameter in volatile memory The SAMPLE PERIOD is set to one minute by default and generally cannot be accessed from the standard iDAS front panel menu but is available via the instruments communication ports by using APICOM or the analyzer s standard serial data protocol SAMPLE PERIOD is only used when the iDAS parameter s sample mode is set for AVG MIN or MAX e REPORT PERIOD Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile memory are processed e g average minimum or maximum are calculated and the
170. Rev D 4 A 1 APPENDIX A Software Version Specific Documentation Model 101E Instruction Manual USER NOTES 2 Appendix A Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 TEST lt IST 04402 Rev D 4 SAMPLE CAL MSG CLR SETUP x x TST gt LOW HIGH jt Press to through the et active active warning AATUN ZERO SPAN CONC messages messages PRIMARY SETUP MENU RANGE Value PPB RANCE ors et CFG DAS RANGE PASS CLK MORE STABIL Value PPB RSP Value SEC MEAS Value MV O3 REF Value MV TEST FUNCTIONS SECONDARY PHOTO POWER Value MV Viewable by user SETUP MENU PRES Value IN HG A while instrument is SAMP FL Value CC M In SAMPLE Mode SAMPLE TEMP ValuePC COMM VARS DIAG PHOTO LAMP Value BOX TEMP Value 2C SLOPE Value Only appears when warning messages are active OFFSET Value PPB Only appears when reporting ranges are set for either DUAL or AUTO TEST Value MV modes TIME HH MM SS Figure A 1 Basic Sample Display Menu without Options APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 TEST 7 CAL TST TST LOW HIGH ZERO SPAN CONC RANGE Value PPB RANGE1 Value PPB RANGE2 Value PPB STABIL Value PPB RSP Value SEC O3 MEAS Value MV O3 REF Value MV GEN Value MV DRIVE Value MV
171. SERIAL INTERFACE w MD E SERIES 048660000 ASSY THERMOCOUPLE AG SCRUBBER M400E 048670000 ASSY HEATER FIBER SCRUBBER 400E 049290000 CLIP THERMISTOR HOLDER 052400000 ASSY UV LAMP OPTICAL BENCH CR 052910000 ASSY OPTICAL BENCH M400E M700E M703E 055100200 OPTION PUMP ASSY 240V 055560000 ASSY VALVE VA59 W DIODE 5 LEADS 058021100 PCA E SERIES MOTHERBD GEN 5 ICOP 064130000 ASSY HEATER THERM PCA GEN 05363R M400E Spare Parts List DCN5364 Page 1 of 2 4 28 09 M400E Spare Parts List Part Number Description 0 CN0000458 CONNECTOR REAR PANEL 12 PIN CN0000520 CONNECTOR REAR PANEL 10 PIN DS0000025 DISPLAY E SERIES KB FL0000001 FILTER SS FL0000012 SCRUBBER OZONE REFERENCE FM0000004 FLOWMETER KB HW0000005 FOOT CHASSIS HW0000020 SPRING HW0000036 TFE TAPE 1 4 48 FT ROLL KIT000219 KIT 4 20MA CURRENT OUTPUT E SERIES 000246 IZS RETROFIT M400E 000289 UV LAMP P S 041660100 000290 UV LAMP P S PCA 041660500 OP0000014 QUARTZ DISC OPTICAL BENCH OP0000031 WINDOW OPTICAL BENCH amp OZONE GEN FEEDBACK OR0000001 ORING SAMPLE FLOW amp OZONE GENERATOR ORO0000025 ORING AIR DRYER CANISTER OR0000026 ORING ABSORPTION TUBE ORO0000039 ORING OPTICAL BENCH amp OZONE GEN FEEDBACK OR0000048 ORING OZONE GEN UV LAMP ORO0000089 ORING OPTICAL BENCH ORO0000094 ORING SAMPLE FILTER PU0000022 REBUILD KIT FOR PU20 amp 0424
172. SION e iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION Only appears if INET option is installed a CPU TYPE amp OS REVISION e DATE FACTORY CONFIGURATION SAVED 04315 Rev C1 65 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 6 4 2 SETUP gt PASS ENABLING DISABLING PASSWORDS The M400E provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to prevent unauthorized adjustments When the passwords have been enabled in the PASS menu item the system will prompt the user for a password anytime a password protected function is requested There are three levels of password protection which correspond to operator maintenance and configuration functions Each level allows access to all of the functions in the previous level Table 6 6 Password Levels PASSWORD LEVEL MENU ACCESS ALLOWED All functions of the MAIN menu TEST GEN initiate SEQ MSG CLR Access to Primary Setup and Secondary Setup Menus except for VARS and Maintenance DIAG Configuration Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG To enable or disable passwords press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB Q3 XXXX lt TST TST CAL SETUP SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE SYSTEM PASSWORD ENABLE OFF Toggle this OFF ENTR EXIT button to enable disable password feature SETUP PASSWORD ENABLE ON EXIT discards the new ON ENTR EXIT setting ENTR accepts the new setting JZ 66 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Ana
173. Section 10 1 2 it is necessary to know the intensity of the light passing through the absorption path both when is present and when it is not The Model 400E accomplishes this be alternately sending the sample gas directly to the absorption tube and passing it through a chemical Scrubber that removes any O3 present SAMPLE GAS INLET Os Scrubber I Measure Path SPAN GAS INLET I ZERO AIR Reference Path Particulate Filter Measure Reference Valve li iru E mn DRY AIR pl INLET z 2 0 Q l E I Flow Pressure SAMPLE Di PRESSURE Sensor PCA EXHAUST SENSOR lt GAS OUTLET Sample Gas Flow Control O4 FLOW B SENSOR I I l eee ee N a eS eee eee ee ee gt Figure 11 2 Reference Measurement Gas Cycle The Measurement Reference Cycle consists of TIME INDEX STATUS Measure Reference Valve Opens to the Measure Path Wait Period Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of any 0 2 seconds previously present gasses measures the average UV light intensity of bearing Sample Gas I during this Measure Reference Valve Opens to the Reference Path Wait Period Ensures that the Absorption tube has been adequately flushed of O3 b3earing 5 seconds gas Analyzer measures the average UV ligh
174. System Adequate ink supply and chart paper Legible ink traces Recorder Correct settings of chart speed and range switches Correct time Flow and regulator indicators at proper settings Analyzer Operational Settings Temperate indicators cycling or at proper levels Analyzer in sample mode Zero span controls locked Zero and span within tolerance limits as described in Subsec 9 1 3 of Sec 2 0 9 Ref 11 Analyzer Operational Check Precision Check Assess precision as described in Sec 2 0 8 Ref 11 Table 10 2 Activity Matrix for Audit Procedure ACCEPTANCE LIMITS The difference between the measured and the audit values as a measure of accuracy Sec 2 0 8 of Ref 11 Multipoint calibration audit Adhere to stepwise procedure for data reduction Sec 8 4 no difference exceeding 0 02 ppm Data processing audit Method described in this section of the Handbook Systems audit 04315 Rev C1 FREQUENCY AND METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Check thermograph chart daily for variations not greater than 2 C 4 F Weekly visual inspection Weekly visual inspection Weekly visual inspection Level 1 zero and span every 2 weeks Level 2 between Level 1 checks at frequency desired by user Every 2 weeks Sec 2 0 8 Ref 11 FREQUENCY AND METHOD OF MEASUREMENT At least once a quarter Sec 2 0 8 of Ref 11 Perform independent check on a sample of recor
175. T EDIT PRMT EXIT Use the PREY and NEXT keys to cycle through the VARS L DIAG 1 LOW SPANZQOFF PREV NEZT JUMP EDIT PANT EXIT Use the JUMP key to go directly to a specific signal see Appendix for a list DIAG JUMPTO af all SIGNALS EHTR EXIT LL j Toggle these keys to set No of the SIGNAL IO to EXAMPLE JUMP to DIAG WO JUMPTO 2 6 JUMP EHTR EXIT CAG Cy 26 PHOTO LAMP_HEATER OFF PREY NEXT JUMP OFF PRET Exi status signals this Pressing the PRNT key will send a key toggles the signal formatted printout to the serial port ON OFF and can be captured wilh a computer or other device Figure 13 1 Example of Signal I O Function NOTE Any I O signals changed while in the signal I O menu will remain in effect ONLY until signal I O menu is exited The Analyzer regains control of these signals upon exit See Appendix A 4 for a complete list of the parameters available for review under this menu 238 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 2 USING THE ANALOG OUTPUT TEST CHANNEL The signals available for output over the M400E s analog output channel can also be used as diagnostic tools See Section 7 4 for instruction on activating the analog output and selecting a function Table 13 3 Test Channel Outputs as Diagnostic Tools TEST FULL CAUSES OF EXTREMELY CHANNEL DESCRIPTION SC
176. T SETUP XX DURATION 15 0 MINUTES Default lt SET SET gt EXIT value is 15 0 SETUP X X MODE ZERO PREV ENTR EXIT SETUP X X CALIBRATE OFF lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT Default SETUP XX TIMER ENABLE ON value is ON SET gt EDIT EXIT SETUP X X CALIBRATE OFF Toggle ON OFF key then press ON ENTR EXIT ENTER Default SETUP STARTING DATE 01 JAN 03 r value is 01 JAN 03 lt SET SET gt EXIT SETUP X X CALIBRATE ON lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT SETUP X X SEQ 1 ZERO 1 00 00 EXIT returns to the SETUP PREV NEXT SET EXIT Menu THE MODEL 400E ANALYZER IS NOW READY FOR OPERATION NOTE Once you have completed the above set up procedures please fill out the Quality Questionnaire that was shipped with your unit and return it to T API This information is vital to our efforts in continuously improving our service and our products THANK YOU USER NOTES 04315 Rev C1 39 Getting Started USER NOTES 40 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Frequently Asked Questions and Glossary 4 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS AND GLOSSARY 4 1 FAQ S The following list was compiled from the T API Customer Service Department s 10 most commonly asked questions relating to the Model 400E O Analyzer Q How do get the instrument to zero Why is the zero key not displayed A See Section 13 5 4 Inability to zero Q How do get the instrument to span Why is
177. TICS Document Document Title 04396 Interconnect Diagram M400E 04406 Interconnect List M400E 05703 PCA 05702 Motherboard E Series Gen 4 03632 PCA 03631 0 20mA Driver 04259 PCA 04258 Keyboard amp Display Driver 04354 PCA 04003 Pressure Flow Transducer Interface 04420 PCA 04120 UV Detector Preamp 04421 PCA 04166 UV Lamp Power Supply 04422 PCA 04144 DC Heater Thermistor 03956 PCA 03955 0100 Relay Board 04468 PCA 04467 Analog Output Series Res 04405D D 1 Appendix D Model 400E Ozone Analyzer Instruction Manual D 2 r ce LLl ll LlLLL le l LlLL ec 04405D
178. Test Function 6 2 2 WARNING MESSAGE DISPLAY The most common and serious instrument failures will activate Warning Messages that are displayed on the analyzer s Front Panel These are 04315 Rev C1 61 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table 6 3 Warning Messages Defined Clears 45 minutes after power up Clears the next time successful zero calibration is performed Clears the next time successful span calibration is performed Only Appears if the IZS option is installed Only appears if the optional metal wool O3 scrubber is installed See Section 13 1 1 for more information on using these messages to troubleshoot problems 62 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer 6 3 CALIBRATION MODE In this mode the user can in conjunction with introducing of zero or span gases of known concentrations into the analyzer cause it to adjust and recalculate the slope gain and offset of the its measurement range This mode is also used to check the current calibration status of the instrument e For more information about setting up and performing standard calibration operations or checks see Chapter 9 e For more information about setting up and performing EPAPressing the CAL key switches the M400E into calibration mode If the instrument includes one of the available zero span valve options the SAMPLE mode display will also inc
179. This option may be ordered separately for Analog Outputs A1 and A2 It can be installed at the factory or added later Call the factory for price and availability Current Loop Option Installed on Analog Output A2 Figure 5 2 Current Loop Option Installed The Current Loop Option can be configured for any output range between 0 and 20mA DC Most current loop applications require either 2 20 mA or 4 20 mA spans Information on calibrating or adjusting these outputs can be found in Section 7 4 2 4 9 4 1 CONVERTING CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS TO STANDARD VOLTAGE OUTPUTS To convert an output configured for current loop operation to the standard 0 to 5 VDC output operation 1 Turn off power to the analyzer 2 Ifa recording device was connected to the output being modified disconnect it 3 Remove the top cover e Remove the set screw located in the top center of the rear panel e Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit one per side e Slide the cover back and lift the cover straight up 4 Disconnect the current loop option PCA from the appropriate connector on the motherboard see Figure 5 2 5 Place a shunt between the leftmost two pins of the connector see Figure 5 2 e spare shunts P N CN0000132 were shipped with the instrument attached to JP1 on the back of the instruments keyboard and display PCA 6 Reattach the top case to the analyzer 7 The analyzer is now ready to have a voltage sensing recording
180. a user can e Establish a link from a remote location to the M400E through direct cable connection via RS 232 modem or Ethernet e View the instrument s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be accessed when standing in front of the instrument e Remotely edit system parameters and set points e Download view graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis e Check on system parameters for trouble shooting and quality control APICOM is very helpful for initial setup data analysis maintenance and trouble shooting Figure 8 8 shows examples of APICOM s main interface which emulates the look and functionality of the instruments actual front panel 1 PIcom N Projects APIcom Scnpts and dataXEngineerng lab cfg Fille View Settings Help InsrumentName ID Status COM Direct Cable COM Connected Direct Cable Modem windows Modem Ethernet TCP IP Far Help press F1 __ nr ZA PPR Conm Download graph save data Figure 8 8 APICOM Remote Control Program Interface NOTE APICOM is included free of cost with the analyzer and the latest versions can also be downloaded for free at http www teledyne api com software apicom USER NOTES 148 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 M400E CALIBRATION PROCEDURES This section contains a variety of information regarding the various methods for calibrating a M
181. across a workbench using a plastic handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of Styrofoam pellets during shipment can also build hefty static charges Table 14 1 Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities MEANS OF GENERATION 65 90 RH 10 25 RH Walking across nylon carpet 1 500V 35 000V Walking across vinyl tile 250V 12 000V Worker at bench 100V 6 000V Poly bag picked up from bench 1 200V 20 000V Moving around in a chair padded 1 500V 18 000V with urethane foam 04315 Rev C1 259 347BA Primer on Electro Static Discharge M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 14 2 HOW ELECTRO STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with an electronic device Current flows as the charge moves along the conductive circuitry of the device and the typically very high voltage levels of the charge overheat the delicate traces of the integrated circuits melting them or even vaporizing parts of them When examined by microscope the damage caused by electro static discharge looks a lot like tiny bomb craters littered across the landscape of the component s circuitry A quick comparison of the values in Table 14 1 with the those shown in the Table 14 2 listing device susceptibility levels shows why Semiconductor Reliability News estimates that approximately 60 of device failures are the result of damage due to electro static discharge Table 14 2 Sensitivity of Electronic Dev
182. ak and cause serious injury 9 Clean the tube with soapy water by running a swab from end to end Rinse with isopropyl alcohol then de ionized water 10 Air dry the tube 11 Check the cleaning job by looking down the bore of the tube e t should be free from dirt and lint 12 Inspect the o rings that seal the ends of the optical tube these o rings may stay seated in the manifolds when the tube is removed e lf there is any noticeable damage to these o rings they should be replaced 13 Re assemble the tube into the lamp housing and perform an AUTO LEAK CHECK on the instrument NOTE Before re tightening the retainer screws gently push the tube all the way towards the front of the optical bench when it is re assembled This will ensure that the tube is assembled with the forward end against the stop inside the detector manifold 04315 Rev C1 227 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 12 3 6 2 UV Lamp Adjustment This procedure details the steps for adjustment of the UV source lamp in the optical bench assembly This procedure should be done whenever the test function O3 REF value drops below 3000 mV 1 2 3 4 Make sure the analyzer is warmed up and has been running for at least 15 minutes before proceeding Remove the cover from the analyzer Locate the UV DETECTOR GAIN ADJUST POT on the photometer assembly see Figure 12 3 Perform the following procedure SA
183. al 347BA Primer on Electro Static Discharge 14 3 COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE didn t feel a shock so there was no electro static discharge The human nervous system isn t able to feel a static discharge of less than 3500 volts Most devices are damaged by discharge levels much lower than that didn t touch it so there was no electro static discharge Electro Static charges are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or sometimes even feet away from the surface bearing the charge It still works so there was no damage Sometimes the damaged caused by electro static discharge can completely sever a circuit trace causing the device to fail immediately More likely the trace will be only partially occluded by the damage causing degraded performance of the device or worse weakening the trace This weakened circuit may seem to function fine for a short time but even the very low voltage and current levels of the device s normal operating levels will eat away at the defect over time causing the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is reached These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment in which the damaged device is installed causes down time lost data lost productivity as well as possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment or property Static Charges can t build up on a conductive surface There are two errors in this statement Conductive devices can b
184. al Valve D8 Green Photometer Meas Ref Valve D7 Green Optional Zero Span Valve D2 Yellow Optional Metal Wool Scrubber Heater n U 0008080 TED mi ji 00 m d D6 Green GPT D15 Yellow Photometer Lamp Heater D16 Yellow 125 Os Generator Lamp Heater D1 RED Watchdog Indicator Figure 11 9 Status LED Locations Relay PCA 11 3 4 2 Watchdog Circuitry Special circuitry on the relay PCA watches the status of LED D1 Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds the Watchdog Circuit will automatically shut off all valves as well as turn off the UV Source s and all heaters The Sample Pump will still be running 04315 Rev C1 203 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 3 4 3 Valve Control The valve that switches the gas stream to and from the analyzer s O3 scrubber during the measure reference cycle see Section 11 1 3 is operated by an electronic switch located on the relay PCA This switch under CPU control supplies the 12VDC needed to activate each valve s solenoid Similar valves also controlled by the relay PCA are included in the following optional components e On instruments with the ZERO SPAN valve option OPT 50A there are two additional valves e The ZERO SPAN valve selects which calibration gas inlet the ZERO gas inlet or the SPAN Gas Inlet is the source of gas when the analyzer is in one of its calibration modes see Figure
185. al of pollutants are available on the commercial market such as the API Model 701 zero air generator Production of Span Gas Because of the instability of Os the certification of O4 concentrations as Standard Reference Materials is impractical if not impossible Therefore when Os concentration standards are required they must be generated and certified locally We Recommend using a Gas Dilution Calibrator with a built in O4 generator such as a T Model 700E as a source for Span Gas In ALL cases the instrument s supplying the zero air and Span calibration gasses used must themselves be calibrated and that calibration must be traceable to an EPA NIST primary standard 172 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration 10 1 4 RECOMMENDED STANDARDS FOR ESTABLISHING TRACEABILITY Equipment used to produce calibration gasses should be verified against EPA NIST traceable standards Ozone is the only criteria pollutant for which standard concentrations for calibration cannot be directly traceable to an NIST SRM National Institute of Standards Standard Reference Material Such standards are classified into two basic groups primary standards and transfer standards e A primary standard is an Os concentration standard that has been dynamically generated and assayed by UV photometry in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the U S Environmental Protection Agency EPA under T
186. alyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 6 4 4 5 RNGE gt MODE gt AUTO Configuring the M400E analyzer for Auto Range Mode AUTO range mode gives the analyzer to ability to output data via a LOW range displayed on the front panel as RANGE1 and HIGH range displayed on the front panel as RANGE2 on a single analog output When the AUTO range mode is selected the analyzer automatically switches back and forth between user selected LOW amp HIGH ranges depending on the level of the O3 concentration e The unit will move from LOW range to HIGH range when the O concentration exceeds to 98 of the LOW range span limit e The unit will return from HIGH range back to LOW range once the concentration falls below 75 of the LOW range span limit To set the ranges press following keystroke sequence SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O32 XXXX lt TST TST CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X RANGE MODE MENU MODE SF UNIT EXIT SETUP X X RANGE MODE SNGL SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT SETUP X X RANGE MODE SNGL The LOW and HIGH ranges have separate SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT slopes and offsets for computing the concentration SETUP XX RANGE MODE MENU The two ranges must MODE SET UNIT EXIT be independently calibrated SETUP XX LOW RANGE 50 0 Conc 0 0 0 5 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the _ _ ead new setting ENTR accepts the new setting gt
187. alyzer on your network press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU ENTER PASSWORD 818 CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE ENTR EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU SETUP X X DHCP ON COMM VARS DIAG lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP X X COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID ADDR INET SETUP X X HOSTNAME TMS 9000 lt SET SET gt EDIT Moves the cursor one character to the left CH CH INS DEL ENTR EXIT Moves the cursor one character to the right Inserts a character before the cursor location Deletes a character at the cursor location Press this key to cycle through the range of numerals and characters available for insertion 0 9 A Z space 96 amp jy LIC Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous menu Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous menu SETUP X X HOSTNAME TMS 9K STACK 2 CH CH INS DEL ENTR EXIT ENTR accepts Some keys only appear as needed the new setting EXIT ignores the new setting gt INITIALIZING INET 0 INITIALIZATION process proceeds automatically INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED INITIALIZATION FAILED SETUP X X COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID ADDR INET Contact your IT Network Administrator 138 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 5 USING THE M400E WITH A HESSEN PROTOCOL NETWORK 8 5 1 GENERAL OVERVIEW OF HESSEN PROTOCOL The Hessen protocol is a mult
188. analyzer to the front of a rack preventing it from sliding out of the rack accidentally OPTION NUMBER DESCRIPTION OPT 20A Rack mount brackets with 26 in chassis slides OPT 20B Rack mount brackets with 24 in chassis slides OPT 21 Rack mount brackets only Opt 23 Rack Mount for External Pump Pack No Slides 5 3 CARRYING STRAP HANDLE OPT 29 The chassis of the M400E analyzer allows the user to attach a strap handle for carrying the instrument The handle is located on the right side and pulls out to accommodate a hand for transport When pushed in the handle is nearly flush with the chassis only protruding out about 9 mm 3 8 Figure 5 1 M400E with Carrying Strap Handle and Rack Mount Brackets Installing the strap handle prevents the use of the rack mount slides although the rack mount brackets Option 21 can still be used CAUTION General Safety Hazard A FULLY LOADED M400E WITH BOTH THE GENERATOR AND PHOTOMETER OPTIONS INSTALLED WEIGHS ABOUT 17 KG 40 POUNDS TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY WE RECOMMEND TWO PERSONS LIFT AND CARRY THE ANALYZER MAKE SURE TO DISCONNECT ALL CABLES AND TUBING FROM THE ANALYZER BEFORE CARRYING IT 46 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Optional Hardware and Software 5 4 CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS OPT 41 This option adds isolated voltage to current conversion circuitry to the analyzer s Analog Outputs enabling them to produce current loop signals
189. and Failure Prediction 219 and iDAS 77 78 79 82 87 89 90 92 93 Interface Example 148 Software Download 93 148 ATIMER 78 82 84 AUTO 61 70 71 74 149 155 161 AutoCal 9 38 41 42 48 49 53 59 61 64 149 162 163 04315 Rev C1 Index B Beer Lambert Equation 4 189 192 BOX TEMP 28 61 62 111 146 235 237 239 244 BOX TEMP WARNING 28 62 146 235 239 C CAL Key 41 63 155 CAL_VALVE 241 CALDAT 79 Calibration AIN 113 Analog Ouputs 11 64 102 215 Analog Outputs Current Loop 105 107 Voltage 103 Calibration Gasses Span Gas 4 21 30 32 41 149 150 151 153 156 159 160 163 172 203 204 237 241 Zero Air 4 13 21 22 23 149 150 151 156 159 163 172 221 224 237 257 Calibration Mode 63 CALS Key 41 63 155 158 159 242 244 CALZ Key 63 155 158 159 242 244 CANNOT DYN SPAN 28 62 235 CANNOT DYN ZERO 28 62 235 CE Mark 7 9 Certifications 7 Charcoal Filter 53 Circuit Breaker 206 CLOCK 69 94 COMM PORT Default Settings 116 117 COMM Ports 116 118 119 120 121 126 139 COM 7 54 115 116 129 141 2 7 54 55 115 116 119 129 131 132 133 141 Communication Modes 119 133 Machine ID 122 129 CONC 79 CONC Key 41 94 251 CONC PRECISION 94 CONC1 82 Concentration Field 11 27 215 CONFIG INITIALIZED 28 62 Control Inputs 7 19 42 48 49 53 59 149 162 200 252 LOW SPAN CAL 1 252 ZERO CAL
190. are calibrated under the conditions of use against a reliable standard such as a soap bubble meter or wet test meter All volumetric flow rates should be corrected to 25 C and 760 mm Hg A discussion of the calibration of flow meters is in Appendix 12 of Ref 11 A newly installed M400E should be operated for several hours or preferably overnight before calibration to allow it to stabilize A brand new MAOOE fresh from the factory may require several days of operation to fully stabilize Allow the photometer or transfer standard to warm up and stabilize before use particularly if stored or transported in cold weather 10 3 2 MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION PROCEDURE Multipoint Calibration consist of performing a calibration of the instrument s Zero Point and High Span Point then checking its accuracy at various intermediate points between these two The procedure for performing the Zero Point and High Span Point are identical to those described in Section 9 2 3 After the Zero and High Span points have been set determine five approximately evenly spaced calibration points between the Zero and High Span Point For each midpoint ACTION Allow Calibration Gas diluted to proper concentration for Midpoint N RANGE 900 0 PPB SAMPLE O3 XXX X lt TST TST gt CAL CALS SETUP WAIT 10 MINUTES Or until the reading stabilizes and the SPAN button Record the O3 is displayed reading as ZERO CAL M RANGE 500 0 PPB
191. are not clogged or dirty 13 4 1 2 Low Flow e Check if the pump diaphragm is in good condition If not rebuild the pump all Teledyne Instruments for instructions Check the spare parts list for information of pump rebuild kits e Check for leaks as described in Section 12 3 4 Repair the leaking fitting line or valve and re check e Check for the sample filter and the orifice filter for dirt Replace filters see Sections12 3 1 and 13 10 1 respectively e Check for partially plugged pneumatic lines orifices or valves Clean or replace them The critical orifice should be replaced if it becomes plugged e Ifan IZS option is installed in the instrument press CALZ and CALS If the flow increases then suspect a bad sample cal valve 242 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 4 1 3 High Flow The most common cause of high flow is a leak in the sample flow control assembly or between there and the pump If no leaks or loose connections are found in the fittings or the gas line between the orifice and the pump rebuild the sample flow control assembly as described in Section 13 10 1 13 4 1 4 Actual Flow Does Not Match Displayed Flow If the actual flow measured does not match the displayed flow but is within the limits of 720 880 cc min adjust the calibration of the flow measurement as described in Section 13 10 1 13 4 1 5 Sample Pump The sample pu
192. are operating properly by checking the voltage test points on the relay PCA e Note that the analyzer s DC power wiring is color coded and these colors match the color of the corresponding test points on the relay PCA 4 SUSPECT A LEAK FIRST e Customer service data indicate that the majority of all problems are eventually traced to leaks in the internal pneumatics of the analyzer or the diluent gas and source gases delivery systems e Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal external gas lines damaged seals punctured gas lines a damaged malfunctioning pumps etc 04315 Rev C1 233 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 5 Follow the procedures defined in Section 3 5 4 to confirm that the analyzer s vital functions are working power supplies CPU relay PCA keyboard PMT cooler etc e See Figure 3 1 or the general layout of components and sub assemblies in the analyzer e See the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D 13 1 1 FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH WARNING MESSAGES The most common and or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message being displayed on the front panel Table 13 1 lists warning messages along with their meaning and recommended corrective action It should be noted that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the same time it is often an indication that some fundamental sub
193. ash Chip 198 Electrical Connections 16 20 AC Power 16 45 207 Analog Outputs 17 70 268 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Current Loop 47 105 Voltage Ranges 103 Control Inputs 19 252 Ethernet 4 5 20 29 54 55 56 64 115 129 133 Modem 127 253 Multidrop 20 54 RS 485 131 Serial COMM Ports 20 116 117 Electro Static Discharge 6 15 47 263 259 65 Warning 265 ENTR Key 5 41 60 64 67 89 151 166 220 254 Environmental Protection Agency EPA 5 7 149 173 Calibration 21 30 49 63 149 171 85 NIST Traceability 150 159 163 171 172 173 Contact Information 171 173 185 EPA Calibration 5 EPA Equivalency 5 9 Software Settings 9 Reference Documents 171 173 185 Specification 7 Ethernet 4 44 59 122 133 and Multidrop 56 Baud Rate 133 COM2 Port 115 Configuration 133 38 Manual 136 Property Defaults 134 using DHCP 133 DHCP 20 29 43 133 134 136 HOSTNAME 138 EXIT Key 64 254 EXITZR 84 Final Test and Validation Data Sheet 15 29 219 Flash Chip 198 Flow Diagram Basic 14 194 IZS 14 Reference Measurement Cycle 192 Z S 48 Front Panel 11 12 13 42 49 55 214 215 226 235 Concentration Field 11 27 215 Display 11 27 41 96 111 189 215 234 235 Keypad 149 Keypad Definition Field 11 Message Field 11 215 Mode Field 11 27 215 ON OFF Switch 206 Status LED s 11 27 77 Status LED s 215 FRONT PANEL WARN 28 62 146 235
194. ation Of The M400E 8 1 4 COMM PORT COMMUNICATION MODES Each of the analyzer s serial ports can be configured to operate in a number of different modes listed in Table 8 1 As modes are selected the analyzer sums the mode ID numbers and displays this combined number on the front panel display For example if quiet mode 01 computer mode 02 and Multi Drop Enabled mode 32 are selected the analyzer would display a combined MODE ID of 35 Table 8 1 COMM Port Communication Modes Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer such as warning messages to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with a QUIET computer program where such intermittent messages might cause communication problems Such feedback is still available but a command must be issued to receive them Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is COMPUTER i communicating with a computer operated control program When enabled the serial port requires a password before it will respond The only SECURITY ede command that is active is the help screen CR When turned on this mode switches the COM port settings from E 7 1 2048 No parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit to Even parity 7 data bits 1 stop bit RS 485 Configures the COM2 Port for RS 485 communication RS 485 mode has precedence over multidrop mode if both are enabled MULTIDROP Multidrop protocol allows a multi instrument config
195. ation of the A to D converter on the motherboard is to use the Signal I O function under the DIAG menu to check the two A D reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter 1 Use the Signal I O function See Section 13 1 3 and Appendix A to view the value of REF 4096 MV and REF GND e f both are within 3 mV of nominal 4096 and 0 and are stable 0 5 mV then the basic A D is functioning properly If not then the motherboard is bad 2 Choose a parameter in the Signal I O function such as PHOTO LAMP DRIVE or SAMPLE FLOW e Compare these voltages at their origin see the interconnect drawing and interconnect list in Appendix D with the voltage displayed through the signal I O function e lf the wiring is intact but there is a large difference between the measured and displayed voltage 10 mV then the motherboard is bad 13 7 7 3 Status Outputs To test the status output electronics 1 Connect a jumper between the D pin and the V pin on the status output connector 2 Connect a 1000 ohm resistor between the pin and the pin for the status output that is being tested 3 Connect a voltmeter between the V pin and the pin of the output being tested see table below 4 Under the DIAG SIGNAL I O menu See Section 13 1 3 scroll through the inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question 5 Alternately turn on and off the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter e I
196. ator e See Section 8 1 for information on configuring this option and using the Serial I O ports e See Appendix A 2 for a list of variables used to control this parameter See Section 9 6 for information on calibrating the output of the Generator INSTRUMENT CHASSIS SAMPLE I Flow Control C FLOW SENSOR I I GAS INLET I Sample Cal Y valve Ma Particulate Scrubber Filter Measure 1 Reference ZERO AIR OQ Valve INLET 7 i oe Charcoal 03 i r r LLI SET 5 Hele Generator m I i amp Filter I I H ra I I Flow Pressure SAMPLE i Sensor PCA PRESSURE EXHAUST SENSOR I GAS m I OUTLET Sample Gas lt I I I I I Figure 5 6 M400E Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero Span IZS Option OPT 51A For instructions on setting up a M400E analyzer equipped with the IZS option see Section 3 4 3 and Section 3 4 4 52 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Optional Hardware and Software The state of the Sample Cal valves can be controlled e Manually via the analyzer s front panel e By activating the instrument s AutoCal feature See Section 9 4 e Remotely by using the External Digital I O Control Inputs See Section 9 3 or e Remotely via the RS 232 485 Serial I O ports See Section 8 1 7 Table 5 2 Internal Zero Span Valve Operating States Option Mode Valve
197. ault ID numbers but if two analyzers of the same model type are used on one channel for example two MAOOE s the ID of one instrument needs to be changed The ID can also be used for to identify any one of several analyzers attached to the same network but situated in different physical locations 122 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 1 7 TERMINAL OPERATING MODES The M400E can be remotely configured calibrated or queried for stored data through the serial ports As terminals and computers use different communication schemes the analyzer supports two communicate modes specifically designed to interface with these two types of devices e Computer mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with a dedicated interface program e Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal or a dumb computer terminal The commands that are used to operate the analyzer in this mode are listed in Table 8 2 8 1 7 1 Help Commands in Terminal Mode Table 8 2 Terminal Mode Software Commands Control T Switches the analyzer to terminal mode echo edit If mode flags 1 amp 2 are OFF the interface can be used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program Control C Switches the analyzer to computer mode no echo no edit CR A carriage return is required after each carriage return command line is typed into the terminal
198. backside of the same bracket as the instruments DC power supplies Thermocouple Status LED s Signal Outpu D2 through D16 Watchdog DC Power Supply JP5 Status LED D1 Test Points Thermocouple Configuration I2C Connector Jumpers Py conc II J15 U LELEEEEI J16 TC2 Input e Connection M for DC JP7 SUE Heaters Valve Control Drivers Configuration m X e Jumper Pump Power Output e e e e e e q essem aas eee 9 ai Valve Control AC Power H Connector He 5 8 B Jl AC Relay Only present if optional 4 BM E is EH g B Metal Wool Scrubber i DC Power installed LLLI Distribution Connectors Figure 11 6 Relay PCA Layout P N 04523 0100 04315 Rev C1 201 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual The most commonly used version of the Relay PCA installed in the M400E analyzer does not include the AC relays used in instruments where there are AC powered components requiring control A plastic insulating safety shield covers the empty AC Relay sockets CAUTION Electrical Shock Hazard NEVER REMOVE THIS SAFETY SHIELD WHILE THE INSTRUMENT IS PLUGGED IN AND TURNED ON THE CONTACTS OF THE AC RELAY SOCKETS BENEATH THE SHIELD CARRY HIGH AC VOLTAGES EVEN WHEN NO RELAYS ARE PRESENT DANGER AC Relay Safety Shield i
199. book for Air Pollution Measurement Systems Volume ll abbreviated Handbook Volume Il National Technical Information Service NTIS Phone 703 487 4650 part number PB 273 518 or the USEPA Center for Environmental Research Information 513 569 7562 part number EPA 600 4 77 027A USER NOTES 04315 Rev C1 185 Technical information 186 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual SECTION III TECHNICAL INFORMATION 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration USER NOTES 04315 Rev C1 187 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 THEORY OF OPERATION The Model 400E ozone analyzer is a microprocessor controlled analyzer that determines the concentration of Ozone O3 in a sample gas drawn through the instrument It requires that sample and calibration gasses be supplied at ambient atmospheric pressure in order to establish a stable gas flow through the absorption tube where the gas ability to absorb ultraviolet UV radiation of a certain wavelength in this case 254 nm is measured Calibration of the instrument is performed in software and does not require physical adjustments to the instrument During calibration the microprocessor measures the current state of the UV Sensor output and various other physical parameters of the instrument and stores them in memory The microprocessor uses these calibration values the UV absorption measurements made on
200. boxcar averaging During operation the software automatically switches between two different length filters based on the conditions at hand During conditions of constant or nearly constant concentration the software by default computes an average of the last 32 samples or approximately 96 seconds This provides the calculation portion of the software with smooth stable readings If a rapid change in concentration is detected the filter length is changed to average the last 6 samples approximately 18 seconds of data to allow the analyzer to respond more quickly If necessary these boxcar lengths can be changed between 1 and 1000 samples but with corresponding tradeoffs in rise time and signal to noise ratio contact customer service for more information Two conditions must be simultaneously met to switch to the short filter First the instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the long filter by a fixed amount Second the instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the long filter by a portion or percentage of the average in the long filter 216 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 5 2 CALIBRATION SLOPE AND OFFSET Calibration of the analyzer is performed exclusively in software During instrument calibration see Chapters 9 and 10 the user enters expected values for zero and span via the front panel keypad and commands the instrument to make readings of calibrated
201. c See Section 7 1 5 2 The specific PARAMETERS and TRIGGER events that describe an individual record are defined in a construct called a DATA CHANNEL see Section 7 1 5 Each data channel related one or more parameters with a specific trigger event and various other operational characteristics related to the records being made e g the channels name number or records to be made time period between records whether or not the record is exported via the analyzer s RS 232 port etc 7 1 3 IDAS CHANNELS The key to the flexibility of the iDAS is its ability to store a large number of combinations of triggering events and data parameters in the form of data channels Users may create up to 20 data channels and each channel can contain one or more parameters For each channel the following are selected e One triggering event is selected e Upto 50 data parameters which can be the shared between channels e Several properties that define the structure of the channel and allow the user to make operational decisions regarding the channel Table 7 2 iDAS Data Channel Properties PROPERTY DESCRIPTION DEFAULT SETTING RANGE NAME The name of the data channel Up to 6 letters or digits TRIGGERING The event that triggers the data channel to ATIMER Any available event EVENT measure and store the datum see Appendix A 5 ME A User configurable list of data types to be Any available parameter LIST OF U 1 DETMES recorded in any given channe
202. ce of calibrated span gas here Only present with Zero Span valves OPT 50A ZERO AIR Connect the source of zero air here Only present with Zero Span valves OPT 50A DRY AIR Attach the source of dry air here lt 20 c dew Only present with the internal zero span option point OPT 51A Particulate Filter PC 104 IZS Os Generator Moth Front Panel Optional Orel Board 2 10 A a Er x 1 Measure Reference Valve Optical Bench Gas Flow Sensor Assy Relay Board ON OFF SWITCH a PS2 Power Critical Flow Orifice 12 VDC Receptacle Pump Assy PS1 Rear Panel 5 VDC 15VDC Figure 3 4 M400E Internal Layout Top View with IZS Option 04315 Rev C1 13 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual SAMPLE GAS INLET Particulate Filter Measure Reference I Flaw Control C FLOW SENSOR I I I I I I V I alve SPAN GAS INLET I ZERO AIR l INLET tn I A I DRY AIR I INLET Flow Pressure s ss tr I EXHAUST Sensor PCA SENSOR z eae Sample Gas a I v Flaw Control Os FLOW SENSOR I I I ee D ee 2 Z 6 5 I Figure 3 5 M400E Pneumatic Diagram Basic Unit SSeS sS S s Q ass s Se Se S SS OSO Sis sis SOS Ons INSTRUMENT CHASSIS SAMPLE I
203. cedures that are used in repairing the instrument NOTE Qualified Personnel The operations outlined in this chapter must be performed by qualified maintenance personnel only CAUTION General Safety Hazard Risk of electrical shock Some operations need to be carried out with the instrument open and running Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or mechanical damage to the analyzer Do not drop tools into the analyzer or leave those after your procedures Do not shorten or touch electric connections with metallic tools while operating inside the analyzer Use common sense when operating inside a running analyzer 13 1 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING The M400E Photometric Ozone Analyzer has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected evaluated and repaired During operation it continuously performs diagnostic tests and provides the ability to evaluate its key operating parameters without disturbing monitoring operations A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five steps 1 Note any WARNING MESSAGES and take corrective action as necessary 2 Examine the values of all TEST FUNCTIONS and compare them to factory values Note any major deviations from the factory values and take corrective action 3 Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic communication channels are operating properly e Verify that the DC power supplies
204. ching connectors may incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable Check cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne Instruments for pin assignments before using To assist in properly connecting the serial ports to either a computer or a modem there are activity indicators just above the RS 232 port Once a cable is connected between the analyzer and a computer or modem both the red and green LEDs should be on If the lights are not lit use small switch on the rear panel to switch it between DTE and DCE modes If both LEDs are still not illuminated make sure the cable properly constructed 04315 Rev C1 117 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 1 3 COMM PORT BAUD RATE To select the baud rate of either one of the COM Ports press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID COM1 COM2 SETUP X X COM1 MODE 0 lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT COM1 BAUD RATE 19200 lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT Toggle these keys to cycle through the COM1 BAUD RATE 19200 available Baud rates 200 PREV NEXT EXIT 4800 9600 19200 COM1 BAUD RATE 19200 38400 PREV NEXT ENTR eExit EXIT discards the new settin x ENTR accepts the new setting JZ 118 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Oper
205. ckage somewhere in the pneumatic pathway High flows indicate leaks downstream of the Flow Control Assembly Once an accurate measurement has been recorded by the method described above adjust the analyzer s internal flow sensors by following the procedure described in Section9 5 2 226 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 12 3 6 MAINTENANCE OF THE PHOTOMETER ABSORPTION TUBE 12 3 6 1 Cleaning or Replacing the Absorption Tube NOTE Although this procedure should never be needed as long as the user is careful to supply the photometer with clean dry and particulate free zero air only it is included here for those rare occasions when cleaning or replacing the absorption tube may be required Make sure the analyzer is warmed up and has been running for at least 15 minutes before proceeding Remove the center cover from analyzer the optical bench Locate the optical bench see Figure 3 4 Remove the top cover of the optical bench Unclip the sample thermistor from the tube Loosen the two screws on the round tube retainers at either end of the tube Using both hands carefully rotate the tube to free it oo e 9 HO Slide the tube towards the lamp housing e The front of the tube can now be slid past the detector block and out of the instrument CAUTION General Safety Hazard Do not cause the tube to bind against the metal housings The tube may bre
206. configuration allowing up to eight Teledyne Instruments E Series analyzers or E Series analyzers to be connected the same I O port of the host computer Because both of the DB9 connectors on the analyzer s back panel are needed to construct the multidrop chain CON2 is no longer available for separate RS 232 or RS 485 operation however with the addition of an Ethernet Option option 63 See Section 5 7 3 and 8 4 the COM2 port is available for communication over a 10BaseT LAN JP2 Rear Panel CPU Card as seen from inside Cable to Ethernet Card E Multidrop PCA Cable to Motherboard Figure 8 3 Location of JP2 on RS232 Multidrop PCA option 62 Each analyzer or analyzer in the multidrop chain must have e One Teledyne Instruments Option 62 installed e One 6 straight through DB9 male DB9 Female cable Teledyne Instruments P N WRO0000101 is required for each analyzer To set up the network for each instrument 1 Turn the instrument on and change its MACHINE ID code to a unique 4 digit number Remove the top cover of the instrument and locate JP2 on the multidrop PCA 7 4 2 3 Make sure that the jumpers in place connection pins 9 lt gt 10 and 11 12 4 If the instrument is to be the last instrument on the chain make sure a jumper is in place connecting pins 21 lt 22 5 If you are adding an instrument to the end of an already existing chain not forget to remove JP2 pins 21 lt
207. cribed in Section 12 3 6 2 Turn the analyzer off Remove the cover from the analyzer Locate the Optical Bench Assembly see Figure 3 4 Locate the UV lamp at the front of the optical bench assembly see Figure 11 16 Unplug the lamp cable from the power supply connector on the side of the optical bench Slightly loosen do not remove the UV lamp setscrew and pull the lamp from its housing DW Ok DE dx pue sms Install a new lamp in the housing pushing it all the way in e Leave the UV lamp setscrew loose for now Turn the analyzer back and allow it to warm up for at least 15 minutes Turn the UV detector gain adjustment pot See Section 12 3 6 2 clockwise to its minimum value The pot should click softly when the limit is reached 10 Perform the UV Lamp Adjustment procedure described in Section 12 3 6 2 with the following exceptions e Slowly rotate the lamp in its housing up to turn in either direction until a MINIMUM value is observed e Make sure the lamp is pushed all the way into the housing while performing this rotation e fthe PHOTO DET will not drop below 5000 mV while performing this rotation contact T API Customer Service for assistance f Once a lamp position is found that corresponds to a minimum observed value for PHOTO DET tighten the lamp setscrew at the approximate minimum value observed g Adjust PHOTO DET within the range of 4400 4600 mV 11 Replace the cover on the anal
208. cription of optional equipment to add functionality to your analyzer SECTION 11 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS BASIC OPERATION OF THE M400E ANALYZER Step by Step instructions for using the display keyboard to set up and operate the M400E analyzer ADVANCED FEATURES OF THE M400E ANALYZER Step by Step instructions for using the MAOOE analyzer s more advanced features such as the iDAS system the DIAG and VARSmenus and the and the TEST channel analog output REMOTE OPERATION OF THE M400E Analyzer Information and instructions for interacting with the M400E analyzer via its several remote interface options e g via RS 232 Ethernet its built in digital control inputs outputs etc M400E VALIDATION AND VERIFICATION Methods and procedures for verifying the correct operation of your M400E Analyzer as well as step by step instructions for calibrating it EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION opecific information regarding calibration requirements for analyzers used in EPA monitoring 04315 Rev C1 5 Introduction M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual SECTION III TECHNICAL INFORMATION THEORY OF OPERATION An in depth look at the various principals by which your analyzer operates as well as a description of how the various electronic mechanical and pneumatic components of the analyzer work and interact with each other A close reading of this section is invaluable for understanding the analyzer s operation MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AND PROCEDURES Descripti
209. cting a Test Channel Function for Output 4 111 ri TAIN C ANDRA OM gadis eH rne 113 8 REMOTE OPERATION OF THE M40G0E 115 8 1 Using the Analysers Communication Ports a nenne nnn nnne nnn 115 89 292 DTE and DEE ComrnuniesliQs hide be tate ub pde RS poe rab 115 8 1 2 COMM Port Default Settings and Connector Pin Assignments 116 o L So COMM Pom Baud a etd kusana dedu hana 118 8 1 4 COMM Port Communication 119 821 0 COMM Porm Testing u zm s umasha uta Aqumayu 121 O LO MS Tr C mE RE te te 122 8 1 7 Terminal Operating Modes a a Gs vexanesctdieccswmseleeeeta 123 8 1 7 1 Help Commands in Terminal Mode a nnne nnn nnns rns 123 unc n 124 Sites bo I OG Sate u 2 u 124 Su Testis REDOING 125 6 17 59 COMM Port Password Security Winds eV cu DUE 126 PAM ACCESS DY MOGE Miena eL T
210. cuit assembly called the relay PCA to control the function of key electromechanical devices such as heaters and valves 11 3 2 CPU The Model 400E s CPU is a low power 5 VDC 0 8A max high performance 386 based microcomputer running MS DOS Its operation and assembly conform to the PC 104 Specification version 2 3 for embedded PC and PC AT applications It has 2 MB of DRAM on board and operates at 40MHz over an internal 32 bit data and address bus Chip to chip data handling is performed by two 4 channel DMA devices over data busses of either 8 bit or 16 bit configuration The CPU supports both RS 232 and RS 485 Serial I O The CPU includes two types of non volatile data storage e DISK ON CHIP While technically an EEPROM the Disk on Chip DOC this device appears to the CPU as behaves as and performs the same function in the system as an 8MB disk drive It is used to store the operating system for the computer the T API Firmware and most of the operational data generated by the analyzer s Internal Data Acquisition System iDAS see Section 7 1 e FLASH CHIP Another smaller EEPROM used to store critical calibration and configuration data Segregating this data on a separate less heavily accessed chip significantly decreases the chance of this key data being corrupted 11 3 3 MOTHERBOARD This printed Circuit assembly provides a multitude of functions including A D conversion digital input output PC 104 to I2C translation t
211. curacy for ambient air quality measurements from continuous methods are calculated according to the procedure in Appendix 15 of the Handbook Reference 11 10 5 SUMMARY OF QUALITY ASSURANCE CHECKS Essential to quality assurance are scheduled checks for verifying the operational status of the monitoring system The operator should visit the site at least once each week Every two weeks a Level 1 zero and span check must be made on the analyzer Level 2 zero and span checks should be conducted at a frequency desired by the user In addition an independent precision check between 0 08 and 0 10 ppm may be required at least once every two weeks 04315 Rev C1 181 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table 10 3 summarizes the quality assurance activities for routine operations A discussion of each activity appears in the following sections To provide for documentation and accountability of activities a checklist should be compiled and then filled out by the field operator as each activity is completed 182 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration Table 10 1 Daily Activity Matrix CHARACTERISTIC ACCEPTANCE LIMITS Mean temperature between 22 C and 28 C 72 F and 82 F daily fluctuations not greater than 2 C No moisture foreign material leaks obstructions sample line connected to manifold Shelter Temperature Sample Introduction
212. d for ozone concentration is applied everywhere Currently the U S SRP Network consists of SRPs located at e EPA s National Exposure Research Laboratory NERL in Research Triangle Park North Carolina e EPA s Region Environmental Services Division in Lexington Massachusetts e EPA s Region II Environmental Services Division in Edison New Jersey e EPA s Region IV Environmental Services Division in Athens Georgia e EPA s Region V Environmental Services Division in Chicago Illinois e EPA s Region VI Environmental Services Division in Houston Texas e EPA s Region VII Environmental Services Division in Athens Georgia e EPA s Region VIII Environmental Services Division in Denver Colorado e The State of California Air Resources Board CARB in Sacramento California Commercial UV photometers meeting the requirements of a primary ozone standard as set forth in 40 CFR Part 50 are available and are currently being used by air monitoring agencies Agencies have been encouraged to compare their primary O3 standards and O3 transfer standards as part of their routine quality assurance QA programs Additionally to provide a reference against which calibration standards for must be compared the U S EPA has prescribed a reference calibration procedure based on the principle of UV light absorption by ozone at a wavelength of 254 nm This procedure provides an authoritative standard for all Os measurement Ozone 04315 Rev C1 173
213. d to rearrange the equation as follows Equation 11 2 c2n 9Yx 1Y 04315 Rev C1 189 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Unfortunately both ambient temperature and pressure influence the density of the sample gas and therefore the number of ozone molecules present in the absorption tube thus changing the amount of light absorbed In order to account for this effect the following addition is made to the equation Equation 11 3 c nl Ix 1x T 2992inHg aL 273 K P Where T sample temperature in Kelvin P sample pressure in inches of mercury Finally to convert the result into parts per billion PPB the following change is made Equation 11 4 9 C m bY 10 y T 29 92 inHg aL 273 K P In a nutshell the Model 400E Ozone Analyzer e Measures each of the above variables sample temperature sample pressure the intensity of the UV light beam with and without Os present e Inserts known values for the length of the absorption path and the absorption coefficient and e Calculates the concentration of Os present in the sample gas 190 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 1 2 THE PHOTOMETER UV ABSORPTION PATH In the most basic terms the photometer of the Model 400E uses a high energy mercury vapor lamp to generate a beam of UV light This beam passes through a window of material specifically chosen to be both non reactive t
214. ded data e g 1 day out of every 2 weeks of data 2 hours for each day At the startup of a new monitoring system and periodically as appropriate observation and checklist ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET Mark strip chart for the affected time period Repair adjust temp control Clean repair or replace as needed Replenish and chart paper supply Adjust recorder time to agree with clock note on chart Adjust or repair as needed Isolate source error and repair After corrective action recalibrate analyzer Calculate report precision Sec 2 0 8 Ref 11 ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET Re calibrate the analyzer Check all remaining data if one or more audit checks exceeds 0 02 ppm Initiate improved methods and or training programs 183 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table 10 3 Activity Matrix for Data Reduction Validation and Reporting ACCEPTANCE LIMITS ACTIVITY FREQUENCY AND METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET Stepwise procedure Follow the method for Review the reduction Sec 2 7 4 Ref 11 each strip chart procedure Level 1 span drift check lt 25 Sec 2 7 3 Ref 11 Span drift check Strip chart edit Data reporting No sign of malfunction Data transcribed to SAROAD hourly data form Ref 10 Invalidate data take corrective action increase frequency of Le
215. ds the new setting PREY NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT ENTR accepts the new setting 4 Q3 GEN LOW1 100 0 PPB PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT O3 GEN LOW1 100 0 PPB ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to set the RANGE1 mid span 5 GEN LOwW7 100 0 PPB calibration point PREY JUMP EDIT GEN LOW2 100 0 FFB D ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to set SETUP XX 6 03 SCRUB SET 100 0 Deg ihe RANGE pan calibration point PREY MEXT JLIMP EDIT PRNT EXIT SETUP 7 CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day PREV JUME EDIT ENTR EXIT SETUP CLOCK_ADJUST 0 Sec Day ENTR EXIT Enter sign and number of seconds per day the clock gains 3 or lasesi NOTE There is a 2 second latency period between when a VARS value is changed and the new value is stored into the analyzer s memory DO NOT turn the analyzer off during this period or the new setting will be lost 04315 Rev C1 95 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 3 SETUP gt MORE gt DIAG THE DIAGNOSTIC MENU A series of diagnostic tools is grouped together under the SETUP gt MORE DIAG menu As these parameters are dependent on firmware revision see Appendix A These tools can be used in a variety of troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures and are referred to in many places of the maintenance and trouble shooting sections of this manual The various operating modes available under the DIAG menu are SI
216. e each LED ON or OFF If D1 on the Relay PCA is flashing and the status indicator for the output in question Heater power Valve Drive etc toggles properly using the Signal I O function then the associated control device on the Relay PCA is bad Several of the control devices are in sockets and can be easily replaced The table below lists the control device associated with a particular function Table 13 8 Relay PCA Control Devices CONTROL FUNCTION DEVICE IN SOCKET Optional IZSO3Gen Optional Metal Wool All Valves Yes 248 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 7 6 PHOTOMETER PRESSURE FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY This assembly is only present in analyzers with O3 generator and or photometer options installed The pressure flow sensor PCA located at the rear of the instrument between the photometer and the pump see Figure 3 4 can be checked with a Voltmeter The following procedure assumes that the wiring is intact and that the motherboard as well as the power supplies are operating properly BASIC PCA OPERATION e Measure the voltage across C1 it should be 5 VDC 0 25 VDC If not then the board is bad e Measure the voltage between TP2 and TP1 C1 it should be 10 VDC 0 25 VDC If not then the board is bad PHOTOMETER PRESSURE SENSOR 1 Measure the pressure on the inlet side of S1 with an external pressure meter 2 Measure the voltage across T
217. e 3 1 M400E Front Panel Layout Table 3 1 Front Panel Nomenclature NAME SIGNIFICANCE Mode Field Displays the name of the analyzer s current operating mode 1 Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages operational data test function Message Field bate values and response messages during interactive tasks Concentration Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer in the Field currently selected units of measure Keypad Displays dynamic context sensitive definitions for the row of keys just below the display Definition Field i STATUS LED s NAME COLOR STATE DEFINITION Unit is operating in sample mode front panel display being updated iDAS hold off mode is ON Unit is not operating in sample mode iDAS is disabled SAMPLE Green iDAS disabled Auto Cal disabled CAL Yellow Auto Cal enabled Blinking Unit is in calibration mode Off Os warnings exist FAULT Blinking Warnings exist 04315 Rev C1 11 Sample Mode active Front Panel Display being updated iDAS data being stored Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Cooling Fan Serial I O LEDs Status Outputs Analog Outputs SAMPLE Sample Gas Inlet EXHAUST STATUS Exhaust Gas Outlet COM B 123450760 SPAN e w w xa e 4 RXO TX E Ll aa 9 ZERO AIR e e R5232 hd m m TELEDYNE PSTEUNMENTS Agena el Faure ot
218. e Option 50 48 M4OOE Rear Panel Layout with Zero Span Valve Option 50 49 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with Zero Span Valve Option OPT 504 50 M400E Pneumatic Diagram with Internal Zero Span IZS Option OPT 514 52 AIG m muu a 54 Gal eda 59 M400E Rear Panel with Ethernet Installed 55 Location of Mode field on M400E Analyzer Display r 59 VIEWING M400FE Test FUNCIONS pe BON aie ca xD petto Qua uya a pb tee 60 Analog OUIpub Connector PI UU sates cane Sisi needa ee ue a etas payaka 70 Default M400E iDAS Channels Setup a a 80 APICOMuser interface for configuring the iDAS 93 Accessing the DIAG SUDIMe AUS sconto Tas a soda es 97 Accessing the Analog I O Configuration Submenus 99 Stupor calibrating Aa ua o
219. e UV lamp power supply the U V Lamp heater are issued via the C bus to circuitry on the relay PCA which turns them ON OFF The CPU also issues commands over the I C bus that cause the relay PCA to cycle the measure reference valve back and forth Incoming date the UV light detector is amplified locally then converted to digital information by the motherboard Output from the photometers temperature sensors is also amplified and converted to digital data by the motherboard The concentration of the sample gas is computed by the CPU using this data along with gas pressure and flow data received from the MAOOE s pressure sensors 04315 Rev C1 211 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 3 7 2 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply The photometer s UV lamp requires a high voltage AC supply voltage to create and maintain its mercury vapor plasma arc This AC voltage is produced by a variable transformer the primary of which is supplied by the output of a DC regulator powered by the instrument s 15 VDC supply A circuit made up of a control IC and several FET s turns the transformer on and off converting it into a 30kKHz square wave The DC regulator is controlled by a drive voltage supplied by an amplifier that adjusts its output based on the difference between the rectified current output of the lamp and a constant voltage resulting from a D to A converted set point signal sent by the CPU via the I C bus If the
220. e analyzer software calls these two ranges LOW and HI e The LOW range setting corresponds with the analog output labeled A1 on the rear panel of the instrument and is viewable via the test function RANGE e The HIGH range setting corresponds with the A2 output and is viewable via the test function RANGE2 e While the software labels these two ranges as LOW and HI when in DUAL mode their upper limits need not conform to that convention The upper span limit of the LOW RANGE1 can be a higher number than that of HI RANGE2 To set the ranges press following keystroke sequence SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X RANGE MODE MENU MODE SET UNIT EXIT SETUP X X RANGE MODE SNGL SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT The LOW and HIGH SETUP X X RANGE MODE SNGL ranges have separate SNGL DUAL AUTO ENTR EXIT slopes and offsets for computing the Os conde ntavon SETUP XX RANGE MODE MENU The two ranges must MODE SET UNIT EXIT be independently calibrated SETUP X X LOW RANGE 500 0 Conc ENTR EXIT 0 0 5 0 0 0 SETUP X X HIGH RANGE 500 0 Conc 0 0 5 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT Toggled these keys to select the upper SPAN limit for the reporting range 04315 Rev C1 EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting gt EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting JZ 73 Basic Operation of the M400E An
221. e housing filter element PTFE retaining ring glass cover and the o ring with your bare hands T API recommends using PTFE coated tweezers or similar handling to avoid contamination of the sample filter assembly To change the filter 1 Turn OFF the analyzer to prevent drawing debris into the instrument 2 Open the M400E s hinged front panel and unscrew the knurled retaining ring on the filter assembly HOLD DOWN RING g GLASS WINDOW CO lt gt O RING WITH CUT OUTS NOTE NOTCHES FACING UP FILTER ELEMENT C 2 x SS FILTER BODY FR ON L Figure 12 1 Replacing the Particulate Filter Carefully remove the retaining ring PTFE o ring glass filter cover and filter element 4 Replace the filter being careful that the element is fully seated and centered in the bottom of the holder Re install the PTFE o ring with the notches up the glass cover then screw on the retaining ring and hand tighten Inspect the seal between the edge of filter and the o ring to assure a proper seal 6 Re start the Analyzer 04315 Rev C1 223 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 12 3 2 REBUILDING THE SAMPLE PUMP The diaphragm in the sample pump periodically wears out and must be replaced A sample rebuild kit is available see Appendix B of this manual for the part number of the pump rebuild kit Instructions and diagrams are included
222. e of periodic checks of the analyzer s calibration be implemented Zero and span checks must be used to document that the data remains within required limits These checks are also used in data reduction and system validation A Level 1 Span check is used to document that the M400E is within control limits and must be conducted every 2 weeks A Level 2 Span Check is to be conducted between the Level 1 Checks on a schedule to be determined by the user LEVEL 1 ZERO AND SPAN CALIBRATION Section 12 of Handbook A Level 1 zero and span calibration is a simplified two point analyzer calibration used when analyzer linearity does not need to be checked or verified Sometimes when no adjustments are made to the analyzer the Level 1 calibration may be called a zero span check in which case it must not be confused with a Level 2 zero span check Since most analyzers have a reliably linear or near linear output response with concentration they can be adequately calibrated with only two concentration standards two point concentration Furthermore one of the standards may be zero concentration which is relatively easily obtained and need not be certified Hence only one certified concentration standard is needed for the two point Level 1 zero and span calibration Although lacking the advantages of the multipoint calibration the two point zero and span calibration because of its simplicity can be and should be carried out much more frequen
223. e protective envelope around the device 6 Once you have arrived at your destination allow any surface charges that may have built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate e Connect your wrist strap to ground e f you are at the instrument rack hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a ground point e f you are at a anti ESD work bench lay the container down on the conductive work surface e neither case wait several seconds 7 Open the container 14 4 2 4 Opening Shipments from Teledyne Instruments Customer Service Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely efficient generators of static electric charges To prevent damage from ESD Teledyne Instruments ships all electronic components and assemblies in properly sealed ant ESD containers Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti ESD container during shipping as the packing materials vibrate and rub against each other To prevent these static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped make sure that you Always unpack shipments from Teledyne Instruments Customer Service by 1 Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti ESD work area 2 Carry the still sealed ant ESD bag tube or bin to the anti ESD work area 3 Follow steps 6 and 7 of Section 14 4 2 3 above when opening the anti ESD container at the work station 4 Reserve the anti ESD container or bag to use when pack
224. e vacuum fluorescent display shows a dash in the upper left hand corner The CPU Status LED DS5 is not flashing See Section 13 3 1 There is no activity from the primary RS 232 port the rear panel even if ret is pressed In some rare circumstances this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the motherboard specifically U57 the large 44 pin device on the lower right hand side of the board If this is true removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to startup but the measurements will be incorrect If the analyzer stops part way through initialization there are words on the vacuum fluorescent display then it is likely that the DOC has been corrupted 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 7 9 RS 232 COMMUNICATIONS 13 7 9 1 General RS 232 Troubleshooting Teledyne Instruments analyzers use the RS 232 communications protocol to allow the instrument to be connected to a variety of computer based equipment RS 232 has been used for many years and as equipment has become more advanced connections between various types of hardware have become increasingly difficult Generally every manufacturer observes the signal and timing requirements of the protocol very carefully Problems with RS 232 connections usually center around 4 general areas Incorrect cabling and connectors See Section 8 1 2 for connector and pin out information The B
225. e value on the display Only appear by 100 10 or 1 counts AUTO CAL is turned OFF Continue adjustments until the DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 CURR S 5000 mV voltage measured at the output of the analyzer and or the input U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT of the recording device matches the value in the upper right hand corner of the display within the tolerances listed in Table 7 7 DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 CALIBRATED YES SET SET CAL EXIT 106 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer An alternative method for setting up the Current Loop outputs is to connect a 250 ohm 1 resistor across the current loop output in lieu of the current meter see Figure 3 7 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output connector Using a voltmeter connected across the resistor follow the procedure above but adjust the output for the following values V OUT V IN Recording ANALYZER Device Figure 7 7 Alternative Setup Using 2500 Resistor for Checking Current Output Signal Levels Table 7 8 Current Loop Output Check FS Voltage across Resistor for Voltage across Resistor for 2 20 mA 4 20 mA 0 0 5 VDC 1 VDC 100 5 0 5 0 04315 Rev C1 107 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 4 3 ANALOG OUTPUT VOLTAGE CURRENT RANGE SELECTION In its standard configuration the analog outputs is set to output a 0 5 VDC signals
226. eck the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the six pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on theOsGenerator e t should be approximately 5 Ohms e Assuming that the l C bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay board the FET Driver on the Relay Board see 13 7 5 may have failed e Using the O3 GEN HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I O function of the DIAG menu as described above turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater e Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J14 of the Relay Board e fthe FET Driver has failed there should be no change in the voltage across pins 1 and 2 e Ifthe FET Driver checks out OK the thermistor temperature sensor the lamp assembly may have failed e Unplug the connector to the Ozone Generator Heater Thermistor PCB and measure the resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6 pin connector 04315 Rev C1 245 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 7 SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT 13 7 1 AC MAIN POWER The MAOOE analyzer s electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power regimes As long as system is connected to 100 120 VAC or 220 240 VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display e Internally the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA Motherboard and CPU should turn on as soon as the power is supplied e lf they do not check the circ
227. ed circuit assembly which is plugs into to the analyzer s CPU card see Figure 5 7 and is connected to the RS 232 and COM2 DB9 connectors on the instrument s back panel via a cable to the motherboard One option 62 is required for each analyzer along with one 6 straight through DB9 male gt DB9 Female cable P N WRO0000101 54 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Optional Hardware and Software 5 7 3 ETHERNET OPT 63 The ETHERNET option allows the analyzer to be connected to any Ethernet local area network LAN running TCP IP The local area network must have routers capable of operating at 10BaseT If Internet access is available through the LAN this option also allows communication with the instrument over the public Internet Maximum communication speed is limited by the RS 232 port to 115 2 kBaud When installed this option is electronically connected to the instruments COM2 serial port making that port no longer available for RS 232 RS 485 communications The option consists of a Teledyne Instruments designed Ethernet card see figures below and a 7 foot long CAT 5 network cable terminated at both ends with standard RJ 45 connectors DC Power Connector Female RJ 45 Connector LNK LED ACT LED TxD LED RxD LED Hm connector to the Motherboard Figure 5 8 M400E Ethernet Card ETHERNET OPTION Rear Panel as seen from inside Ethernet R1 45 Card Connector L B
228. ed in the CPU s memory and the concentration values reported on the front panel are unaffected by the settings chosen for the reporting range s of the instrument 6 4 4 2 Analog Output Ranges for Os Concentration The analyzer has two active analog output signals related to O4 concentration that are accessible through a connector on the rear panel see Figure 3 2 ANALOG OUT Os concentration outputs Not Used on M400E Test Channel See Section A1 A2 A3 4 7 4 6 ZJC LOW range when DUAL HIGH range when DUAL mode is selected mode is selected Figure 6 3 Analog Output Connector Pin Out The A1 and A2 channels output a signal that is proportional to the Os concentration of the sample gas They can be configured e With independent reporting ranges reporting a single output signal SNGL Mode see Section 6 4 4 3 o e to operate completely independently DUAL mode see Section 6 4 4 4 e Or to automatically switch between the two ranges dynamically as the concentration value fluctuates AUTO modes see Section 6 4 4 5 70 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer The user can set the units of measure measure span and signal scale of each output in a variety of combinations EXAMPLE A1 OUTPUT Output Signal 0 5 VDC representing 0 1000 ppb concentration values A2 OUTPUT Output Signal 0 10 VDC representing 0 500 ugm concentration values
229. ed remotely as an entire set of channels Hence remote update of the iDAS will always delete all current channels and stored data 04315 Rev C1 85 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual To modify add or delete a parameter follow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL IDAS EDIT Keypad Functions FUNCTION SETUP X X CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREV NEXT INS DEL EGIT FRNT EXIT SETUP X X NAME CONC SET gt EDIT PRNT SET Selects the next parameter to be edited Inserts a new data channel or parameter into the list BEFORE the selected channel DEL Deletes the currently selected dala channel ar parameter EDIT Enters EDIT mode PRINT Exports the configuratian of all data channels 10 the RS 232 interface Keys only appear when needed m m SETUP X X PARAMETER 1 SET SET gt EQIT FERENT SETUP X X EGIT PARAMS DELETE BATA YES deletes all data YES NO NO retains the currently stored for data and this data channel and returns to the continues into EDIT mode previous menu SETUP X X 0 PARAM CONC MODE AVG EXIT discards the new setting PREV NEAT INS DEL EIT EXIT ENTR accepts the SETUP PARAMETER CONC1 new setting SET SET EDIT EXIT ww SETUP X X PARAMETER CONC1 PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT SETUP X X SAMPLE MODE AVG SET SET EDIT SETUP X X PA
230. eference Methods Code of Federal Regulations Title 40 Part 50 Appendix D 2 Technical Assistance Document for the Calibration of Ambient Ozone Monitors EPA publication available from EPA Department E MD 77 Research Triangle Park N C 27711 EPA 600 4 79 057 September 1979 3 Transfer Standards for Calibration of Ambient Air Monitoring Analyzers for Ozone EPA publication available from EPA Department E MD 77 Research Triangle Park N C 27711 EPA 600 4 79 056 September 1979 4 Ambient Air Quality Surveillance Code of Federal Regulations Title 40 Part 58 U S Environmental Protection Agency Evaluation of Ozone Calibration Procedures EPA 600 S4 80 050 February 1981 6 Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems Vol I EPA 600 9 76 005 March 1976 7 Field Operations Guide for Automatic Air Monitoring Equipment U S Environmental Protection Agency Office of Air Programs October 1972 Publication No APTD 0736 PB 202 249 and PB 204 650 8 Appendix A Quality Assurance Requirements for State and Local Air Monitoring Stations SLAMS Code of Federal Regulations Title 40 Part 58 9 Appendix B Quality Assurance Requirements for Prevention of Significant Deterioration PSD Air Monitoring Code of Federal Regulations Title 40 Part 50 Appendix D 10 Aeros Manual Series Volume II Aeros User s Manual EPA 450 2 76 029 OAQPS No 1 2 039 December 1976 11 Quality Assurance Hand
231. el 4 f SAMP FL 10 CC M then the analyzer is free of any large leaks If PRES 10 IN HG A then the sample pump diaphragm is in good condition 12 3 4 2 Pressure Leak Check If you cannot locate the leak by the above procedure obtain a leak checker similar to the T API part number 01960 which contains a small pump shut off valve and pressure gauge Alternatively a tank of pressurized gas with the two stage regulator adjusted to lt 15 psi a shutoff valve and pressure gauge may be used CAUTION General Safety Hazard Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution DO NOT apply re apply vacuum as this will cause soap solution to be drawn into the instrument contaminating it DO NOT exceed 15 psi pressure Turn OFF power to the instrument Install a leak checker or tank of gas as described above on the sample inlet at the rear panel Install a cap on the exhaust fitting on the rear panel w Py Remove the instrument cover and locate the sample pump Disconnect the two fittings on the sample pump and install a union fitting in place of the pump The analyzer cannot be leak checked with the pump in line due to internal leakage that normally occurs in the pump 5 Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker allowing enough time to pressurize the instrument through the critical flow orifice fully Check each fitting with soap bubble solution looking for bubbles Once the fittings have been wetted with soa
232. elta Days M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE DELTA TIME SETUP DURATION 15 0 MINUTES lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP DURATION 15 0MINUTES SETUP X X DURATION 30 0 MINUTES lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP X X CALIBRATE OFF lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP CALIBRATE OFF ON SETUP X X CALIBRATE ON lt SET SET gt EDIT SETUP X X SEQ 2 ZERO SPAN 2 00 30 PREV NEXT MODE SET NOTE EXIT returns to the SETUP Menu If at any time an illegal entry is selected Example Delta Days gt 367 the ENTR key will disappear from the display 166 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 5 PHOTOMETER ELECTRONIC CALIBRATION There are several electronic characteristics of the M400E analyzer s photometer that may occasionally need checking or calibration 9 5 1 PHOTOMETER DARK CALIBRATION The dark calibration test turns off the photometer UV lampand records any offset signal level of the UV detector preamp voltage to frequency converter circuitry This allows the instrument to compensate for any voltage levels inherent in the Photometer detection circuit that might affect the output of the detector circuitry and therefore the calculation of O3 concentration To activate the dark calibration feature press 04315 Rev C1 SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PFB O3 XXXX TST TST CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETU
233. ement cycle The current output of the O3 generator reference detector GEN O3GENREF MV representing the relative intensity of the O3 generator UV Lamp m Os DRIVE O3GENDRIVE MV The Drive voltage E to control the intensity of the Os generator UV Lamp PHOTO POWER PHOTOPOWER Photometer lamp drive output O3GENTEMP The Temperature of the UV Lamp in the Os Generator BOX TEMP BOXTEMP The temperature inside the analyzer chassis The Slope of the instrument as calculated during the last calibration activity e When the unit is set for SINGLE or DUAL Range mode Spore this is the SLOPE of RANGE1 e When the unit is set for AUTO Range mode this is the SLOPE of the currently active range The Offset of the instrument as calculated during the last calibration activity FFSET PPB zs When the unit is set for SINGLE DUAL Range mode this is the OFFSET of RANGE1 4 Displays the signal level of whatever Test function is currently SEO being output by the Analog Output Channel 4 The current time This is used to create a time stamp on iDAS TIME CLOCKTIME readings and by the AutoCal feature to trigger calibration events Only appears if IZS option is installed Only appears if IZS Reference Sensor option is installed x Only appears if Metal Wool Scrubber option is installed RANGE RANGE1 RANGE2 Only appears if Analog Output A4 is actively reporting a
234. emperature of the optional Metal Wool The temperature of the 145 Option s LAMP TEMP generator UV lamp 5000 mV The temperature inside the M400E s chassis mee same as BOX TEMP Once a function is selected the instrument not only begins to output a signal on the analog output but also adds TEST to the list of test functions viewable via the front panel display 04315 Rev C1 111 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual To activate the TEST Channel and select a function press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to enter the correct PASSWORD SIGNAL I O PREV NEXT TEST CHAN OUTPUT PREV NEXT ENTR TEST CHAN NONE Toggle these keys to choose a mass flow controller TEST channel paramete TEST CHANNEL CHASSIS TEMP PREV NEXT ENTR EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting 112 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 4 7 AIN CALIBRATION This is the sub menu to conduct a calibration of the M400E analyzer s analog inputs This calibration should only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU motherboard or power supplies To perform an analog input calibratio
235. emperature sensor signal processing and is a pass through for the RS 232 and RS 485 signals 11 3 3 1 A to D Conversion Analog signals such as the voltages received from the analyzers various sensors are converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the analog to digital converter A D Under the control of the CPU this functional block selects a particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word 198 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation The A D consists of a voltage to frequency V F converter a programmable logic device PLD three multiplexers several amplifiers and some other associated devices The V F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage The PLD counts the output of the V F during a specified time and sends the result of that count in the form of a binary number to the CPU The A D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but in the M400E is used in uni polar mode with a 5V full scale The converter includes a 1 over and under range This allows signals from 0 05V to 5 05V to be fully converted For calibration purposes two reference voltages are supplied to the A D converter Reference ground and 4 096 VDC During calibration the device measures these two voltages outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU The CPU uses these values to compute the converter s offse
236. enables temperature pressure compensation OFF disables it SLOPE_CONST TPC_ENABLE CNST generator control mode Enclose value O3 GEN MODE CNST in double quotes when setting from the REF RS 232 interface GEN SET1 0 1500 generator high set point for range 1 O3 GEN SET2 0 1500 Os generator high set point for range 2 P 0 1500 Os generator default set point Delay before beginning Os generator REF DELAY 1 300 reference feedback control generator reference adjustment generator reference filter size 0 10 Os generator reference PID integral coefficient generator reference PID derivative coefficient _ 0 E E REF_INTEG REF_DERIV aM DRIVE STABIL CACHE RESOL O3 LAMP CYCLE O3 LAMP PROP O3 LAMP INTEG O3 LAMP DERIV 0 5 30 Os generator lamp temperature control cycle period Os generator lamp temperature PID Os generator lamp temperature PID derivative coefficient Target concentration during span 90 10000 calibration for range 1 0 850 1 150 slope for range 1 100 100 O offset for range 1 Target Os concentration during span S0 10000 calibration for range 2 ON enables dynamic zero calibration for DYN ZERO OFF OFF ON contact closures and Hessen protocol OFF disables it ON enables dynamic span calibration for DYN SPAN OFF OFF ON contact closures and Hessen protocol OFF disables i
237. ence Feedback Option 8 Software Settings for EPA Equivalence esses nennen nennen nnn nnn nnns nnns 9 Front Panel Nomenclature zu eiecit c d AA ee ea p pe ES CES Hub 11 M400E Analyzer Gas Inlet Outlet Nomenclature a 13 Ventilation Clearance ERREUR Ium 16 Analog Oulput Pim i r 17 Status Output Pin Assignments a a natnra as 18 Control Input Pi ASsSIgnineniS uu uu uuu unun Oda at cvs Ula Mules Seabees catania TL co usb Mind de 19 Front Panel Display during System Warm Up a 27 Possible Warning Messages at 28 AUTOCAL Settings for Daily Zero Point Auto Cal of M400E s Monitoring Low Levels of 38 Zero Span Valve Operating 49 Internal Zero Span Valve Operating States a a 53 Analyzer Operating Modes dur usce l saei dtd E rd EN o9 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table of Contents Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 7 6 Table 7 7
238. endently for COM1 and COM2 The TYPE selection affects both Ports 04315 Rev C1 141 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 5 5 SETTING THE HESSEN PROTOCOL RESPONSE MODE The Teledyne Instruments implementation of Hessen Protocol allows the user to choose one of several different modes of response for the analyzer Table 8 7 Teledyne Instruments Hessen Protocol Response Modes MODEID MODE DESCRIPTION This is the Default Setting Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional command format Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating command Responses from the instrument are always delimited with STX at the beginning of the response ETX at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code checksum regardless of the command encoding TEXT Responses from the instrument are always delimited with CR at the beginning and the end of the string regardless of the command encoding To Select a Hessen response mode press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT HESSEN VARIATION TYPE1 lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until HESSEN RESPONSE MODE CMD lt SET SET gt EDIT EXIT HESSEN VARIATION TYPE1
239. ently active at the time of restart At the end of this REPORT PERIOD only the sample readings taken since the instrument was turned back on will be included in any AVG MIN or MAX calculation Also the STORE NUM SAMPLES feature will report the number of sample readings taken since the instrument was restarted 88 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 5 6 Editing the Number of Records The number of data records in the iDAS is limited to about a cumulative one million data points in all channels one megabyte of space on the disk on chip However the actual number of records is also limited by the total number of parameters and channels and other settings in the iDAS configuration Every additional data channel parameter number of samples setting etc will reduce the maximum amount of data points somewhat In general however the maximum data capacity is divided amongst all channels max 20 and parameters max 50 per channel The iDAS will check the amount of available data space and prevent the user from specifying too many records at any given point If for example the iDAS memory space can accommodate 375 more data records the ENTR key will disappear when trying to specify more than that number of records This check for memory space may also make an upload of an iDAS configuration with APICOM or a terminal program fail if the combined number of records would be exceeded
240. ents and assemblies inside from any conducted or induced static charges 4 Ifyou must remove a component from the instrument do not lay it down on a non ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait 5 Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the case of the analyzer 14 4 2 2 Working at an Anti ESD Work Bench When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on a anti ESD work bench 1 Plug you anti ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work station before touching any items on the work station and while standing at least a foot or so away This will allow any charges you are carrying to bleed away through the ground connection of the workstation and prevent discharges due to field effects and induction from occurring Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away Only open any anti ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive devices or assemblies after you have plugged your wrist strap into the workstation e Lay the bag or bin on the workbench surface e Before opening the container wait several seconds for any static charges on the outside surface of the container to be bled away by the workstation s grounded protective mat 4 Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also touching or holding an ESD Sensitive Device e Only lay tools or ESD sensitive devices and assemblies on the conductive su
241. eport CHANNEL ENABLE a MODE Cycles through list of available trigger events L ore NO YES Cycles through list of parameters for this records recorded by this channel channel lt SET SET gt EDIT PRNT PARAMETER SAMPLE MODE PRECISION 1 ACAL menu only appear if analyzer is equipped with Zero Span or 125 valve options 2 Editing an existing iDAS channel will erase any PREV NEXT INST AVG MIN MAX data stored on the channel options Cycles through list of available amp Changing the event for an existing iDAS currently active parameters for this channel DOES NOT erase the data stored on channel Ms the channel Figure A 3 Primary Setup Menu iDAS 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual SAMPLE SETUP CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE COMM ID INET HESN COM1 COM2 ENTER PASSWORD 818 Go to lt SET SET gt EDIT COMM Hessen Menu Tree lt SET SET gt EDIT MODE BAUD RATE TEST PORT clad 300 ON OFF EDIT EDIT 4800 INSTRUMENT IP OMEUTER GATEWA Y IP SECURITY SUBNET MASK HESSEN PROTOCOL E 7 1 RS 485 MULTIDROP PROTOCOL ENABLE MODEM ERROR CHECKING XON XOFF HANDSHAKE HARDWARE HANDSHAKE HARDWARE FIFO COMMAND PROMPT ON orr TCP PORT HOSTNAME Figure A 4 04402 Rev D 4 TEST 1200 2400 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 APPENDIX A 1 M400E Software Menu Trees Revision D 4 VARS DIAG ENTER PASSWORD 81
242. ero and span valves installed FACTORY 0 65535 16 display units in concentration field 32 enable software controlled maintenance mode 64 enable heated O scrubber 128 enable switch controlled maintenance mode 256 internal zero valve only installed 2048 enable Internet option Enclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface Hessen protocol Must power cycle instrument for these options to fully take effect iChip option Spike suppression option 0 4 A 16 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 3 Warnings and Test Functions Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 3 Warnings and Test Functions Revision D 4 Table A 2 M400E Warning Messages Revision D 4 MESSAGE TEXT DESCRIPTION es No Photometer reference reading less than 2500 mV or greater Photometer lamp reference step changes occur more than WLAMPSTABIL LAMP STABIL WARN 25 of the time reference detector drops below 50 mV during reference WO3GENREF O3 GEN REF WARNING feedback generator control Yes Os concentration below 1000 PPB when O lamp drive is WOSGENINT O3 GEN LAMP WARN above 4500 mV during generator calibration Yes Sample pressure outside of warning limits specified by WSAMPPRESS SAMPLE PRESS WARN SAMP PRESS SET variable Y Sample flow outside of warning limits specified by WSAMPFLOW SAMPLE FLOW WARN SAMP FLOW SET variable Y Sample temperature outside of warning limits
243. ese disagreements result from the analyzer the metering device and the data logger having slightly different ground levels It is possible to enter a DC offset in the analog outputs to compensate This procedure is located in Section 7 4 5 of this manual Alternately use the data logger itself as the metering device during calibration procedures 04315 Rev C1 41 Frequently Asked Questions and Glossary M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Q When should change the Particulate Filter and how do change it A The Particulate filter should be changed weekly See Section 12 3 1 for instructions on performing this replacement Q When should change the Sintered Filter and how do change it A The Sintered Filter does not require regular replacement Should its replacement be required as part of a troubleshooting or repair exercise see Section 13 10 1 for instructions Q When should change the Critical Flow Orifice and how do change it The Critical Flow Orifice does not require regular replacement Should its replacement be required as part of a troubleshooting or repair exercise see Section 13 10 1 for instructions Q How do set up and use the Contact Closures Control Inputs on the Rear Panel of the analyzer A See Section 3 3 4 Q Can automatically calibrate or check the calibration of my analyzer A Any analyzer into which a Zero Span Valve Option can be automatically calibrated using the instrument
244. ffset 110 REF 4096 MV 251 REF GND 251 Reference Feedback Option IZS 8 36 230 RELAY BOARD WARN 28 62 Relay PCA 200 205 DC Power Test Points 247 Status LED s 203 207 240 241 CAL VALVE 241 GEN HEATER 241 245 SCRUB HEATER 241 PHOTO LAMP HEATER 241 PHOTO VALVE 241 Troubleshooting 239 240 241 246 247 248 Reporting Range 31 38 64 70 Configuration 64 70 RS 232 4 5 7 20 41 44 48 49 52 53 54 55 56 59 64 78 90 92 116 117 125 148 174 198 Troubleshooting 252 253 RS 485 4 7 44 55 59 115 119 120 122 198 S Safety Messages 3 Electric Shock 15 16 202 220 246 254 Electro Static Discharge 265 General 4 15 16 21 22 24 46 51 105 225 227 233 SAMP FL 61 219 225 SAMPL FL 213 SAMPLE A 59 Sample Flow Sensor 61 196 199 235 SAMPLE FLOW WARN 28 62 235 242 SAMPLE mode 11 26 59 60 94 162 204 215 242 SAMPLE PRESS WARN 28 62 146 Sample Pressure Sensor 196 235 237 SAMPLE TEMP 28 61 62 111 146 213 237 239 SAMPLE TEMP WARN 28 62 146 235 Sample Temperature Sensor 235 SAMPLE CAL valve 204 SAMPLE FLOW 251 Sensors Os Detector Output 199 Sample Flow 61 196 199 235 Sample Pressure 196 235 237 Sample Temperature 235 Thermistors 199 230 245 Sample Temperature 235 Thermocouple Inputs 205 Serial I O Ports 7 48 49 52 53 115 32 198 234 235 Modem 54 127 253 Multidrop 20 54 56 119 122 1
245. figuration as shown in the table below Table 8 6 RS 232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol PARAMETER STANDARD HESSEN Baud Rate 300 19200 1200 To change the baud rate of the M400E s COMM ports See Section 8 1 3 To change the rest of the COMM port parameters See Section 8 1 Note Make sure that the communication parameters of the host computer are also properly set Also the instrument software has a 200 ms latency before it responds to commands issued by the host computer This latency should present no problems but you should be aware of it and not issue commands to the instrument too frequently 04315 Rev C1 139 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 5 3 ACTIVATING HESSEN PROTOCOL The first step in configuring the M400E to operate over a Hessen protocol network is to activate the Hessen mode for COMM ports and configure the communication parameters for the port s appropriately Press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID COMI COM Combined Mode ID COM 0 displayed here m gt 4 SEI SET EDIT 1 QUIET MODE OFF PREV NEXT OFF EXIT Use the PREV and NEXT Keys to between the available modes Continue pressing NEXT until COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL OF
246. g ENTR accepts the new setting 7 The INS and CH gt key The DEL Toggle this key to cycle through the inserts a new deletes available character set character before the character at s Alpha A Z Upper and Lower cursor position gt the cursor Case s Special Characters space p s Numerals 0 9 position 7 04315 Rev C1 127 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual To initialize the modem press 128 SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID COM2 COM1 MODE 0 SET SET gt EDIT Continue pressing SET or SET until COM INITIALIZE MODEM SET SET INIT INITIALIZING MODE Test Runs Automatically d MODEM INITIALIZED PREY NEXT lf there is a problem initializing the modem the message MODEM NOT INITIALIZED will appear 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 2 1 MULTIDROP RS 232 SET UP The RS 232 multidrop consists of a printed circuit assembly that plugs onto the CN3 CN4 and CN5 connectors of the CPU card and the cabling to connect it to the analyzer s motherboard This PCA includes all circuitry required to enable your analyzer for multidrop operation It converts the instrument s COM1 port to multidrop
247. g and outgoing signals between the CPU and the analyzers other major components 04315 Rev C1 197 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual An analog signal is generated by an optical bench that includes the Photometer UV Lamp the Absorption Tube assembly and the UV Detector and Preamp This signal constantly cycles between a voltage level corresponding to concentration of O3 in the measure gas and the one corresponding to the lack of O3 in the reference gas This signal is transformed converted into digital data by a unipolar analog to digital converter located on the motherboard A variety of sensors report other critical operational parameters again through the signal processing capabilities of the motherboard This data is used to calculate concentration and as trigger events for certain warning messages and control commands issued by the CPU They are stored in memory by the CPU and in most cases can be viewed but the user via the front panel display The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in a variety of manners e Through the analyzer s keyboard and vacuum florescent display over a clocked digital serial I O bus using a protocol called C e RS 232 amp RS485 Serial I O channels e Various DCV and DCA analog outputs and e Several sets of Digital I O channels Finally the CPU issues commands via a series of relays and switches also over the C bus located on a separate printed cir
248. g with FEP and PTFE PTFE Acronym for Poly Tetra Fluoro Ethylene a very inert polymer material used to handle gases that may react on other surfaces One of the polymers that du Pont markets as Teflon along with FEP and PFA PVC Acronym for Poly Vinyl Chloride RS 232 An electronic communication protocol of a serial communications port RS 485 An electronic communication protocol of a serial communications port SLPM Acronym for standard liters per minute liters per minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure TCP IP Acronym for Transfer Control Protocol Internet Protocol the standard communications protocol for Ethernet devices and the Internet VARS Acronym for variables the variables menu or settings of the system USER NOTES 44 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Optional Hardware and Software 5 OPTIONAL HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE NOTE Throughout this chapter are various diagrams showing external pneumatic connections between the M400E and various other pieces of equipment such as calibrators and zero air sources and internal pneumatic lines The equipment fittings gas lines and components in these diagrams are arranged to enhance clarity and do not reflect actual physical locations order or orientation This includes a brief description of the hardware and software options available for the M400E photometric ozone analyzer For assistance with ordering these options p
249. gle range mode sets a single maximum range for the both the A1 and A2 analog outputs If the single range is selected both outputs are slaved together and will represent the same reporting range span e g 0 500 ppb however their electronic signal levels may be configured for different ranges e g 0 10 VDC vs 0 1 VDC See Section 7 4 3 This Reporting range can be set to any value between 0 1 ppb and 10 000 ppb To select SINGLE range mode and set the upper limit of the reporting range press SAMPLE lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP X X CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE SETUP X X MODE SET UNIT SETUP X X SNGL DUAL AUTO SETUP X X SNGL DUAL AUTO SETUP X X MODE SET UNIT SETUP X X 0 0 5 0 RANGE 500 0 PPB PRIMARY SETUP MENU RANGE MODE MENU EXIT RANGE MODE SNGL ENTR EXIT RANGE MODE SNGL ENTR EXIT RANGE MODE MENU EXIT RANGE 500 0 Conc 0 0 ENTR EXIT Toggled these keys to select the upper SPAN limit for the reporting range EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting JZ NOTE This is the default reporting range mode for the analyzer 72 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer 6 4 4 4 RNGE gt MODE gt DUAL Configuring the M400E analyzer for Dual Range Mode DUAL range mode allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be configured with separate reporting range spans as well as separate electronic signal levels Th
250. gured to operate in single or RS 232 multidrop mode option 62 See Section 5 7 2 and 8 2 1 e he COM2 port can be configured for standard RS 232 operation half duplex RS 485 communication or for access via an LAN by installing the Teledyne Instruments Ethernet interface card See Section 5 7 3 and 8 4 8 1 1 RS 232 DTE AND DCE COMMUNICATION RS 232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment DTE and data communication equipment DCE Basic data terminals always fall into the DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE devices Electronically the difference between the DCE and DTE is the pin assignment of the Data Receive and Data Transmit functions e DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3 e DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2 A switch located below the serial ports on the rear panel allows the user to switch between DTE for use with data terminals or DCE for use with modems Since computers can be either DTE or DCE check your computer to determine which mode to use 04315 Rev C1 115 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 1 2 COMM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS AND CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS Received from the factory the analyzer is set up to emulate an RS 232 DCE device e RS 232 COM RS 232 fixed DB 9 male connector o Baud rate 19200 bits per second baud o Data Bits 8 data bits with 1 sto
251. h as the types used in the various electronic assemblies of your analyzer are very small require very little power and operate very quickly Unfortunately the same characteristics that allow them to do these things also make them very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static electricity Controlling electrostatic discharge begins with understanding how electro static charges occur in the first place Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which happens whenever the atoms of the surface layers of two materials rub against each other As the atoms of the two surfaces move together and separate some electrons from one surface are retained by the other Materials Makes Contact Materials Separate PROTONS 3 PROTONS 3 ph ibus x PROTONS 3 ELECTRONS 3 ELECTRONS 3 ss ELECTRONS 4 NET CHARGE 0 NET CHARGE 0 NET CHARGE 1 NET CHARGE 1 Figure 14 1 Triboelectric Charging If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place or static The most common example of triboelectric charging happens when someone wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor With each step electrons change places and the resulting electro static charge builds up quickly reaching significant levels Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board
252. he firmware on board the Ethernet card automatically sets the communication modes for the COM2 port The baud rate is also automatically set at 115 200 kBaud 8 4 2 CONFIGURING THE ETHERNET INTERFACE OPTION USING DHCP The Ethernet option for you M400E uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP to configure its interface with your LAN automatically This requires your network servers also be running DHCP The analyzer will do this the first time you turn the instrument on after it has been physically connected to your network Once the instrument is connected and turned on it will appear as an active device on your network without any extra set up steps or lengthy procedures NOTE It is a good idea to check the INET settings the first time you power up your analyzer after it has been physically connected to the LAN Internet to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the appropriate information from you network server s The Ethernet configuration properties are viewable via the analyzer s front panel 04315 Rev C1 133 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table 8 5 LAN Internet Configuration Properties PROPERTY DEFAULT STATE DESCRIPTION This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF DHCP STATUS Editable INSTRUMENT Configured by EDIT key disabled when This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each e g IP ADDRESS DHCP DHCP is ON 192 168 76 55 is the
253. hown above the same line with a T fitting 3 EXHAUST OUTLET No outlet line is required for the exhaust port of the instrument 4 Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 12 3 4 USER NOTES 04315 Rev C1 25 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 5 INITIAL OPERATION If you are unfamiliar with the M400E theory of operation we recommend that you read Chapter 11 For information on navigating the analyzer s software menus see the menu trees described in Appendix A 1 3 5 1 START UP After all of the electrical and pneumatic connections are made turn on the instrument e he exhaust fan and should start immediately e lf the instrument is equipped with an internal photometer installed the associated pump should also start up e The display should immediately display a single horizontal dash in the upper left corner of the display e his will last approximately 30 seconds while the CPU loads the operating system Once the CPU has completed this activity it will begin loading the analyzer firmware and configuration data During this process string of messages will appear on the analyzer s front panel display System waits 3 seconds then automatically begins its SELECT START OR REMOTE 3 initialization routine START NO ACTION REQUIRED CHECKING FLASH STATUS 1 System is checking the validity a
254. ible to produce stable concentrations of bottled pressurized O3 Therefore when varying concentrations of O is required for span calibrations they must be generated locally We Recommend using a gas dilution calibrator with a built in Os generator such as a Teledyne Instruments Model 700 as a source for Os span gas All equipment used to produce calibration gasses should be verified against EPA NIST traceable standards see Section 10 1 4 150 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 2 BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION OF THE M400E ANALYZER ZERO SPAN CALIBRATION CHECKS VS ZERO SPAN CALIBRATION Pressing the ENTR key during the following procedure resets the stored values for OFFSET and SLOPE and alters the instrument s Calibration If you wish to perform a ZERO Span Calibration see Section 9 2 3 9 2 1 SETUP FOR BASIC CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION OF THE M400E ANALYZER Connect the Sources of Zero Air and Span Gas as shown below Source of N VENT here if input SAMPLE GAS is pressurized Gas Dilution Calibrator MODEL 701 Zero Gas Generator Enclosure VVall S SAMPLE EXHAUST calibrator is not already vented Figure 9 1 Pneumatic connections for Manual Calibration Checks without Z S Valve or IZS Options 04315 Rev C1 151 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator
255. ices to Damage by ESD DEVICE SANE DAMAGE BEGINS CATASTROPHIC Genrer 299 SAW 150 500 ECL 500 Potentially damaging electro static discharges can occur e Any time a charged surface including the human body discharges to a device Even simple contact of a finger to the leads of a sensitive device or assembly can allow enough discharge to cause damage A similar discharge can occur from a charged conductive object such as a metallic tool or fixture e When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the device to another surface such as packaging materials work surfaces machine surfaces or other device In some cases charged device discharges can be the most destructive e A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly into the connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function If the assembly is carrying a static charge as it is connected to ground a discharge will occur e Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro static field a charge may be induced on the device in effect discharging the field onto the device If the device is then momentarily grounded while within the electrostatic field or removed from the region of the electrostatic field and grounded somewhere else a second discharge will occur as the charge is transferred from the device to ground 260 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manu
256. idrop protocol in which several remote instruments are connected via a common communications channel to a host computer The remote instruments are regarded as slaves of the host computer The remote instruments are unaware that they are connected to a multidrop bus and never initiate Hessen protocol messages They only respond to commands from the host computer and only when they receive a command containing their own unique ID number The Hessen protocol is designed to accomplish two things to obtain the status of remote instruments including the concentrations of all the gases measured and to place remote instruments into zero or span calibration or measure mode API s implementation supports both of these principal features The Hessen protocol is not well defined therefore while API s application is completely compatible with the protocol itself it may be different from implementations by other companies The following subs describe the basics for setting up your instrument to operate over a Hessen Protocol network For more detailed information as well as a list of host computer commands and examples of command and response message syntax download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne Instruments web site http www teledyne api com manuals index asp 8 5 2 HESSEN COMM PORT CONFIGURATION Hessen protocol requires the communication parameters of the M400E s COMM ports to be set differently than the standard con
257. ies of at known concentration Care must be exercised to ensure that the calibration system meets the guidelines outlined in the revised Appendix D 40 CFR 50 Detailed calibration procedures are also discussed in the Technical Assistance Document TAD Dynamic multipoint calibration of the M400E must be conducted by using either the UV photometric calibration procedure or a certified transfer standard The equipment i e calibrator and UV photometer that is needed to carry out the calibration is commercially available or it can be assembled by the user Calibrations should be carried out at the field monitoring site The Analyzer should be in operation for at least several hours preferably overnight before calibration During the calibration the M400E should be in the CAL mode and therefore sample the test atmosphere through all components used during normal ambient sampling and through as much of the ambient air inlet system as is practicable If the instrument will be used on more than one range it should be calibrated separately on each applicable range 04315 Rev C1 171 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Details of documentation forms and procedures should be maintained with each analyzer and also in a central backup file as described in Section 12 of the Quality Assurance Handbook Personnel equipment and reference materials used in conducting audits must be independent from those normally used
258. if carried out carefully will provide reasonable confidence that a photometer which has the required inherent capability is operating properly Checks should be carried out frequently on a new calibrator and a chronological record of the results should be kept If the record of the photometer performance shows continued adequacy and reliability the frequency of the checks can be reduced with no loss of confidence in the photometer The record however may indicate the need for continued frequent verification of the system condition Even where the record shows excellent stability the checks should still be carried out monthly as the possibility of malfunction is always present A well designed properly built photometer is a precision instrument and once it is operating adequately it is likely to continue to do so for some time particularly if the photometer is stationary and is used intermittently under ideal laboratory conditions If the photometer is commercially manufactured it should include an operation instruction manual Study the manual thoroughly and follow its recommendations carefully and completely 10 3 4 LINEARITY TEST Because the required photometric measurement is a ratio a simple linearity check of the photometer is a good indication of accuracy Linearity of commercially made photometers may be demonstrated by the manufacturer The linearity test is conducted by first generating and assaying an ozone concentration near the
259. ignal type voltage or current loop and level of the output A1 OFS Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust the output level AUTO CAL Enables Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature CALIBRATED Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED but on this one channel only Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A2 output There are three options RANGE Selects the signal type voltage or current loop and level of the output A2 OFS Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust the output level AUTO CAL Enables Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature CALIBRATED Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED but on this one channel only Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A4 output There are three options Initiates a calibration of the A1 A2 and A4 analog output channels that determines the slope and offset inherent in the circuitry of each output These values are stored in the and applied to the output signals by the CPU automatically RANGE Selects the signal type voltage or current loop and level of the output A4 OFS Allows them input of a DC offset to let the user manually adjust the output level AUTO CAL Enables Disables the AOUT CALIBRATION Feature CALIBRATED Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED but on this one channel only 7 4 2 7 4 7 4 6 4 7 Initiates a calibration of the A to D Converter circuit located on the AIN CA
260. in Appendix D CAUTION Electrical Shock Hazard Hazardous voltage present use caution It is not always possible to determine with certainty whether a problem is the result of the UV Lamp or the lamp power supply however the following steps will provide a reasonable confidence test of the lamp power supply 1 Unplug the cable connector at P1 on the lamp power supply and confirm that 15VDC is present between Pins 1 and 2 on the cable connector 2 If this voltage is incorrect check the DC test points on the relay PCA as described in Section 13 7 2 254 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 3 Remove the cover of the photometer and check for the presence of the following voltages on the UV lamp power supply PCA see Figure 11 16 e 4500 mVDC 10 mVDC between TP1 and TP4 grnd e lf this voltage is incorrect either the UV lamp power supply PCA is faulty or the I C bus is not communicating with the UV lamp power supply PCA e 5VDC between and grnd e lf this voltages is less than 4 8 or greater than 5 25 either the 5 VDC power supply or the UV lamp power supply PCA are faulty e lf the above voltages check out it is more likely that a problem is due to the UV lamp than due to the lamp power supply e Replace the lamp and if the problem persists replace the lamp power supply 13 9 TROUBLE SHOOTING THE IZS OPTIONS
261. ing electronic components or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne Instruments 264 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 347BA Primer on Electro Static Discharge 14 4 2 5 Packing Components for Return to Teledyne Instruments Customer Service Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne Instruments Customer Service in anti ESD bins tubes or bags CAUTION ESD Hazard e DO NOT use pink poly bags e NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the electronic component assembly directly e This includes but is not limited to plastic bubble pack Styrofoam peanuts open cell foam closed cell foam and adhesive tape e DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer Use ONLY anti ESD tape 1 Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti ESD bag or bin 2 Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate e f you are at the instrument rack hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a ground point e f you are at an anti ESD workbench lay the container down on the conductive work surface e In either case wait several seconds Place the item in the container 4 Sealthe container If using a bag fold the end over and fastening it with anti ESD tape e Folding the open end over isolates the component s inside from the effects of static fields e Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut wi
262. ion Solid State Wa DC HEATERS db ass UV LAMP Heaters Metal Wool Scrubber Figure 11 10 Heater Control Loop Block Diagram Themocouple s used on Optional Metal Wool Scrubber 204 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 3 4 5 Thermocouple Inputs and Configuration Jumper JP5 In its base configuration the M400E analyzer does not include any thermocouple sensors however in instruments where the optional metal wool scrubber OPT 68 is installed one thermocouple is used to sense the temperature of the scrubber By default this single thermocouple input is plugged into the TC1 input J15 on the relay PCA TC2 J16 is currently not used Table 11 2 Thermocouple Configuration Jumper JP5 Pin Outs TCINPUT MEER DESCRIPTION FUNCTION Selects preamp gain factor for J or TC OUT K TC gain factor IN J TC gain factor Selects preamp gain factor for J or K TC u P OUT 10 mV C IN 5mV C When present sets Cold Junction Compensation TC1 3 13 DOCE for J type Thermocouple Toss c6 ombensati n When present sets Cold Junction Compensation for K type Thermocouple Selects between Isolated and grounded TC IN Isolate TC OUT Grounded TC TC2 NOT USED Termination Selector LL L 40329JeS yndu ZL Z 10j29Jeg le5s nd no c uonesueduio f d L rL y uonesueduioo f L GL S 10329J8S uong
263. ions is available in a separate manual RS 232 Programming Notes Teledyne Instruments part number 013500000 04315 Rev C1 253 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 8 TROUBLE SHOOTING THE PHOTOMETER 13 8 1 CHECKING MEASURE REFERENCE VALVE To check the function of the photometer s measure reference valve 1 Set the analyzer s front panel display to show the REF test function see Section 6 2 1 2 Follow the instruction in Section 9 2 3 for performing a zero point calibration e Press ZERO and allow the analyzer to stabilize Before completing the calibration by pressing the ENTR key note of the displayed value 4 Press the EXIT key to interrupt the zero point calibration process DO NOT PRESS the ENTR key Follow the instruction in Sections Section 9 2 3 for performing a span point calibration of the photometer e Press SPAN and allow the analyzer to stabilize 6 Before completing the calibration by pressing the ENTR key note of the displayed value of O3 REF e fthe REF value has decreased by more than 2 mV from its value with zero gas then there is cross port leak in the M R valve or a bad scrubber 7 Press the EXIT key to interrupt the span point calibration process DO NOT PRESS the ENTR key 13 8 2 CHECKING THE PHOTOMETER UV LAMP POWER SUPPLY NOTE A schematic and physical diagram of the Lamp Power Supply can be found
264. ip maswa taka B lsi Cite MODEL PN YEAR Pun RANGES 1 R SE P 1i1 1I 1 L 31 Z E 1 1L ee p 1 ee 1 ee WI ee 1 4J Power Receptacle DCE DTE Switch Port A COM Port B Control Serial Number RS 232 Only RS 232 or RS 485 Inputs Tag Figure 3 2 M400E Rear Panel Layout Basic Version Cooling Fan Serial I O LEDs Status Outputs Analog Outputs SAMPLE Sample Gas Inlet EXHAUST STATUS Exhaust Gas Outlet 1234587TED ZERO AIR lt e Rs232 e d e m m TELEDYNE PSTEUNMENTS nl Padum Sep mane Tut B Laeta Peete iih MODEL PN DRY AIR SN YEAR PWR m Dry Air inet x ia Ji R Rh L 1 4 Rk P H T T R T P C H N L L TT Ri Power Receptacle DCE DTE Switch Port A COM Port B Control Serial Number RS 232 Only RS 232 or RS 485 Inputs Tag Figure 3 3 M400E Rear Panel Layout with Internal Zero Span IZS Option OPT 51A 12 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started Table 3 2 M400E Analyzer Gas Inlet Outlet Nomenclature y han FUNCTION CONFIGURATION VARIATIONS Calibration gasses are also inlet here on SAMPLE Connect the source of sample gas here o e Analyzers with the internal zero span valve option installed OPT 51A EXHAUST Connect exhaust must be lt 10 All configurations SPAN Connect the sour
265. it has completed its warm up these parameters may not have stabilized Q3 XXXX SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB TST TST CAL SETUP Toggle lt TST TST gt keys to scroll through list of functions x cs e 1 This will match the currently selected units of measure for the range being displayed ass telum Only appears if 125 reference sensor option is installed Only appears if IZS option is installed Only appears if metal wool scrubber option is nstaled 1 11 Only appears if analog output A4 is actively reporting a TEST FUNCTION 5 If your analyzer has an Ethernet card Option 63 installed and your network is running a dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP software package the Ethernet option will automatically configure its interface with your LAN However it is a good idea to check these settings to make sure that the DHCP has successfully downloaded the appropriate network settings from your network server See Section 8 4 If your network is not running DHCP you will have to configure the analyzer s interface manually See Section 8 4 2 1 04315 Rev C1 29 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 6 INITIAL CALIBRATION OF THE M400E ANALYZER To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and calibration span gas available for input into the inlet outlet fittings on the back of the analyzer see Section 3
266. itle 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 50 Appendix D 40 CFR Part 50 e An O transfer standard is a transportable device or apparatus which together with associated operational procedures is capable of accurately reproducing O3 concentration standards or producing accurate assays of Os concentrations that are quantitatively related to a primary standard It is worth noting that the requirements for the repeatability and reliability of transfer standards are more stringent than are those for stationary primary standards A Standard Reference Photometer SRP has been developed as a primary standard by the U S National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST and the EPA It is a highly stable highly precise computer controlled instrument for assaying Os concentrations NIST maintains one or more master SRP s in lieu of a Standard Reference Materials SRM for ozone A nationwide network of regionally located SRP s enables State and local air monitoring agencies to compare their Os standards with authoritative standards maintained and operated under closely controlled conditions Other SRPs are located in foreign countries To maintain a uniform and consistent set of references the US EPA maintains 9 Standard Reference Photometers SRP around the US It is suggested that the regional office of the EPA be contacted for the location of a SRP nearby and that the standards be compared This assures a uniform standar
267. k If the list entry is not to be reported this field will be blank The M400E analyzer is a single gas instrument that measures It s default gas list consists of only one entry that reads 0 400 REPORTED If you wish to have just the last concentration value stored for a specific range this list entry should be edited or additional entries should be added to the list 04315 Rev C1 143 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 5 6 2 Editing or Adding HESSEN Gas List Entries To add or edit an entry to the Hessen Gas List press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG EXIT COMMUNICATIONS MENU ID HESN COM1 COM2 EXIT HESSEN VARIATION TYPE1 SET SET EDIT EXIT Continue pressing NEXT until There is only one GAS TYPE available on the M400E O3 Toggle this key to set the concentration range for the list entry Toggle these keys to set the GAS ID to 400 For new list entries this number will be displayed as 000 Toggle this key turn ON OFF the REPORT attribute 144 HESSEN GAS LIST SET SET EDIT SETUP X X O3 0 400 REPORTED PREV MEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT 03 ENTR EXIT EXIT sets the ask NONE SETUP X X CONC RANGE 0 0 ENTR EXIT SETUP X X GAS ID ID Number l
268. kwards until it clears the analyzer s front bezel e Lift the cover straight up NOTE Printed circuit assemblies PCAs are sensitive to electro static discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void the instrument warranty See Chapter 12 for more information on preventing ESD damage CAUTION Electrical Shock Hazard NEVER DISCONNECT PCAS WIRING HARNESSES OR ELECTRONIC SUBASSEMBLIES WHILE UNDER POWER 4 Inspect the interior of the instrument to make sure all circuit boards and other components are in good shape and properly seated 5 Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic hoses to make sure they are firmly and properly seated 6 Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed These are listed on the paperwork accompanying the analyzer 04315 Rev C1 15 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 2 1 1 Ventilation Clearance Whether the analyzer is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack be sure to leave sufficient ventilation clearance Table 3 3 Ventilation Clearance AREA MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE Various rack mount kits are available for this analyzer See Section 5 1 of this manual for more information 3 3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 3 3 1 POWER CONNECTION Attach the power cord to the analyzer and plug it int
269. l see Appendix A 5 PARAMETERS 000 00 01 to REPORT PERIOD of time between each channel data 000 01 00 366 23 59 eee Days Hours Minutes The number of reports that will be stored in the NUMBER OF ee 1 to 1 million limited by RECORDS data file Once the limit is exceeded the oldest available storage space data is over written Enables the analyzer to automatically report a onn channel values to the RS 232 ports Eon CHANNEL Enables or disables the channel Allows a channel OFF or ON ENABLED to be temporarily turned off without deleting it CAL HOLD OFF Disables sampling of data parameters while OFF OFF or ON instrument is in calibration mode More with APICOM but only the first six are displayed on the front panel When enabled records are not recorded until the DAS HOLD OFF period is passed after calibration mode DAS HOLD OFF SET in the VARS menu see Section 6 12 78 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 3 1 Default iDAS Channels A set of default Data Channels has been included in the analyzer s software for logging O3 concentration and certain predictive diagnostic data These default channels include but are not limited to e CONC Samples concentration at one minute intervals and stores an average every hour with a time and date stamp Readings during calibration and calibration hold off are not included in the data By default the last 8
270. le deo Iba mA bod s aides one o eap Ke E aa s 223 12 3 1 Replacing the Sample Particulate Filter a a a a 223 12 32 IREDUIIGING the SampledPumrbp e sur tutte lias Punt T uu cse bo ta uay au 224 12 3 3 Replacing the IZS Option Zero Air Scrubber nnns 224 12 34 Performing es u u 225 12 3 4 1 Vacuum Leak Check and Pump Check 225 12 942 Pressure beak Check uuu sum EE REPERI EI uw 225 12 3 5 Performing a Sample Flow Check a ieee 226 12 3 6 Maintenance of the Photometer Absorption Tube 227 12 3 6 1 Cleaning or Replacing the Absorption Tube 227 12 5062 UV A h 228 12 3 6 9 UV Lamp Replacement uu uu uu lee nae ieee te 229 12 3 7 Adjustment or Replacement of Optional IZS Ozone Generator UV Lamp 230 04315 Rev C1 V Table of Contents M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING amp REPAIR OF THE M400E ANALYZER
271. lease contact the Sales department of Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instruments at TOLL FREE 800 324 5190 FAX 858 657 9816 TEL 858 657 9800 E MAIL api sales teledyne com WEB SITE www teledyne api com 5 1 OPTIONAL PUMPS OPT 10 THR OPT 13 A variety of external pumps are available for the Model 400E photometric analyzer The range of available pump options meets all typical AC power supply standards while exhibiting the same pneumatic performance OPTION NUMBER DESCRIPTION 10A External Pump 115V 60Hz 10B External Pump 220V 50Hz 10C External Pump 220V 60Hz 10D External Pump 100V 50Hz 10E External Pump 100V 60Hz 11A No pump If one is standard either internal or external 13 High Voltage Internal Pump 240V 50Hz 04315 Rev C1 45 Optional Hardware and Software M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 5 2 RACK MOUNT KITS OPT 20 TO OPT 23 There are several options for mounting the analyzer in standard 19 racks The slides are three part extensions one mounts to the rack one mounts to the analyzer chassis and the middle part remains on the rack slide when the analyzer is taken out The analyzer locks into place when fully extended and cannot be pulled out without pushing two buttons one on each side The rack mount brackets for the analyzer require that you have a support structure in your rack to support the weight of the analyzer The brackets cannot carry the full weight of an analyzer and are meant only to fix the
272. let line to the SAMPLE inlet fitting e Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure 1 0 psig e In applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold a vent must be placed on the sample gas line This vent line must be At least 0 2m long No more than 2m long Vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument CALIBRATION GAS SOURCES SPAN GAS Attach a gas line from the source of calibration gas e g a Teledyne Instruments M700E Dynamic Dilution Calibrator to the SPAN inlet e Span gas can by generated by a 7 Mass Flow Calibrator equipped with a Photometer Option or 7 UV Photometric Ozone Calibrator 50 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Optional Hardware and Software ZERO AIR ATTACH a gas line from the source of zero air e g a Teledyne Instruments M701 zero air Generator to the ZERO AIR inlet e Zero air can be supplied by the API M701 zero air generator e A restrictor is required to regulate the gas flow at 2 x s the gas flow of the analyzer VENTING In order to prevent back diffusion and pressure effects both the span gas and zero air supply lines should be e Vented outside the enclosure e Not less than 2 meters in length e Not greater than 10 meters in length EXHAUST OUTLET Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST OUTLET fitting The exhaust line should be e 4 PTEF tubing e A maximum of 10 meters long e Ve
273. libration is necessary If the zero and span drifts do not exceed the calibration limits in Section 2 0 9 Q A Manual Ref 11 or limits set by the local agency a calibration need not be performed 10 1 6 DATA RECORDING DEVICE Either a strip chart recorder data acquisition system digital data acquisition system should be used to record the data from the M400E RS 232 port or analog outputs If analog readings are being used the response of that system should be checked against a NIST referenced voltage source or meter Data recording device should be capable of bi polar operation so that negative readings can be recorded Strip chart recorder should be at least 6 15 cm wide 10 1 7 RECORD KEEPING Record keeping is a critical part of all quality assurance programs Standard forms similar to those that appear in this manual should be developed for individual programs Three things to consider in the development of record forms are 1 Does the form serve a necessary function 2 15 the documentation complete 3 Will the forms be filed in such a manner that they can easily be retrieved when needed 174 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration 10 2 LEVEL 1 CALIBRATIONS VERSUS LEVEL 2 CHECKS All monitoring instruments are subject to some drift and variation in internal parameters and cannot be expected to maintain accurate calibration over long periods of time the EPA requires a schedul
274. log output labeled A4 is special It can be set by the user see Section 7 4 6 to carry the current signal level of any one of the parameters accessible through the TEST menu of the unit s software In its standard configuration the Analyzer comes with all four of these channels set up to output a DC voltage However 4 20mA current loop drivers can be purchased for the first two of these outputs A1 and A2 e OUTPUT LOOP BACK All three of the functioning analog outputs are connected back to the A D converter through a Loop back circuit This permits the voltage outputs to be calibrated by the CPU without need for any additional tools or fixtures see Section 7 4 1 11 3 3 5 External Digital I O This External Digital I O performs two functions e SIATUS OUTPUTS Logic Level voltages are output through an optically isolated 8 pin connector located on the rear panel of the analyzer These outputs convey good bad and on off information about certain analyzer conditions They can be used to interface with certain types of programmable devices e CONTROL INPUTS By connecting these digital inputs to an external source such as a PLC or Data logger Zero and Span calibrations can be remotely initiated 11 3 3 6 lC Data Bus C is a two wire clocked digital serial I O bus that is used widely in commercial and consumer electronic systems A transceiver on the Motherboard converts data and control signals from the PC 104 bus to IC The data is then
275. lude CALZ and CALS keys Pressing either of these keys also puts the instrument into calibration mode e The CALZ key is used to initiate a calibration of the analyzer s zero point using internally generated zero alr e The CALS key is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzer s current reporting range using internally generated span gas For more information concerning calibration valve options see Section 5 6 e For information on using the automatic calibrations feature ACAL in conjunction with the one of the calibration valve options see Sections 9 3 2 and 9 4 NOTE It is recommended that this span calibration be performed at 80 of full scale of the analyzer s currently selected reporting range EXAMPLES If the reporting range is set for 0 to 500 ppb an appropriate span point would be 400 ppb If the of the reporting range is set for 0 to 1000 ppb an appropriate span point would be 800 ppb 04315 Rev C1 63 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 6 4 SETUP MODE The SETUP mode contains a variety of choices that are used to configure the analyzer s hardware and software features perform diagnostic procedures gather information on the instruments performance and configure or access data from the internal data acquisition system iDAS e Fora visual representation of the software menu trees refer to Appendix A 1 The areas accessed under the SETUP mode are
276. lyzer Operator s Manual Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer Example If all passwords are enabled the following keypad sequence would be required to enter the VARS or DIAG submenus SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG Press individual keys to set ENTR EXIT number EXAMPLE This ENTER SETUP PASS 0 password enables the 8 ENTR EXIT SETUP mode MAOOE enters selected menu NOTE The instrument still prompts for a password when entering the VARS and DIAG menus even if passwords are disabled but it displays the default password 818 upon entering these menus The user only has to press ENTR to access the password protected menus but does not have to enter the required number code 04315 Rev C1 67 Basic Operation of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 6 4 3 SETUP gt CLK SETTING THE M400E ANALYZER S INTERNAL CLOCK 6 4 3 1 Setting the internal Clock s Time and Day The MAOOE has a time of day clock that supports the DURATION step of the automatic calibration ACAL sequence feature time of day TEST function and time stamps on for the iDAS feature and most COMM port messages To set the clock s time and day press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP TIME
277. manner described in this manual If you use the M400E in a manner other than that for which it was intended unpredictable behavior could ensue with possible hazardous consequences 4 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Introduction 1 3 USING THIS MANUAL NOTE Throughout this manual words printed in capital bold letters such as SETUP or ENTR represent messages as they appear on the analyzer s display This manual is organized in the following manner TABLE OF CONTENTS Outlines the contents of the manual in the order the information are presented This is a good overview of the topics covered in the manual There is also a list of appendices figures and tables SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION INTRODUCTION A brief description of the M400E analyzer architecture as well as a description of the layout of the manual and what information is located in its various sections and chapters SPECIFICATIONS AND WARRANTY A list of the analyzer s performance specifications and if applicable a description of the conditions and configuration under which EPA equivalency was approved as well as the Teledyne Instruments warranty statement GETTING STARTED Instructions for setting up installing and running your analyzer for the first time GLOSSARY Answers to the most frequently asked questions about operating the analyzer and a glossary of acronyms and technical terms OPTIONAL HARDWARE amp SOFTWARE A des
278. mined Known concentrations of must be generated by a stable source and assayed by the primary UV photometric procedure or may be obtained using a certified O3 transfer standard Procedures used to generate and assay concentrations are the same as those described in Section 10 1 3 If during a regular field audit the differences recorded for most analyzers are either negatively or positively biased a check of the calibrator used in routine calibrations of the analyzers may be advisable The test atmosphere must pass through all filters scrubbers conditioners and other components used during normal ambient sampling and through as much of the ambient air inlet system as practical Be sure the manifold includes a vent to assure that the M400E inlet is at atmospheric pressure Audit Procedure 1 Turn on the zero air flow in the audit device 2 After stabilization record the analyzer zero 3 Generate an up scale audit point 4 After stabilization record the O3 analyzer response 5 Assay the audit concentration using an audit UV photometer or certified transfer standard 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the two remaining up scale audit points If analyzer is operated on 0 1 0 ppm range four up scale audit points must be used Results Results of the audit will be used to estimate the accuracy of the ambient air quality data Calculation of accuracy is described in Appendix 15 of the Q A Handbook Reference 11 10 4 2 DATA PR
279. ming system NOTE The result is not the true linearity error because it includes possible instrument errors in the flow measurements This test technique should only be used as an indicator If the linearity error is gt 5 or is greater than you expect it to be check and verify the accuracy of the flow dilution carefully before assuming that the photometer is inaccurate The test should be carried out several times at various dilution ratios and an averaging technique should be used to determine the final result If the linearity error is excessive and cannot be attributed to flow measurement inaccuracy check the photometer system for e Dirty or contaminated cell lines or manifold e Inadequate conditioning of the system e Leaking of two way valve or other system components e Contaminated zero air e Non linear detectors in the photometer e Faulty electronics in the photometer 178 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration 10 3 5 Os LOSS CORRECTION FACTOR In spite of scrupulous cleaning and preconditioning some may be lost on contact with the photometer cell walls and the gas handling components Any significant loss of must be quantitatively determined and used to correct the output concentration assay In any case the O3 loss must not exceed 5 To determine loss 1 Calibrate a stable ozone analyzer with the UV calibration system assuming no losses 2
280. motely see Section9 2 Access to these inputs is provided via an 8 pin connector labeled CONTROL IN on the analyzer s rear panel See Figure 3 2 Table 3 6 Control Input Pin Assignments atus Sta ON Condition Definition A REMOTE The Analyzer is placed in Zero Calibration mode The mode field of ZERO CAL the display will read ZERO CAL R REMOTE The Analyzer is placed in Lo Span Calibration mode The mode field LO SPAN CAL of the display will read LO CAL R REMOTE The Analyzer is placed in Span Calibration mode The mode field of SPAN CAL the display will read SPAN CAL R Digital Ground The ground level from the analyzer s internal DC Power Supplies same as chassis ground noa Input pin for 5 VDC required to activate pins A F Internally generated 5V DC power To activate inputs A F place a 5 VDC outout jumper between this pin and the U pin The maximum amperage through this port is 300 mA combined with the analog output supply if used There are two methods for energizing the Control Inputs The internal 5V available from the pin labeled is the most convenient method however to ensure that these inputs are truly isolated a separate external 5 VDC power supply should be used CONTROL IN CONTROL IN soe See p GE 1E lt lt lt lt oc lt lt oc lt q Lu Lu N 2 Ww N 2 2 9 9 5 VDC Power Supply Local Power Connections External
281. mp should start immediately after the front panel power switch is turned ON If it does not refer to Section 13 7 1 13 5 CALIBRATION PROBLEMS 13 5 1 MIS CALIBRATED There are several symptoms that can be caused by the analyzer being mis calibrated This condition is indicated by out of range SLOPEs and OFFSETSs as displayed through the test functions and is frequently caused by the following e Contaminated span gas This can cause a large error in the slope and a small error in the offset Span gas contaminated with a major interferent such as Mercury Vapor will cause the analyzer to be calibrated to the wrong value Also could be caused if the span gas concentration entered into the analyzer during the calibration procedure is not the precise concentration value of the gas used e Dilution calibrator not set up correctly or is malfunctioning This will also cause the slope but not the zero to be incorrect Again the analyzer is being calibrated to the wrong value e oomany analyzers on the manifold This can cause either a slope or offset error because ambient gas with its pollutants will dilute the zero or span gas e Contaminated zero gas This can cause either a positive or negative offset and will indirectly affect the slope If contaminated with O it will cause a positive offset 13 5 2 NON REPEATABLE ZERO AND SPAN As stated earlier leaks both in the M400E and in the external system are a common source of unstable and non
282. mperature 244 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 6 1 3 UV Lamp Temperature There are three possible causes for the UV Lamp temperature to have failed e The UV Lamp heater has failed e Check the resistance between pins 5 and 6 on the six pin connector adjacent to the UV Lamp on the Optical Bench e t should be approximately 30 Ohms e Assuming that the 2 bus is working and that there is no other failure with the Relay board the FET Driver on the Relay Board may have failed e Using the PHOTO LAMP HEATER parameter under the SIGNAL I O function of the DIAG menu as described above turn on and off the UV Lamp Heater D15 on the relay board should illuminate as the heater is turned on e Check the DC voltage present between pin 1 and 2 on J13 of the Relay Board e fthe FET Driver has failed there will be no change in the voltage across pins 1 and 2 e Ifthe FET Driver Q2 checks out OK the thermistor temperature sensor in the lamp assembly may have failed e Unplug the connector to the UV Lamp Heater Thermistor PCB and measure the resistance of the thermistor between pins 5 and 6 of the 6 pin connector e The resistance near the 58 C set point is 8 1k ohms 13 6 1 4 IZS Ozone Generator Temperature Optional There are three possible causes for the Ozone Generator temperature to have failed e heater has failed e Ch
283. mperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations 230 Location of Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot 230 Example of Signal I O Function 238 e yuyu u eer tine er nee s m 240 Relay PCA Status LEDS Used for Troubleshooting 241 Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA 247 Critical Flow Orifice Assembly Instruments without ZS 256 IZS Generator Zero Air Scrubber Location 257 TrIDOGIECWIC u u ie N 259 Basic anti ESD Work Station o asd xe ee ee ee n ee 261 LIST OF TABLES Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 3 1 Table 3 2 Table 3 3 Table 3 4 Table 3 5 Table 3 6 Table 3 7 Table 3 8 Table 3 9 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 6 1 viii Model 400E Basic Unit Specifications a a 7 Model 400E IZS Generator Specifications with Reference Feedback Option 8 Specifications for Model 400E IZS Generator w o Refer
284. n select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See Figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET SET CAL DIAG AIO AIN CALIBRATED NO SET CAL DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A D ZERO Firmware automatically performs a zero point calibration of the Motherboard s analog Inputs DIAG AIO CALIBRATING A D SPAN Firmware automatically performs a span point calibration of the Motherboard s analog Inputs DIAG AIO A D CALIBRATION ERROR AIN CALIBRATED YES Perform Troubleshooting or call Teledyne Customer CAL Service AIN CALIBRATED NO 04315 Rev C1 113 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual USER NOTES 114 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E 8 REMOTE OPERATION OF THE M400E 8 1 USING THE ANALYSER S COMMUNICATION PORTS The M400E is equipped with two serial communication ports located on the rear panel accessible via two DB 9 connectors on the back panel of the instrument See Figure 3 2 The COM1 connector is a male DB 9 connector and the COM2 is a female DB9 connector Both ports operate similarly and give the user the ability to communicate with issue commands to and receive data from the analyzer through an external computer system or terminal e he RS 232 port COM1 can also be confi
285. n called odd nitrogen the sum of NO NO NOx plus other compounds such as HNO3 Definitions vary widely and may include nitrate NO3 PAN N20 and other compounds e ammonia e molecular oxygen e ozone e 50 sulfur dioxide DAS Acronym for Data Acquisition System the old acronym of iDAS DIAG Acronym for diagnostics the diagnostic menu or settings of the system DHCP acronym for dynamic host configuration protocol A protocol used by LAN or Internet servers that automatically sets up the interface protocols between themselves and any other addressable device connected to the network DOC Acronym for Disk on Chip the system s central storage area for system operating system firmware and data This is a solid state device without mechanical moving parts that acts as a computer hard disk drive under DOS with disk drive label C DOC chips come with 8 mb space in the E series system standard configuration but are available in larger sizes DOS Disk Operating System The E series systems use DR DOS EEPROM also referred to as a FLASH chip FEP Acronym for Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer one of the polymers that du Pont markets as Teflon along with PFA and PTFE FLASH flash memory is non volatile solid state memory 2 bus read l square C bus A serial clocked serial bus for communication between individual system components 04315 Rev C1 43 Frequently Asked Questions and Glo
286. n the process SAMPLE of warming up STATUS LED s Unit is operating in sample mode front panel display SAMPLE Green On Is being updated Flashes On Off when adaptive filter is active The instrument s calibration is not enabled The analyzer is warming up and hence out of specification FAULT Blinking for a fault free reading Various warning messages will appear 3 5 3 WARNING MESSAGES Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside be specified limits during the analyzer s warm up period the software will suppress most warning conditions for 30 minutes after power up If warning messages persist after the 30 minutes warm up period is over investigate their cause using the troubleshooting guidelines in Chapter 13 of this manual To view and clear warning messages press SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET Suppr th m due TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP warning messages SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP MSG returns the active warnings to the message field SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP Press CLR to clear the current message If more than one warning is active the next message will take TEST CLR SETUP Once the last warning has been cleared the analyzer will NOTE automatically switch to STANDBY RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX If a warning message persists after SAMPLE mode several attempts to clear it the message TEST CAL MSG SETUP may indicate a real problem and not an artifact of the warm up peri
287. nclose value in double quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface CONC PRECISION Time until automatically switching out of MAINT TIMEOUT software controlled maintenance mode ON enables latching warning messages en M us s Conversion time for photometer detector CONV TIME 1 SEC 533 MS 1 channel Enclose value in double quotes 1 SEC 2 SEC when setting from the RS 232 interface Maximum reading to reading change on AD MAX DELTA 1000 1 10000 any A D channel to avoid spike suppression Dwell time after E INN A Number of detector readings to sample Photometer dark offset for measure and FILT ASIZE samples 1 100 ii average filter size in adaptive Absolute concentration difference to trigger Percent concentration difference to trigger FILT DELAY Delay before leaving Delay before leaving adaptive filter mode Delay before leaving adaptive filter mode mode ON enables adaptive filter OFF disables it 04402 Rev D 4 A 11 APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual NUMERIC DEFAULT SETUP VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION PPB PPM Concentration units for user interface PPB Enclose value in double quotes when UGM MGM setting from the RS 232 interface USER UNITS Dilution factor Used only if is dilution DIL FACTOR 011000 enabled with FACTORY_ OPT variable 0 110 Slope constant factor to keep visible slope near 1 1 1 ON
288. nd 1 functionality of the Terminus memory and firmware CHECKING FIRMWARE STATUS STARTING INSTRUMENT CODE 4 The instrument is loading STARTING INSTRUMENT WITH FLASH 4 configuration and calibration data from the flash chip J M400E ANALYZER If at this point FLASH FORMAT INVALID appears contact Teledyne Instruments customer service BOOTING XXXXXXXXXX__ 40 The instrument is loading the M400E system firmware The startup process may hesitate at this point if SOFTWARE REVISION The Ethernet option is installed s DHCP mode is turned on and BOOTING XXXXXXXXXXX 88 XXXXXXXXX__ _ The instrument is not connected to a functioning network SAMPLE SYSTEM RESET O3 XXXX TEST CAL MSG CLR EXIT The analyzer should automatically switch to SAMPLE mode after completing the boot up sequence and start monitoring O3 gas 26 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 5 2 WARM UP The Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer requires a minimum of 30 minutes for all of its internal components to reach a stable operating temperature During that time various portions of the instrument s front panel will behave as follows Table 3 7 Front Panel Display during System Warm Up NAME COLOR BEHAVIOR SIGNIFICANCE Concentration Displays current Field compensated Concentration Mode Field N A Displays blinking Instrument is in sample mode but is still i
289. nd the motherboard 04315 Rev C1 247 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 7 4 KEYBOARD DISPLAY INTERFACE The front panel keyboard display and Keyboard Display Interface PCA can be verified by observing the operation of the display when power is applied to the instrument and when a key is pressed on the front panel Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power supplies are operating properly e he vacuum fluorescent display is good if on power up a character is visible on the upper left hand corner of the display e lf there is no character on the display at power up and 01 on the Relay PCA or D2 on the valve driver PCA is flashing then the Keyboard Display Interface PCA is bad e he CPU Status LED 055 is flashing but there is no character on the display at power up e fthe analyzer starts operation with a normal display but pressing a key on the front panel does not change the display then there are three possible problems 1 One or more of the keys is bad 2 Theinterrupt signal between the Keyboard Display interface and the motherboard is broken or 3 The Keyboard Display Interface PCA is bad 13 7 5 RELAY PCA The Relay PCA can be most easily checked by observing the condition of the status LEDs on the Relay PCA see Section 13 3 2 and using the SIGNAL I O submenu under the DIAG menu see Section 13 1 3 to toggl
290. ndard serial data protocol 7 1 6 DISABLING ENABLING DATA CHANNELS Data channels can be temporarily disabled which can reduce the read write wear on the disk on chip To disable a data channel follow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU SETUP X X 0 CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREV MEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT Use the PREV and NEXT keys to scroll to the DATA CHANNEL to be edited SETUP X X NAME CONC lt SET SET gt EDIT PRNT EXIT Continue pressing lt SET or SET gt until SETUP CHANNEL ENABLE ON SET SET EDIT PRNT SETUP X X CHANNEL ENABLE ON ON ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new E setting Toggle these keys to ENTR accepts the new setting JZ enable or disable the CHANNEL 92 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 7 REMOTE IDAS CONFIGURATION Editing channels parameters and triggering events as described in this can be performed via the APICOM remote control program using the graphic interface shown below Refer to Chapter 8 for details on remote access to the M400E analyzer 200 at T APLenglabi E X O45 Configuration and Downloaded D ata E CONCE6O ATIMER 100 Records Maximum H C FPPM AVG Set 0 0 Records x Configuration H C NOCNC1 PPM ANG Set 0 0 Records Get Config Auto On Off Ei E CALDAT ATIMER 100 Records Ma
291. nector V OUT VIN Recording ANALYZER Device Figure 7 5 Setup for Calibrating An Table 7 7 Voltage Tolerances for the TEST CHANNEL Calibration MINIMUM FULL ZERO SPAN SCALE TOLERANCE PAN VOLTAGE TOLERANCE 0 1 VDC 0 0005V 0 001V 0 02 mV 1 VDC 0 001V 900 mV 0 001V 0 24 mV 5 VDC 0 002V 4500 mV 0 003V 1 22 mV 10 VDC 0 004V 4500 mV 0 006V 2 44 mV 04315 Rev C1 103 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual To adjust the signal levels of an analog output channel manually select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR AOUTS CALIBRATED NO CAL DISPLAYED AS CONC OUT 1 CONC OUT 2 TEST OUTPUT CHANNEL A1 A2 A4 DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 5V CONC2 NOCAL SET SET EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 RANGE 5V SET EDIT Continue pressing SET until DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 CALIBRATED NO SET SET CAL EXIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 VOLT Z 0 mV 0100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT These keys increase decrease These menu s the analog output signal level not the value on the display only appear if by 100 10 or 1 counts AUTO CAL is turned OFF Continue adjustments until the DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 VOLT S 4500 mV voltage measured at the output of the analyzer and or the input U100 UP10 UP DOWN D
292. nents and assemblies in anti ESD storage bags or bins Even when you are not working on them store all devices and assemblies in a closed anti Static bag or bin This will prevent induced charges from building up on the device or assembly and nearby static fields from discharging through it Use metallic anti ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive components and assemblies rather than pink poly bags The famous pink poly bags are made of a plastic that is impregnated with a liquid similar to liquid laundry detergent which very slowly sweats onto the surface of the plastic creating a slightly conductive layer over the surface of the bag While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag it does not prevent the build up of static charges If laying on a conductive grounded surface these bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very charges that build up on the surface of the bag itself can be transferred through the bag by induction onto the circuits of your ESD sensitive device Also the liquid impregnating the plastic is eventually used up after which the bag is as useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary plastic bag Anti Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal usually silvery in color provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink poly bags but also when properly sealed create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from discharges and the inductive tra
293. ns are performed These default data channels can be used as they are or they can be customized from the front panel to fit a specific application They can also be deleted to make room for custom user programmed Data Channels Appendix A 5 lists the firmware specific iDAS configuration in plain text format This text file can either be loaded into APICOM and then modified and uploaded to the instrument or can be copied and pasted into a terminal program to be sent to the analyzer NOTE Sending an iDAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports will replace the existing configuration and will delete all stored data Back up any existing data and the iDAS configuration before uploading new settings 04315 Rev C1 79 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer Name CONG Event ATIMER Report Period 000 01 00 No of Records 800 RS 232 Report OFF Channel Enabled ON Cal Hold OFF ON Name O3REF Event ATIMER Report Period 001 00 00 No of Records 730 RS 232 Report OFF Channel Enabled ON Cal Hold OFF OFF Name PNUMTC Event ATIMER Report Period 001 00 00 No of Records 360 RS 232 Report OFF Channel Enabled ON Cal Hold OFF OFF Mame O3GEN Event ATIMER Report Period 001 00 00 No of Records 360 RS 232 Report OFF Channel Enabled ON Cal Hold OFF ON Mame CALDAT Event SLPCHG Report Period N Mo of Records 2000 RS 232 Report OFF Channel Enabled ON Cal Hold OFF OFF Figure 7
294. nsfer of static charges Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon usually black in color are also excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field effects and discharges Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device or to close an anti ESD bag The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic adhesive tape such as Scotch tape from its roll will generate a static charge of several thousand or even tens of thousands of volts on the tape itself and an associated field effect that can discharge through or be induced upon items up to a foot away 262 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 347BA Primer on Electro Static Discharge 14 4 2 BASIC ANTI ESD PROCEDURES FOR ANALYZER REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE 14 4 2 1 Working at the Instrument Rack When working on the analyzer while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into a properly grounded power supply 1 Attach you anti ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else e Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to a bare metal portion of the instrument chassis e This will safely connect you to the same ground level to which the instrument and all of its components are connected Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work Up to this point the closed metal casing of your analyzer has isolated the compon
295. nstrument is a calculating concentrations The M400E analyzer is a computer controlled analyzer with a dynamic menu interface for easy and yet powerful and flexible operation All major operations are controlled from the front panel display and keyboard through these user friendly menus To assist in navigating the system s software a series of menu trees can be found in Appendix A of this manual NOTE The flowcharts in this chapter depict the manner in which the front panel display keyboard interface is used to operate the MA00E photometric ozone analyzer They depict typical representations of the display during the various operations being described They are not intended to be exact and may differ slightly from the actual display of your system NOTE The ENTR key may disappear if you select a setting that is invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter such as trying to set the 24 hour clock to 25 00 00 Once you adjust the setting to an allowable value the ENTR key will re appear This section covers the software features of the M400E analyzer that are designed as a computer controlled 6 2 1 TEST FUNCTIONS A variety of TEST functions are available for viewing at the front panel whenever the analyzer is at the MAIN MENU These functions provide information about the present operating status of the analyzer and are useful during troubleshooting see Chapter 13 Table 6 2 lists the available TEST functions
296. nted outside the M400E analyzer s enclosure CAUTION General Safety Hazard VENTING SHOULD BE OUTSIDE THE SHELTER OR IMMEDIATE AREA SURROUNDING THE INSTRUMENT AND CONFORM TO ALL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS REGARDING EXPOSURE TO O Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 12 3 4 04315 Rev C1 51 Optional Hardware and Software M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 6 2 INTERNAL ZERO SPAN IZS OPTION OPT 51 The Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer can also be equipped with an internal zero air and span gas generator This option includes an ozone scrubber for producing zero air a variable ozone generator for producing calibration span gas and a valve for switching between the sample gas inlet and the output of the scrubber generator A reference detector monitors the operating level of the IZS ozone generator The detector senses the intensity of the UV lamp internal to the IZS generator and coverts this into a DC voltage This voltage is used by the CPU as part of a feedback loop to directly adjust the brightness of the lamp producing a more accurate and stable ozone concentration The ozone output level of the generator is directly controllable by the user via the front panel of the instrument or remotely via the analyzer s RS 232 Serial I O ports e See Section 9 3 for instructions on setting the span gas level of the ozone gener
297. o and transparent to UV radiation at 254nm and into an absorption tube filled with Sample Gas Because ozone is a very efficient absorber of UV radiation the absorption path length required to create a measurable decrease in UV intensity is short enough approximately 42 cm that the light beam is only required to make pass through the absorption tube Therefore no complex mirror system is needed to lengthen the effective path by bouncing the beam back and forth Finally the UV then passes through similar window at the other end of the absorption tube and is detected by a specially designed vacuum diode that only detects radiation at or very near a wavelength of 254nm The specificity of the detector is high enough that no extra optical filtering of the UV light is needed The detector assembly reacts to the UV light and outputs a voltage that varies in direct relationship with the light s intensity This voltage is digitized and sent to the instrument s CPU to be used in computing the concentration of in the absorption tube Window Window UV Detector ABSORPTION TUBE Sample Gas IN Sample Gas OUT UV Source I Absorption Path Length 42 Figure 11 1 Absorption Path 04315 Rev C1 191 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 1 3 THE REFERENCE MEASUREMENT CYCLE In order to solve the Beer Lambert equation see
298. o cycle through the available character set 0 9 A Z space x amp A full list of iDAS Trigger Events be found Appendix 5 of this manual 84 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 5 3 Editing iDAS Parameters Data parameters are types of data that may be measured and stored by the iDAS For each Teledyne Instruments analyzer model the list of available data parameters is different fully defined and not customizable Appendix 5 lists firmware specific data parameters for the M400E iDAS parameters include things like concentration measurements temperatures of the various heaters placed around the analyzer pressures and flows of the pneumatic subsystem and other diagnostic measurements as well as calibration data such as slope and offset Most data parameters have associated measurement units such as mV ppb cm min etc although some parameters have no units With the exception of concentration readings none of these units of measure can be changed To change the units of measure for concentration readings See Section 6 8 6 Note IDAS does not keep track of the units i e PPM or PPB of each concentration value and iDAS data files may contain concentrations in multiple units if the unit was changed during data acquisition Each data parameter has user configurable functions that define how the data are rec
299. o a power outlet capable of carrying at least 10 A current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a functioning earth ground CAUTION Electrical Shock Hazard HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE ANALYZERS CASE POWER CONNECTION MUST HAVE FUNCTIONING GROUND CONNECTION DO NOT DEFEAT THE GROUND WIRE ON POWER PLUG TURN OFF ANALYZER POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING OR CONNECTING ELECTRICAL SUBASSEMBLIES DO NOT OPERATE WITH COVER OFF CAUTION General Safety Hazard THE M400E ANALYZER CAN BE CONFIGURED FOR BOTH 100 130 V AND 210 240 V AT EITHER 50 OR 60 HZ TO AVOID DAMAGE TO YOUR ANALYZER MAKE SURE THAT THE AC POWER VOLTAGE MATCHES THE VOLTAGE INDICATED ON THE ANALYZER S SERIAL NUMBER LABEL TAG SEE FIGURE 3 2 BEFORE PLUGGING THE M400E INTO LINE POWER 16 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 3 2 ANALOG OUTPUT CONNECTIONS The M400E is equipped with several analog output channels accessible through a connector on the back panel of the instrument see Figure 3 2 Channels 1 and A2 output a signal that is proportional to the concentration of the sample gas e default analog output voltage setting of these channels is 0 to 5 VDC with a reporting range of 0 to 500 ppb e optional Current Loop output is available for each The output labeled A4 is special It can be set by the user to output any one a variety of diagnostic test functions e The default analog output voltage
300. od Table 3 8 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start up 04315 Rev C1 27 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table 3 8 Possible Warning Messages at Start Up Clears 45 minutes after power up Clears the next time successful zero calibration is performed Clears the next time successful span calibration is performed Only Appears if the IZS option is installed Only appears if the optional metal wool O3 scrubber is installed 28 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 5 4 FUNCTIONAL CHECK After the analyzer s components have warmed up for at least 30 minutes verify that the software properly supports any hardware options that are installed For information on navigating through the analyzer s software menus see the menu trees described in Appendix A 1 Check to make sure that the analyzer is functioning within allowable operating parameters e Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable from the analyzer s front panel as well as their expected values e These functions are also useful tools for diagnosing problems with your analyzer Section 13 1 2 e he enclosed Final Test and Validation Data sheet part number 04314 lists these values before the instrument left the factory To view the current values of these parameters press the following key sequence on the analyzer s front panel Remember until the un
301. odel 400E Ozone Analyzer as well as other supporting information For information on EPA protocol calibration please refer to Chaoter 10 This section is organized as follows SECTION 9 1 BEFORE CALIBRATION This section contains general information you should know before about calibrating the analyzer SECTION 9 2 BASIC MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION OF THE M400E ANALYZER This section describes the procedure for checking the calibrating and calibrating the instrument with no zero span valves installed or if installed not operating It requires that zero air and span gas is inlet through the SAMPLE port Also included are instructions for selecting the reporting range to be calibrated when the M400E analyzer is set to operate in either the DUAL range or AUTO range modes SECTION 9 3 MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK AND CALIBRATION WITH VALVE OPTIONS Installed This section describes e he procedure for checking the calibration of the instrument with zero span valves or the izs option installed and operating but controlled manually through the keypad on the Front Panel of the instrument e he procedure for calibrating of the instrument with zero span valves and operating but controlled manually through the keypad on the front panel of the instrument e Instructions on activating the zero span valves via the control in contact closures of the analyzers external digital I O SECTION 9 4 AUTOMATIC ZERO SPAN Cal Check AutoCal
302. oint and Wiring Color Codes 1 Bak wo 3 Gem Ampo a nw 4 Be _ xw s Yw o mw 7 Om 246 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer Figure 13 4 Location of DC Power Test Points on Relay PCA A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct per the values in the table below and an oscilloscope in AC mode with band limiting turned on can be used to evaluate if the supplies are producing excessive noise gt 100 mV p p Table 13 7 DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels VOLTAGE CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS MIN V MAX V POWER FROM TO SUPPLY Test Point Test Point PS1 15 13 7 3 fC BUS Operation of the IC bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay PCA amp D2 on the valve driver PCA in conjunction with the performance of the front panel display Assuming that the DC power supplies are operating properly the 2 bus is operating properly if e If D1 on the relay PCA and is flashing or e Pressing a key on the front panel results in a change to the display There is a problem with the C bus if e D1 the relay PCA is ON OFF constantly and pressing a key on the front panel DOES NOT results in change to the display If the keyboard interface is working but either the Watchdog LED is not flashing the problem may be a wiring issue between the board a
303. ol Scrubber OPT 68 Pump Configuration Figure 11 13 Location of AC power Configuration Jumpers 04315 Rev C1 207 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 3 6 1 AC configuration Internal Pump JP7 Table 11 4 AC Power Configuration for Internal Pumps JP7 JUMPER LINE JUMPER FREQUENCY COLOR FUNCTION PNG Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line WHITE Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line Connects pump pins 2 amp 4 to Neutral 110VAC 115 VAC Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line BLACK Connects pump pin 3 to 110 115 VAC power line Connects pump pins 2 amp 4 to Neutral BROWN Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together 220VAC Connects pump pin 1 to 220 240VAC power line 240 VAC BLUE Connects pump pins 3 and 4 together Connects pump pin 1 to 220 240VAC power line A jumper between pins 5 and 10 may be present on the jumper plug assembly but is only functional on the M300E and has no function on the Models M100E M200E or MAOOE 110 VAC 115 VAC 220 VAC 240 VAC a O N Present on 50 Hz version of jumper set but not functional for the M400E Figure 11 14 Pump AC Power Jumpers JP7 208 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 3 6 2 AC Configuration Heaters for Option Packages JP6 The optional metal wool scrubber OPT 68 includes an AC heater that maintain the scrubber at an optimum operating
304. ollow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press Use the PREV and NEXT keys to scroll to the DATA CHANNEL to be edited Toggle these keys to turn the RS 232 REPORT feature ON OFF 90 Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU SETUP 0 CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT SETUP X X NAME CONC lt SET SET gt EDIT PRNT EXIT Continue pressing SET or SET until SETUP X X RS 232 REPORT OFF SET SET EDIT PRNT SETUP X X RS 232 REPORT OFF OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the new setting Z 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 1 5 8 Enabling Disabling the HOLDOFF Feature The iDAS HOLDOFF feature prevents data collection during calibration operations To enable or disable the HOLDOFF follow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press Starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU SETUP 0 CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT Use the PREV and NEXT keys to scroll to the DATA CHANNEL to be edited SETUP X X NAME CONC lt SET SET gt EDIT PRNT EXIT Continue pressing SET or SET until SETUP X X CAL HOLD OFF OFF SET SET EDIT PRNT SETUP X X CAL HOLD OFF OFF OFF ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new mE setting Toggle these keys to ENTR accepts the new setting JZ turn the HOLDOFF feature ON OFF HOLDOFF also
305. on RANGE 1 Optional Ethernet Analog Outputs External Digital 1 O EN Gas Flow Sensor e Power Up Circuit Gas Pressure Sensor or RS 485 PC 104 CPU Card Disk on Converter Flash Chip sjndu Josu s Box Temperature CPU Status LED MOTHERBOARD Y P 2 25 Generator ZERO Valve O Generator Reference Detector Photometer UV Lamp Temperature Photometer Sample Gas Temperature 4 125 py Sample Cal Valve Optional IZS Option Os Generators V 7 Measure Reference Photometerid Valve UV Lamp Temperature Detector Preamp Photometer Lamp Heater Ab tion tube x1 Photometer l aaa ES Photometer Se tee Optional IZS Detector Os Generator Z x Supply wes MEAE INTERNAL PUMP Figure 11 5 M400E Electronic Block Diagram At its heart the analyzer is a microcomputer CPU that controls various internal processes interprets data makes calculations and reports results using specialized firmware developed by T API It communicates with the user as well as receives data from and issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices via a separate printed circuit assembly called the motherboard The motherboard collects data performs signal conditioning duties and routs incomin
306. on of preventative maintenance procedures that should be regularly performed on you analyzer to assure good operating condition GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING amp REPAIR OF THE M400E ANALYZER This section includes pointers and instructions for diagnosing problems with the analyzer in general and the Terminus as well as instructions on performing repairs of on the Terminus A PRIMER ON ELECTRO STATIC DISCHARGE This section describes how static electricity occurs why it is a significant concern and how to avoid it and avoid allowing ESD to affect the reliable and accurate operation of your analyzer APPENDICES For easier access and better updating some information has been separated out of the manual and placed in a series of appendices at the end of this manual These include version specific software menu trees warning messages definitions Modbus registers and serial I O variables as well as spare part listings repair questionnaires interconnect drawing detailed pneumatic and electronic schematics USER NOTES 6 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Specifications Approvals and Warranty 2 SPECIFICATIONS APPROVALS AND WARRANTY 2 1 SPECIFICATIONS Table 2 1 Model 400E Basic Unit Specifications Physical Analog Output Max 0 10 000 PPB lt 1 of reading at constant temperature and voltage lt 1 of reading at constant temperature and voltage lt 1 of full scale 30 6165 13 8Kg with IZS Option
307. onger be maintained 04315 Rev C1 195 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 2 3 PARTICULATE FILTER The Model 400E Ozone Analyzer comes equipped with a 47 mm diameter Teflon particulate filter with a 5 micron pore size The filter is accessible through the front panel which folds down to allow access and should be changed according to the suggested maintenance schedule described in Table 12 2 11 2 4 PNEUMATIC SENSORS 11 2 4 1 Sample Pressure Sensor An absolute value pressure transducer plumbed to the outlet of the sample chamber is used to measure sample pressure The output of the sensor is used to compensate the concentration measurement for changes in air pressure This sensor is mounted to a printed circuit board next to the internal pump see Figure 3 4 11 2 4 2 Sample Flow Sensor A thermal mass flow sensor is used to measure the sample flow through the analyzer The sensor is located in down stream from the absorption tube but upstream from the critical flow orifice This sensor is mounted to the same printed circuit board as the pressure sensor see Figure 3 4 196 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 3 ELECTRONIC OPERATION 11 3 1 OVERVIEW Status Control Outputs Outputs 1 8 1 6 Analog Outputs Serial I O Ports TEST CHANNEL OUTPUT Optional Multidrop Card Anc Aout 3 Os Concentration RANGE2 Concentrati
308. optional 2 Metal Wool Scrubber na Jumpers Photometer UY Lamp PS PS 2 Optional 125 O 12 VDC Generator UV Drivers Lamp PIS VALVES Zero Span aa MEASURE OPTION COOLING VALVES FANS Raber 125 Sample Cal Si Figure 11 12 Power Distribution Block Diagram 11 3 5 1 Power Switch Circuit Breaker A 6 75 Amp circuit breaker is built into the ON OFF Switch CAUTION Should the AC power circuit breaker trip investigate and correct the condition causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on 206 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 3 6 AC POWER CONFIGURATION The M400E analyzer s digital components will operate with any of the specified power regimes As long as instrument is connected to 100 120 VAC or 220 240 VAC at either 50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display Internally the status LEDs located on the Relay PCA Motherboard and CPU should turn on as soon as the power is supplied However some of the analyzer s non digital components such as the pump and the AC powered heater for the optional metal wool scrubber OPT 68 must be properly configured for the type of power being supplied to the instrument Configuration of the power circuits is set using several jumper sets located on the instruments relay PCA Hi p RELAY PCA JP6 Heater for the optional Metal Wo
309. or s Manual 3 7 CONFIGURING THE INTERNAL ZERO SPAN OPTION IZS In order to use the IZS option to perform calibration checks it is necessary to configure certain performance parameters of the Generator 3 7 1 VERIFY THE GENERATOR AND EXPECTED O SPAN CONCENTRATION SETTINGS As is true for M400E analyzers without options when the IZS option is present the span concentration value also automatically defaults to 400 0 PPB In this case no external source of calibration gas is required however it is necessary to verify that the internal generator is set to produce an concentration of 400 0 PPB To verify set that these levels press SAMPLE RANGE 506 0 PPB OSS XXX JST TST gt CAL SETUP M P CAL RANGE 500 0 PPB OSSAKA TST TST gt CONG EXIT M P CAL SPAN CONC MENU SPAN O3GN EXIT Verily that the RANGE is M P CAL GEN SET 400 0 PPB set for 400 0 PPB 0 0 4 Q O ENTR EXIT If it is not toggle each numeric key until the proper range is set then press ENTR M P CAL SPAN CONC MENU SPAN OSGN EXIT Verify that the RANGE is set for 400 0 PPB M PCAL SPAN CONC 400 0 Conc lf it is not toggle each 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT numeric key until the proper range is set then press ENTR 34 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 7 2 SETTING THE O GENERATOR LOW SPAN MID POINT OUTPUT LEVEL To set the ozone LO SPAN Midpoint concentration for
310. orded Table 7 3 iDAS Data Parameter Functions FUNCTION EFFECT PARAMETER Instrument specific parameter name INST Records instantaneous reading AVG Records average reading during reporting interval SAMPLE MODE MIN Records minimum instantaneous reading during reporting interval MAX Records maximum instantaneous reading during reporting interval SDEV Records the standard deviation of the data points recorded during the reporting interval PRECISION Decimal precision of parameter value 0 4 OFF Stores only the average default STORE NUM ON Stores the average and the number of samples in each average for a parameter This SAMPLES property is only useful when the AVG sample mode is used Note that the number of samples is the same for all parameters in one channel and needs to be specified only for one of the parameters in that channel Users can specify up to 50 parameters per data channel the M400E provides about 40 parameters However the number of parameters and channels is ultimately limited by available memory Data channels can be edited individually from the front panel without affecting other data channels However when editing a data channel such as during adding deleting or editing parameters all data for that particular channel will be lost because the iDAS can store only data of one format number of parameter columns etc for any given channel In addition an iDAS configuration can only be upload
311. output into a DC Voltage then amplifies it to a level readable by the A to D converter circuitry of the instrument s motherboard UV Lamp Power Sample Gas UV Lamp Thermistor UV Detector Absorption Tube Transformer Thermistor UV Lamp Heater Behind Thermistor Power Connecto from 15 VDC power supply Sample Gas Outlet UV Detector Sample Gas Inlet UV Lamp Power V L Heat Preamp PCA Supply UV Lamp Control PCA 210 200 VAC 30 kHz Figure 11 16 Photometer Layout Top Cover Removed 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 3 7 1 Photometer Electronic Operation MOTHER BOARD PC 104 CPU Card AID Converter lt 1 Disk on Chip Flash Chip sindu Josu s Photometer sample Gas Pressure Sensor RELAY PCA Photometer 2 DX Photometer M R saus ar PA mene Detecior Photometer Photometer LED Preamp Sample Gas UV Lamp Temperature Temperature Absorption tube Photometer Lamp Power Detector Pump mm Q ft qm iis ee Figure 11 17 Photometer Electronic Block Diagram Like the photometer and its subcomponents act as peripheral devices operated by the CPU via the motherboard Communications to and from the CPU are handled by the motherboard Outgoing commands for the various devices such as the photometer pump th
312. outputs simultaneously as shown in the following table For each of the steps the output should be within 1 of the nominal value listed in the table below except for the 0 step which should be within OmV 2 to mV Make sure you take into account any offset that may have been programmed into channel See Section 7 4 5 Table 13 9 Analog Output Test Function Nominal Values Voltage Outputs FULL SCALE OUTPUT OF VOLTAGE RANGE see Section 7 4 3 NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE 1 If one or more of the steps fails to be within these ranges it is likely that there has been a failure of the either or both of the DACs and their associated circuitry on the motherboard To perform the test connect a voltmeter to the output in question and perform an analog output step test as follows SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX TST TST CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU ENTER PASSWORD CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT 8 1 8 ENTR SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU SIGNAL I O COMM VARS DIAG EXIT PREV NEXT ANALOG OUTPUT Performs analog output step test 0 to 100 10 e Pressing the key under 095 pause the ANALOG OUTPUT test Brackets will appear around ihe 10 EXIT value EXAMPLE 20 e Pressing the same key again will resume the test 250 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer 13 7 7 2 A D Functions The simplest method to check the oper
313. over range is available on each of the M400E s analog outputs This over range can be disabled if your recording device is sensitive to excess voltage or current To turn the over range feature on or off select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press From the AlO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See Figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG l O CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET CAL DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 5V OVR NOCAL SET SET gt EDIT DIAG AIO CONG OUT 2 RANGE 5V SET EDIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 OVERRANGE ON SET SET gt EDIT Toggle this key CONC OUT 2 OVERRANGE ON to turn the Over Range ENTR EXIT feature lt ON OFF CONC OUT 2 OVERRANGE OFF ENTR EXIT 04315 Rev C1 109 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 7 4 5 ADDING A RECORDER OFFSET TO AN ANALOG OUTPUT Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal is significantly different from the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise around the zero point This can be achieved in the MAOOE by defining a zero offset a small voltage e g 10 of span To add a zero offset to a specific analog output channel select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See Figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION PREV NEAT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET
314. ow 56 C or rises above 61 C a warning is issued by the analyzers CPU This temperature is controlled as described in the section on the relay PCA Section 11 3 4 4 The following TEST functions report these temperatures and are viewable from the instrument s front panel e PHOTO_LAMP The temperature of the UV Lamp reported in C e SAMPLE _TEMP The temperature of the Sample gas in the absorption tube reported C 11 3 7 4 Photometer Gas Pressure and Flow Rate The sensors mounted to a printed circuit board next to the internal pump see Figure 3 4 measure the absolute pressure and the flow rate of gas inside the photometer s absorption tube This information is used by the CPU to calculate the concentration of the sample gas See Equation 11 3 Both of these measurements are made downstream from the absorption tube but upstream of the pump A critical flow orifice located between the flow sensor and the pump maintains the gas flow through the photometer at 800 cm min The following TEST functions are viewable from the instrument s front panel e SAMPL FL The flow rate of gas through the photometer measured in LPM e PRES The pressure of the gas inside the absorption tube This pressure is reported in inches of mercury absolute in Hg A i e referenced to a vacuum zero absolute pressure This is not the same as PSIG NOTE The M400E displays all pressures in inches of mercury absolute in Hg A Absolute pressure is
315. p bit o Parity None e COM2 RS 232 configurable to RS 485 DB 9 female connector o Baud rate 115000 bits per second baud o Data Bits 8 data bits with 1 stop bit o Parity None Male DB 9 RS 232 Female DB 9 COM2 As seen from outside analyzer As seen from outside analyzer GND GND DTE mode GND DCE mode Figure 8 1 Default Pin Assignments for Back Panel COMM Port connectors RS 232 DCE amp DTE The signals from these two connectors are routed from the motherboard via a wiring harness to two 10 pin connectors on the CPU card CN3 COM1 and CN4 COM2 116 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E CN3 amp CN4 Located on CPU card GND As seen from inside analyzer Figure 8 2 Defaul Pin Assignments for CPU COM Port connector RS 232 Teledyne Instruments offers two mating cables one of which should be applicable for your use e Part number WRO0OO077 a DB 9 female to DB 9 female cable 6 feet long Allows connection of the serial ports of most personal computers Also available as Option 60 See Section 5 7 e Part number WROOO024 a DB 9 female to DB 25 male cable Allows connection to the most common styles of modems e g Hayes compatible and code activated switches Both cables are configured with straight through wiring and should require no additional adapters NOTE Cables that appear to be compatible because of mat
316. p solution do not re apply vacuum as it will draw soap solution into the instrument and contaminate it Do not exceed 15 psi pressure 6 If the instrument has one of the zero and span valve options the normally closed ports on each valve should also be separately checked Connect the leak checker to the normally closed ports and check with soap bubble solution 7 If the analyzer is equipped with an IZS option connect the leak checker to the dry air inlet and check with soap bubble solution 8 Once the leak has been located and repaired the leak down rate should be lt 1 in Hg 0 4 psi in 5 minutes after the pressure is shut off 04315 Rev C1 225 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 12 3 5 PERFORMING A SAMPLE FLOW CHECK NOTE Always use a separate calibrated flow meter capable of measuring flows in the 0 1000 cc min range to measure the gas flow rate though the analyzer DO NOT use the built in flow measurement viewable from the Front Panel of the instrument This measurement is only for detecting major flow interruptions such as clogged or plugged gas lines See Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 and Figure 5 4 for sample port location 1 Turn off power 2 Attach the flow meter to the sample inlet port on the rear panel Ensure that the inlet to the Flow Meter is at atmospheric pressure Turn on instrument power Sample flow should be 800 cc min 10 Low flows indicate blo
317. po With ZS ZS Option 006120100 ASSY OZONE GENLAMP BIR OP5 041200200 DET PREAMP w OP20 M700E M400E M703 041660100 UV LAMP P S GEN M400E M703E_ 055560000 ASSY VALVE VA59 W DIODE 5 LEADS For 240V operation use 055100200 For upgrade from 039550100 use KIT000209 E mq Was E Ls Lod NENNEN NEN no 04346P M400E RSSL DCN 5220 06 02 09 Part Number 000941000 040010000 M400E Spare Parts Kit ORIFICE 13 MIL SAMPLE FLOW 041440000 ASSY FAN REAR PANEL E SERIES 04382 RevA PCA DC HEATER TEMP SENSOR OPTICAL BENCH 3 15 06 M400E Expendables Kit PartNumber Description Quantity 009690100 KIT TEE FILTER ELEMENTS 47MM 5UM 30 FL0000001 FILTER SS HW0000020 SPRING NOTE01 23 SERVICE NOTE HOW TO REBUILD THE KNF PUMP OR0000001 ORING SAMPLE FLOW PU0000022 REBUILD KIT FOR PU20 amp 04084 0061902 Rev B 3 3 06 M400E IZS Expendables Kit Part Number w nsonh m FL0000001 FILTER SS 040660000 ASSY REPLACEMENT CHARCOAL FILTER 04473 RevA 3 15 06 Model M400E Manual Warranty Repair m alor I Questionnaire INSTRUMENTS Appendix C Model 400E Advanced Pollution Instrumentation oqe A Teledyne Technologies Company CUSTOMER PHONE CONTACT NAME FAX NO SITE ADDRESS MODEL TYPE SERIAL NO FIRMWARE REVISION Are there any failure messages Continue on back
318. ptional plus or minus sign followed by zero or more digits an optional decimal point and zero or more digits At least one digit must appear before or after the decimal point Scientific notation is not permitted For example 7 0 1234 5678 0 1 1 are all valid floating point numbers e Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I O signals that may assume only two values They are denoted by the keywords ON and OFF e Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other data types such as data channel names which may contain letters and numbers They consist of a quotation mark followed by one or more printable characters including spaces letters numbers and symbols and a final quotation mark For example 1 123abc and lt gt are all valid text strings It is not possible to include a quotation mark character within a text string e Some commands allow you to access variables messages and other items When using these commands you must type the entire name of the item you cannot abbreviate any names 8 1 7 4 Status Reporting Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the RS 232 interface the other two being the command line interface for controlling the instrument and the download of data in electronic format You can effectively disable the reporting feature by setting the interface to quiet mode
319. put the ACTUAL concentration value of the SPAN Gas To change this value to meet the actual concentration of the SPAN Gas enter the number sequence by pressing the key under each digit until the expected value is set 160 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 3 2 2 Zero Span Point Calibration Procedure the Z S Option Installed If the M400E analyzer is set for either the AUTO or DUAL range modes read Section 9 2 4 before proceeding SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS SETUP Set the Display to show the STABIL test function This function calculates Toggle TST gt button until the stability of the Os measurement SAMPLE STABIL XXXX PPB O3 XXXX IST ISI CAL CALZ CALS SETUP Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer SAMPLE STABIL XXXX PPB Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes IST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS Press ENTR to changes the OFFSET amp SLOPE values based on the zero sTST_TST gt CONC point measurement Press EXIT to leave the S calibration unchanged and MERGA return to the previous M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt ENTR CONC Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes SAMPLE STABIL XXXX PPB lt TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS The SPAN key now appears
320. r accident or ii that has been used in any manner other than in accordance with the instruction provided by T API or iii not properly maintained THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION AND THE REMEDIES THEREFORE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR OTHER WARRANTY OF QUALITY WHETHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED THE REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION ARE THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF ANY WARRANTY CONTAINED HEREIN API SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OF T API S PERFORMANCE HEREUNDER WHETHER FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR OTHERWISE TERMS AND CONDITIONS All units or components returned to Teledyne Instruments Incorporated should be properly packed for handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center After the repair the equipment will be returned freight prepaid USER NOTES 10 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 GETTING STARTED 3 1 MODEL 400E ANALYZER LAYOUT FASTENER MODE FIELD LOCKING SCREW MESSAGE FIELD CONCENTRATION FIELD FASTENER FF FF jH Ff TELEDYNE INSTRUMENTS Advanced Pollution Instrumentation Mea MA CH PHOTOMETRIC OZONE ANALYZER MODEL 400E M E oae LXX oL eee ee M M D KEY DEFINITION FIELD KEYBOARD ON OFF SWITCH STATUS LED s Figur
321. rature of the Lamp to the CPU as part of the lamp heater control loop e IZS LAMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR This thermistor attached to the UV lamp of the O3 generator in the IZS option reports the current temperature of that lamp to the CPU as part of control loop that keeps the lamp constant temperature e BOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR A thermistor is attached to the motherboard It measures the analyzer s inside temperature This information is stored by the CPU and can be viewed by the user for troubleshooting purposes via the front panel display See Section 13 1 2 04315 Rev C1 199 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 3 3 4 Analog Outputs The analyzer comes equipped with four Analog Outputs A1 A2 A4 and a fourth that is a spare e A1 AND A2 OUTPUTS The first two A1 and A2 are normally set up to operate in parallel so that the same data can be sent to two different recording devices While the names imply that one should be used for sending data to a chart recorder and the other for interfacing with a data logger either can be used for both applications Both of these channels output a signal that is proportional to the O3 concentration of the Sample Gas The A1 and A2 outputs can be slaved together or set up to operated independently A variety of scaling factors are available See Section 6 4 4 for information on setting the range type and scaling factors for these output channels e EST OUTPUT The third ana
322. re SLOPE SLOPE 1 000 Slope for current range computed during zero span calibration OFFSET OFFSET 0 0 PPB Offset for current range computed during zero span calibration O3 191 6 PPB Os concentration for current range Value output to 7EST OUTPUT analog output selected TESTCHAN with TEST CHAN ID variable CLOCKTIME TIME 14 48 01 Current instrument time of day clock The name is used to request a message via the RS 232 interface as BOXTEMP 2 Current instrument units A 18 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX 4 M400E Signal I O Definitions Revision D 4 APPENDIX A 4 M400E Signal I O Definitions Revision D 4 Table 4 M400E Signal I O Definitions Revision D 4 BIT OR SIGNAL NAME CHANNEL DESCRIPTION NUMBER Internal inputs U7 J108 pins 9 16 bits 0 7 default I O address 322 hex Internal outputs U8 J108 pins 1 8 bits 0 7 default I O address 322 hex I2C RESET 1 reset I2C peripherals 0 normal 0 hardware reset 8584 chip 1 normal Control inputs U11 J1004 pins 1 6 bits 0 5 default I O address 321 hex n 1 exit zero calibration 1 exit span calibration gt 1 exit span calibration 6 7 I2C DRV RST 7 Always 1 Control inputs U14 J1006 pins 1 6 bits 0 5 default I O address 325 hex Always 1 Control outputs U17 J1008 pins 1 8 bits 0 7 default I O addre
323. re 11 12 Figure 11 13 Figure 11 14 Figure 11 15 Figure 11 16 Figure 11 17 Figure 11 18 Figure 11 19 Figure 11 20 Figure 11 21 Figure 12 1 Figure 12 2 Figure 12 3 Figure 12 4 Figure 12 5 Figure 13 1 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 3 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 5 Figure 13 6 Figure 14 1 Figure 14 2 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with Zero Span Valve Option OPT 50A 157 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with IZS Options OPT 514 157 E Note gels uu a a eed ec 191 Reference Measurement Gas 192 M400E Pneumatic Diagram Basic Unit a 194 Flow Control Assembly amp Critical Flow Orifice 195 Electronic Block DIAG Nea esi ace it at p ana usted ten vate vto a a 197 Relay PCA Lay outi PiN 04523 0100 uy choruses 201 Relay PCA P N 045230100 with Safety Shield In Place 202 Relay PCA P N 045230200 with AC Relay Retainer in Place 202 Status LED Locations Relay PCA etos 203 Heater Control Loop Block Diagram a
324. rectly and independently with dedicated keys CALZ amp CALS SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS SETUP oet the Display to show the STABIL test function This function calculates the stability of the C measurement Toggle TST gt button until SAMPLE STABIL XXXX PPE O3 XXXX TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS SETUP Allow ZERO GAS to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer Record the reading presented on the instrument s display Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes DO NOT PRESS the ZERO key SAMPLE STABILZXXXX PPB O3 XXXX TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS SETUP Allow SPAN GAS to enter the sample port at the rear of the analyzer Record the Os reading presented on the instrument s display DO NOT PRESS the SPAN key Wait until STABIL falls below 1 0 PPB This may take several minutes NOTE In certain instances where low Span gas concentrations are present 50 ppm both the Zero amp SPAN buttons may appear simultaneously If either the ZERO or SPAN buttons fail to appear see Section S for troubleshooting tips 158 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures 9 3 2 MANUAL CALIBRATION USING VALVE OPTIONS NOTE While the internal Zero Span Option is a convenient tool for performing Calibration Checks its O generator is not stable enough to be used as a
325. reliable reading e The instrument will stay in the selected mode for as long as the contacts remain closed If contact closures are being used in conjunction with the analyzer s AutoCal see Section 9 4 feature and the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is enabled the M400E will not re calibrate the analyzer UNTIL when the contact is opened At this point the new calibration values will be recorded before the instrument returns to SAMPLE mode If the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is disabled the instrument will return to SAMPLE mode leaving the instrument s internal calibration variables unchanged 9 4 AUTOMATIC ZERO SPAN CAL CHECK AUTOCAL The AutoCal system allows unattended periodic operation of the ZERO SPAN valve options by using the M400E s internal time of day clock AutoCal operates by executing SEQUENCES programmed by the user to initiate the various calibration modes of the analyzer and open and close valves appropriately It is possible to program and run up to three separate sequences SEQ1 SEQ2 and SEQ3 Each sequence can operate in one of three modes or be disabled Table 9 1 AUTOCAL Modes MODE NAME ACTION DISABLED Disables the Sequence ZERO Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero calibration check Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero and Low Midpoint Span concentration ZERO LO es calibration check Causes the Sequence to perform a Zero and High Span concentration calibration check Causes
326. replacement interval can be established 04315 Rev C1 53 Optional Hardware and Software M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 5 7 COMMUNICATION OPTIONS 5 7 1 EXTRA COMM CABLES 5 7 1 1 RS232 Modem Cables OPTs 60A and 60B OPTION 60A A shielded straight through serial cable of about 1 8 m length to connect the analyzer s COM1 port to a computer a code activated switch or any other communications device that is equipped with a DB 25 female connector The cable is terminated with one DB 9 female connector and one DB 25 male connector The DB 9 connector fits the analyzer s RS 232 port OPTION 60B A standard shielded straight through DB 9F to DB 9F cable of about 1 8 m length which should fit most computers of recent build The M400E analyzer is shipped with one of these cables included 5 7 1 2 ETHERNET Cable OPT 60C A seven foot long CAT 5 network cable terminated at both ends with standard RJ 45 connectors This cable is used to connect the M400E to any standard ETHERNET socket 5 7 2 RS 232 MULTIDROP OPT 62 The multidrop option is used with any of the RS 232 serial ports to enable communications of up to eight analyzers with the host computer over a chain of RS 232 cables via the instruments COM1 Port It is subject to the distance limitations of the RS 232 standard Rear Panel CPU Card as seen from inside Multidrop Card Figure 5 7 M400E Multidrop Card The option consists of a small print
327. results stored permanently in the instruments Disk on Chip as well as transmitted via the analyzer s communication ports The REPORT PERIOD may be set from the front panel If the INST sample mode is selected the instrument stores and reports an instantaneous reading of the selected parameter at the end of the chosen report period To define the REPORT PERIOD follow the instruction shown in Section 7 1 5 then press starting at the EDIT CHANNEL MENU SETUP X X 0 CONC ATIMER 1 800 PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT Use the PREV and NEXT keys to scroll to the DATA CHANNEL SET SET EDIT PRNT EXIT Continue pressing SET or SET gt until SETUP X X REPORT PERIOD 000 01 00 SET SEI EDIT PRNT SETUP X X REPORT PERIOD DAYS 0 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to set the days between reports 0 366 SETUP X X REPORT PERIOD TIME 01 00 0 1 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new Press keys to set hours ps V setting between reports in the format HH MM max 23 59 This is a 24 hour clock ENTR accepts the new seiting J PM hours are 13 thru 23 midnight is 00 00 Example 2 45 PM 14 15 04315 Rev C1 87 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual The SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are synchronized to the beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the instruments internal clock e f SAMPLE PERIOD were set for
328. rface of your workstation Never lay them down on any non ESD preventative surface 5 Place any static sensitive devices or assemblies in anti static storage bags or bins and close the bag or bin before unplugging your wrist strap 6 Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving the workbench 04315 Rev C1 263 347BA Primer on Electro Static Discharge M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 14 4 2 3 Transferring Components from Rack to Bench and Back When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne Instruments analyzer to an Anti ESD workbench or back 1 Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and workstation 2 Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti ESD bag or bin 3 Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate e lf you are at the instrument rack hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is connected to a ground point e f you are at an anti ESD workbench lay the container down on the conductive work surface e In either case wait several seconds 4 Place the item in the container Seal the container If using a bag fold the end over and fastening it with anti ESD tape e Folding the open end over isolates the component s inside from the effects of static fields e Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the bag from forming a complet
329. rformed in the factory as part of the configuration process or whenever re calibration is required The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically or adjusted manually During automatic calibration the analyzer tells the output circuitry to generate a zero mV signal and high scale point signal usually about 90 of chosen analog signal scale then measures actual signal of the output Any error at zero or high scale is corrected with a slope and offset Automatic calibration can be performed via the AOUTS CALIBRATION command or by using the CAL button located inside TEST_CHANNEL submenu By default the analyzer is configured so that calibration of analog outputs can be initiated as a group with the AOUT CALIBRATION command or individually 7 4 2 1 Enabling or Disabling the AutoCal for an Individual Analog Output To enable or disable the AutoCal feature for an individual analog output press Fram the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See Figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION PREV NEAT ENTR EXIT DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET gt CAL EXIT NOTE ANALOG OUTPUTS Continue pressing SET gt until you reach the configured for 0 1 full output to be configured scale should always be calibrated manually DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 5V OVR NOCAL lt SET SET EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 RANGE 5V EDIT EXIT Continue pressing SET until DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 AUTO CAL ON SET SET gt EDIT ENTR accepts the
330. rightmost socket near the right hand side of the CPU assembly Remove the IC by gently prying it up from the socket Reinstall the new Disk on Chip making sure the notch in the end of the chip is facing upward Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine 13 11 TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE If this manual and its trouble shooting repair sections do not solve your problems technical assistance may be obtained from TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE 9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE SAN DIEGO CALIFORNIA 92121 5201USA Toll free Phone 800 324 5190 Phone 858 657 9800 Fax 858 657 9816 Email api sales teledyne com Website http www teledyne api com Before you contact customer service fill out the problem report form in Appendix C which is also available online for electronic submission at http www teledyne api com forms USER NOTES 258 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 347BA Primer on Electro Static Discharge 14 A PRIMER ON ELECTRO STATIC DISCHARGE Teledyne Instruments considers the prevention of damage caused by the discharge of static electricity to be extremely important part of making sure that your analyzer continues to provide reliable service for a long time This section describes how static electricity occurs why it is so dangerous to electronic components and assemblies as well as how to prevent that damage from occurring 14 1 HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED Modern electronic devices suc
331. rmed 3 EXHAUST OUTLET Attach an exhaust line to the EXHAUST outlet fitting e he exhaust line should be a maximum of 10 meters of 4 PTEF tubing CAUTION General Safety Hazard VENTING SHOULD BE OUTSIDE THE SHELTER OR IMMEDIATE AREA SURROUNDING THE INSTRUMENT AND CONFORM TO ALL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS REGARDING EXPOSURE TO O 4 Once the appropriate pneumatic connections have been made check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the procedures defined in Section 12 3 4 22 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 4 3 PNEUMATIC SETUP FOR THE M400E ANALYZER WITH INTERNAL ZERO SPAN OPTION IZS 5 f ii VENT here if input a mE am Sa mm ee ER SAMPLE GAS is pressurized Removed during calibration EXHAUST Enclosure Wall Restrictor to regulate flow at 2 x s analyzer gas flow MODEL 701 iL lt zero Gas ll Generator Figure 3 11 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer with IZS Option OPT 51A For the Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer with the optional internal zero air generator and span valve IZS attach the following pneumatic lines 1 SAMPLE GAS SOURCE Attach a sample inlet line to the sample inlet fitting e Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure 1 0 psig e n applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold a vent must be placed on the sample gas line This vent line
332. rtup mode PHOTO CYCLE Seconds Photometer lamp temperature PID Photometer lamp temperature PID integral Photometer lamp temperature PID PHOTO_DERIV derivative coefficient scrubber temperature PID proportional scrubber temperature PID integral scrubber temperature PID derivative O3 SCRUB DERIV coefficient PATH LENGTH Photometer detector path length STABIL FREQ Stability measurement sampling frequency Number of samples in concentration Sample pressure set point and warning SAMP PRESS SET In Hg Warnings limits Set point is used for T P 15 35 compensation BAA 94402 Rev DA Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Revision D 4 NUMERIC DEFAULT SETUP VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION 700 cc m Warnings 0 1200 Sample flow set point and warning limits 500 999 5 0 001 100 Slope term to correct sample flow rate 30 Sample temperature set point and warning 10 5 49 5 compensation 30 Internal box temperature set point and BOX SET C Warnings 0 100 warning limits 5 39 5 SAMP FLOW SET SAMP FLOW SLOPE SAMP TEMP SET Molar mass of sample gas for computing concentrations by weight instead of volume GAS MOL WEIGHT MolWt 28 890 1 99 999 Assumed to be 78 Nitrogen 28 0134 and 22 Oxygen Os 31 9988 Any character in the allowed 00000000 character set Up Unique serial number for instrument to 100 characters long
333. s AutoCal Feature Be aware that while the AutoCal feature can be used with the IZS Option to perform Calibration Checks The IZS should never be used to perform Calibrations oee Section 9 4 for instructions on setting up and activating the AutoCal feature Q How often should rebuild the Sample Pump on my analyzer A The diaphragm of the Sample Pump should be replaced annually A sample rebuild kit is available See Appendix B of this manual for the part number of the pump rebuild kit Instructions and diagrams are included with the kit Q How long does the UV Sourcelast A The typical lifetime is about 2 3 years 42 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Frequently Asked Questions and Glossary 4 2 GLOSSARY Acronym A short form or abbreviation for a longer term Often artificially made up of the first letters of the phrase s words APICOM of a remote control program offered by Teledyne API to its customers ASSY Acronym for Assembly metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter Same as the obsolete abbreviation cc Chemical formulas used in this document e CO carbon dioxide e C gt Hs propane e CH methane e H O water vapor e HC general abbreviation for hydrocarbon e HNO nitric acid e H2S hydrogen sulfide e NOx nitrogen oxides here defined as the sum of NO and NO e NO nitric oxide e NO nitrogen dioxide e NOy nitrogen oxides ofte
334. s versus Level 2 Checks a 175 10 35 Multipoint all RAO adotta a E Susu L 175 Ero af el dears 112 cep A 175 10 3 2 Multipoint Calibration ProcedUute 2 176 10 3 3 Dynamic Multipoint Calibration 177 dra banco o Lupa Do aaa 177 10 05 O GOSS Correction 179 10 06 Span ee cU Led ere 179 Auditing Procedure S See tees fai enu m ha e a a 179 10 4 1 MUI POINT GallbESHODALICIE asco tac ene ie ec uu uw dede Scu stes Su Cau apta 180 10 42 Data Processio NIG Ice yu ie etre cen esae See ena nade S Na autem atus uu 180 SY SUSU m 181 10 4 4 Assessment of Monitoring Data for Precision and Accuracy 181 10 5 Summary of Quality Assurance GHeckSuxn umu Qa u nnns 181 TOG Relerenoes ca M SI aan coe ae eee 185 TECHNICAL IN
335. se test functions NOTE A value of XXXX displayed for any of these TEST functions indicates OUT OF RANGE reading NOTE Sample Pressure measurements are represented in terms of ABSOLUTE pressure because this is the least ambiguous method reporting gas pressure Absolute atmospheric pressure is about 29 92 in Hg A at sea level It decreases about 1 in Hg per 1000 ft gain in altitude A variety of factors such as air conditioning systems passing storms and air temperature can also cause changes in the absolute atmospheric pressure 236 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer Table 13 2 Test Functions Indicated Failures TEST FUNCTION DIAGNOSTIC RELEVANCE AND CAUSES OF FAULT CONDITIONS TIME e Time of Day clock is too fast or slow To adjust see Section 6 4 3 eBattery in clock chip on CPU board may be dead Incorrectly configured Measurement Range s could cause response problems with a Data logger or Chart Recorder attached to one of the Analog Output RANGE elf the Range selected is too small the recording device will over range elf the Range is too big the device will show minimal or no apparent change in readings STABIL Indicates noise level of instrument or stability of the O3 concentration of Sample Gas If the value displayed is too high the UV Source has become brighter Adjust the variable gain potentiometer on the UV
336. shooting flow problems it is a good idea to first confirm that the actual flow and not the analyzer s flow detection hardware and software are in error Use an independent flow meter to perform a flow check as described in Section 12 3 5 13 4 1 TYPICAL FLOW PROBLEMS 13 4 1 1 Flow is Zero The unit displays a SAMPLE FLOW warning message on the front panel display or the SAMPLE FLOW Test Function reports a zero or very low flow rate Confirm that the sample pump is operating turning If not use an AC Voltmeter to make sure that power is being supplied to the pump If AC power is being supplied to the pump but it is not turning replace the pump If the pump is operating but the unit reports no gas flow perform a flow check as described in Section 12 3 5 If no independent flow meter is available 1 Disconnect the gas lines from both the sample inlet and the exhaust outlet on the rear panel of the instrument Make sure that the unit is in basic SAMPLE Mode Place a finger over an exhaust outlet on the rear panel of the instrument If gas is flowing through the analyzer you will feel pulses of air being expelled from the exhaust outlet If gas flows through the instrument when it is disconnected from its sources of zero air span gas or sample gas the flow problem is most likely not internal to the analyzer Check to make sure that e All calibrators generators are turned on and working correctly e Valves regulators and gas lines
337. splay menus causes the Ethernet option to reinitialize its internal interface firmware INITIALIZATION SUCCEEDED SETUP X X ID INET 04315 Rev C1 INITIALIZING INET 0 INITIALIZING INET 100 COMMUNI CATIONS MENU Internet Configuration Keypad Functions FUNCTION Press this key to cycle through the range of numerals and available characters 0 9 amp Moves the cursor one character left or right Deletes a character at the cursor location Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous menu ENTR Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous menu EXIT Some keys only appear as needed Cursor location is indicated by ket INST IP 0 00 000 000 lt CH CH gt DEL 0 ENTR EXIT GATEWAY IP 0 00 000 000 lt CH CH gt DEL 7 ENTR EXIT SUBNET MASK 2 55 255 255 0 lt CH CH gt DEL 7 ENTR EXIT The PORT number needs to remain at 3000 Do not change this setting unless instructed to by Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel INITIALIZATION FAILED Contact your IT Network Administrator 137 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 8 4 3 CHANGING THE ANALYZER S HOSTNAME The HOSTNAME is the name by which the analyzer appears on your network The default name for all Teledyne Instruments M400E analyzers is M400E To change this name particularly if you have more than one M400E an
338. ss 321 hex 0 7 Spare Control outputs U21 J1008 pins 9 12 bits 0 3 default I O address 325 hex Alarm outputs U21 J1009 pins 1 12 bits 4 7 default I O address 325 hex ST SYSTEM OK 4 s MEN 0 any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode A status outputs U24 J1017 pins 1 8 bits 0 7 default I O address 323 hex ST SYSTEM OK Toce c 1 any alarm condition 0 conc valid T NC VALID 1 ST_CONC_ Q 1 hold off or other conditions ST HIGH RANGE 2 0 high auto range in use 1 low auto range ST ZERO CAL 0 in zero calibration 1 not in zero ST SPAN CAL span calibration 1 not in span ST TEMP ALARM 5 0 any temperature alarm 1 all temperatures OK 0 any flow alarm 7 ST PRESS ALARM 0 any pressure alarm 1 all pressures OK B status outputs U27 J1018 pins 1 8 bits 0 7 default I O address 324 hex 04402 Rev D 4 A 19 APPENDIX 4 M400E Signal I O Definitions Revision D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual BIT OR SIGNAL NAME CHANNEL DESCRIPTION NUMBER 0 in diagnostic mode 1 not in diagnostic mode 0 in low span calibration 1 not in low span 0 any lamp alarm 1 all lamps OK Spare Front panel C keyboard default address 4E hex 0 2 maintenance mode 1 normal mode 0 select second language 1 select first language English 0 sample LED on 1 off 0 cal LED on 1 off 0 fault LED on 1 off 0 beeper on for diagnostic te
339. ssary M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual IC Acronym for Integrated Circuit a modern semi conductor circuit that can contain many basic components such as resistors transistors capacitors etc in a miniaturized package used in electronic assemblies iIDAS Acronym for Internal Data Acquisition System previously referred to as DAS LAN Acronym for local area network LED Acronym for Light Emitting Diode LPM Acronym for liters per minute MFC Acronym for mass flow controller MOLAR MASS The molar mass is the mass expressed in grams of 1 mole of a specific substance Conversely one mole is the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the same number in grams as the atomic mass of that substance EXAMPLE The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of Carbon is 12 grams Conversely one mole of carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms that weighs 12 grams Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements PCA Acronym for Printed Circuit Assembly this is the gt PCB with electronic components installed and ready to use PCB Acronym for printed circuit board the bare circuit board without components PLC Acronym for programmable logic controller a device that is used to control instruments based on a logic level signal coming from the system PFA Acronym for Per Fluoro Alkoxy an inert polymer One of the polymers that du Pont markets as Teflon alon
340. sting only 1 off Relay board digital output PCF8575 default C address 44 hex RELAY WATCHDOG Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep relay board active 0 Os scrubber heater on 1 off Spare SPAN VALVE 0 let span gas In 1 let zero gas in PHOTO REF VALVE 7 0 photometer valve in reference position 1 measure position ST_DIAG_MODE ST_LOW_SPAN_CAL ST_LAMP_ALARM T N MAINT_MODE 5 input LANG2 SELECT 6 input SAMPLE_LED 8 output CAL_LED 9 output FAULT LED 10 output AUDIBLE_BEEPER 14 output O3 SCRUB HEATER N CAL VALVE 0 let cal gas in 1 let sample gas in Spare ooo J d PHOTO LAMP HEATER photometer lamp heater on O3 GEN HEATER generator lamp heater on Rear board primary MUX analog inputs PHOTO DET O Photometer detector reading O3 GEN REF DET Os generator reference detector reading 2 Sears SAMPLE PRESSURE 38 Sample pressure wj N 4 Temperature MUX E SAMPLE FLOW Sample flow TEST INPUT 7 y Diagnostic test input TEST INPUT 8 8 Diagnostic test input REF 4096 MV 4 096V reference from MAX6241 Cm fee A 20 04402 Rev D 4 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX 4 M400E Signal I O Definitions Revision D 4 BIT OR SIGNAL NAME CHANNEL DESCRIPTION NUMBER SCRUB TEMP REF GND Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs BOX TEMP O hemabotempeaue O O O O SAMPLE TEMP 1
341. system power supply relay PCA motherboard has failed rather than indication of the specific failures referenced by the warnings In this case it is recommended that proper operation of power supplies See Section 13 7 2 the relay PCA See Section13 7 5 and the motherboard See Section13 7 7 be confirmed before addressing the specific warning messages The M400E will alert the user that a Warning Message is active by displaying the keypad label MSG on the Front Panel In this case the Front panel display will look something like the following STANDBY SYSTEM RESET TEST CAL MSG CLR SETUP The analyzer will also alert the user via the Serial I O COM port s and cause the FAULT LED on the front panel to blink To view or clear the various warning messages press SYSTEM RESET r th Suppresses the CAL ISG CLR SETUP warning messages gt SYSTEM RESET MSG returns the active warnings to the message field CAL MSG CLR SYSTEM RESET CAL MSG CLR Press CLR to clear the current message If more than one warning is active the next message will take CLR SETUP Once the last warning has cleared the inc saa unction returns will be displayed in the analyzer s RANGE 500 0 PPB If a warning message persists after in MESSAGE FIELD several attempts to clear it the message e I CAL TU may indicate a real problem and not an artifact of the warm up period 234 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer
342. t Range control mode Enclose value in RANGE MODE SNGL rn double quotes when setting from the RS 232 interface 12 04402 Rev DA Os generator lamp temperature PID integral coefficient 0 10 Ho 0 10 proportional coefficient 0 10 0 10 Model 400E Instruction Manual APPENDIX A 2 Setup Variables Revision D 4 NUMERIC DEFAULT SETUP VARIABLE UNITS VALUE VALUE RANGE DESCRIPTION RS 232 COM1 mode flags Add values to combine flags 1 quiet mode 2 computer mode 4 enable security 16 enable Hessen protocol 32 enable multi drop RS232 MODE BitFlag 0 0 65535 128 ignore RS 232 line errors 256 disable XON XOFF support 512 disable hardware FIFOs 1024 enable RS 485 mode 2048 even parity 7 data bits 1 stop bit 4096 enable command prompt RS 232 COM1 baud rate Enclose value in BAUD RATE 19200 double quotes when setting from the RS i 232 interface 57600 115200 AT YO amp DO Any character in amp HO amp IO the allowed RS 232 COM1 modem initialization string 50 2 amp BO character set Up Sent verbatim plus carriage return to amp N6 amp MO EO to 100 characters modem on power up or manually Q1 amp wo long RS 232 COM2 mode flags 0 65535 I Same settings as RS232 MODE 300 1200 2400 0 4800 9600 I BAUD_RATE2 19200 19200 38400 RS 232 COM2 baud rate 57600 115200 AT Y0 amp D
343. t Auto Cal of M400E s Monitoring Low Levels of O SEQUENCE 1 Defnesequence wove ZERO Sect zero calibration mode WERENABLE ON Enablethetimer STARTING DATE 01 JAN 03 Start running sequence after January 1 2003 STARTING TIME 00 00 Start initial zero point calibration at i starts at midnight DELTA DAYS Do Sequence 1 every day DELTA TIME 00 00 Do Sequence 1 at the same time every day DURATION jO Operate zero cal valve for 15 min The instrument will re set the slope and offset values for the Os measurement calculation at the end of the auto cal sequence CALIBRATE While most of the settings required for this sequence are the instrument s default settings and therefore do not need to be changed they should be verified If any of these settings do not match those shown see the instructions in Section 9 4 To activate this daily zero point calibration 38 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS SETUP SETUP STARTING TIME 00 00 poe lt SET SET gt EXIT 00 00 Midnight SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X DELTA DAYS 1 lt SET SET gt EXIT SETUP SEQ 1 DISABLED PREV NEXT MODE EXIT SETUP DELTA TIME00 00 Default lt SET SET gt EXIT value is SETUP MODE DISABLED 00 00 NEXT ENTR EXI
344. t and slope and uses these factors for subsequent conversions See Section 7 4 7 for instructions on performing this calibration 11 3 3 2 Sensor Inputs The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A D through the master multiplexer from two connectors on the motherboard 100K terminating resistors on each of the inputs prevent cross talk from appearing on the sensor signals e DETECTOR OUTPUT This is the primary signal used in the computation of the Os concentration e GAS PRESSURE SENSOR This sensor measures the gas pressure in the sample chamber upstream of the critical flow orifice see Figure 3 5 The sample pressure is used by the CPU to calculate Concentration e GAS FLOW SENSOR This sensor measures the flow rate of the sample gas through the instrument This information is used as a diagnostic tool for determining gas flow problems 11 3 3 3 Thermistor Interface This circuit provides excitation termination and signal selection for several negative coefficient thermistor temperature sensors located inside the analyzer They are e SAMPLE TEMPERATURE SENSOR The source of this signal is a thermistor attached to the absorption tube inside the optical bench assembly It measures the temperature of the sample gas in the chamber This data is used to during the calculation of the O4 concentration value e UVLAMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR This thermistor attached to the UV lamp in the optical bench reports the current tempe
345. t intensity of Non O3 bearing Sample Gas lo during this period CYCLE REPEAT EVERY 6 SECONDS 5 6 seconds 192 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Theory of Operation 11 1 4 INTERFERENT REJECTION The detection of Os is subject to interference from a number of sources including SO2 NO H5O aromatic hydrocarbons such as meta xylene and mercury vapor The Model 400E s basic method or operation successfully rejects interference from most of these Interferents The scrubber located on the reference path see Figure 11 2 is specifically designed ONLY to remove from the sample gas Thus the variation in intensities of the UV light detected during the instrument s measurement phase versus the reference phase is ONLY due to the presence or absence of Thus the effect of interferents on the detected UV light intensity is ignored by the instrument Even if the concentration of interfering gases were to fluctuate so wildly as to be significantly different during consecutive reference and measurement phases this would only cause the concentration reported by the instrument to become noisy The average of such noisy readings would still be a relatively accurate representation of the concentration in the sample gas Interference from SO NO NO and H50 are very effectively rejected by the model 400E The two types of Interferents that may cause problems for the Model 400E are aromatic
346. t should vary between volts for ON and 5 volts for OFF Table 13 10 Status Outputs Check 04315 Rev C1 251 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 13 7 7 4 Control Inputs The control input bits can be tested by applying a trigger voltage to an input and watching changes in the status of the associated function under the SIGNAL I O submenu EXAMPLE to test the A control input 1 Under the DIAG SIGNAL I O menu See Section 13 1 3 scroll through the inputs and outputs until you get to the output named EXT ZERO CAL Connect a jumper from the pin on the appropriate connector to the U on the same connector Connect a second jumper from the V pin on the connector to the A pin The status of EXT ZERO CAL should change to read ON Table 13 11 M400E Control Input Pin Assignments and Corresponding Signal I O Functions CORRESPONDING I O SIGNAL EXT_ZERO_CAL EXT LOW SPAN CAL EXT SPAN CAL NOT USED Only operates if either Z S or IZS option is installed 13 7 8 CPU There are two major types of failures associated with the CPU board complete failure and a failure associated with the Disk On Chip on the CPU board If either of these failures occur contact the factory 252 For complete failures assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the wiring is intact the CPU is bad if on powering the instrument Th
347. te calibration procedure for each range After pressing the CAL CALZ or CALS keys the user is prompted for the range that is to be calibrated as seen in the CALZ example below SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX Set the Display to show lt TST TST CAL SETUP the STABIL test function This function calculates the stability of the measurement SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP Toggle the lt TST TST gt buttons until SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL CALZ CALS SETUP SAMPLE RANGE TO CAL O3 XXXX LOW HIGH ENTR EXIT Use these Keys to select o the RANGE to be calibrated LOW 1 HIGH RANGE2 M P CAL STABIL XXXX PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt ZERO CONC EXIT Continue the Calibration operation as per the standard procedure NOTE Once this selection is made the calibration procedure continues as described in Section 9 2 The other range may be calibrated by starting over from the main SAMPLE display 04315 Rev C1 155 M400E Calibration Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 9 3 MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECK AND CALIBRATION WITH VALVE OPTIONS INSTALLED 9 3 1 SETUP FOR CALIBRATION CHECKS AND CALIBRATION WITH VALVE OPTIONS INSTALLED Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown in Source of VENT ifi is pressurized Removed during calibration w V O 2 VENT here if output Model oe qp
348. ters for Option Packages 209 11 3 7 Photometer Layout and OpeltallOLl a 210 11 9 7 1 Photometer Electronic Operation oen ee tubes deut ees 211 11 3 7 2 Photometer UV Lamp Power Supply cccccescccseseeceeeeeceeceseeeeeseeseeseeeessaeeesaaeeesegeessegs 212 11 9 9 Photomelter Ter perat un u anu u muu ahi asp PUn ei Doe po Re 213 11 3 7 4 Photometer Gas Pressure and Flow Rate a 213 ilU T D rem 214 VON PANO c O 214 ProntiPanelbDISplayuu uyta RE 215 L 2 KOeypad u T P a 215 13 4 led Front Panel States LEDS 4e teen to ducts m tpe ap ot hast 215 11 5 Software OperallOh xit te en petat e epi d dt i eue cdd dpa ct ee 216 11S Auge 216 11 5 2 Calibration Slope and 217 12 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE amp PROCEDURES 219 12 1 Predicting Failures Using the Test FUNCIONS sued a bine ve etus na used 219 T2 2 Mamtenance Scheduless uapa ato eor best alid icio S uu ui 220 12 3 Maintenance PrOGedUures c cue
349. the reading referenced to a vacuum or zero absolute pressure This method was chosen so that ambiguities of pressure relative to ambient pressure can be avoided For example if the vacuum reading is 25 Hg relative to room pressure at sea level the absolute pressure would be 5 Hg If the same absolute pressure was observed at 5000 ft altitude where the atmospheric pressure was 5 lower the relative pressure would drop to 20 Hg however the absolute pressure would remain the same 5 Hg A 04315 Rev C1 213 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 4 INTERFACE The analyzer has several ways to communicate the outside world Users can input data and receive information directly via the front panel keypad and display Direct communication with the CPU is also available by way of the analyzers RS232 amp RS485 I O ports The analyzer can also send and receive different kinds of information via its external digital i o connectors and the three analog outputs located on the rear panel COMM A Mae CA RS 232 ONLY COMM B RS 232 or RS 485 CPU I P Female Mother Control Inputs Board OPTION i us PC 104 BUS KEYBOARD L BUS BUS FRONT PANEL DISPLAY RELAY BOARD Figure 11 19 Interface Block Diagram 11 4 1 FRONT PANEL The Front panel of the analyzer is hinged at the bottom and may be opened to gain access to various components mounted on the panel itself
350. the unit is set for AUTO range mode RANGE2 HI range when the unit is set for AUTO range mode DO NOT ADJUST OR CHANGE this values unless instructed to by Teledyne Instruments customer service personnel 94 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer To access and navigate the VARS menu use the following key sequence Toggle these keys ta enter the correct PASSWORD DQ NOT CHANGE these settings unless specifically instructed 10 by Teledyne Instruments GUstomer Se rere persannel DQ NOT CHANGE these settings untess specifically instructed Io by Teledyne Instruments Customer Fente personnel SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPE QIS lt TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP PRIMARY SETUP MEMU DAS RANGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X x SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM WARS DIAG EXIT SETIF X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 8 1 8 ENTR EXIT 0 HOLD QFF 15 0 Minutes PREY WEXT JUMP EDIT DAS HOLD OFF 15 0 Minutes ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to set the IDAS HOLDOFF time period in minutes 1CONC PRECISION AUTO MAX 20 minutes PREY NEXT JUMP EDIT CONC PRECISIOM AUTO ALTO 1 z 3 ENTR EXIT Use these Keys to select SETLIP 203 PHOTO LAMP 56 0 Degi the precision of the o tration displ PREY NEXT JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT concentration display In all cases SETUPX X 33103 PHOT LAMP 43 0 Degt EXIT discar
351. the IZS generator press SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG SETUP X X ENTER PASSWORD 818 ENTR EXIT Toggle these keys to enter the correct PASSWORD 0 DAS HOLD OFF 715 0 Minutes PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT Sets LOW SPAN Point for RANGE1 To Set the LOW SPAN point for RANGE2 in DUAL or AUTO range modes 4 GEN LOW1 72100 0 PPB Press NEXT key once more to select O3 GEN LOW2 PREV NEXT JUMP EDIT then continue as shown 4 GEN LOW1 100 0 PPB 0 0 0 ENTR EXIT EXIT discards the new setting ENTR accepts the Toggle these keys to change setting new setting gt Only Values from 0 to 1500 will be accepted A value of turns the lamp OFF The ENTR key will disappear if an invalid setting is attempted 04315 Rev C1 35 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 7 3 TURNING ON THE REFERENCE DETECTOR OPTION If the IZS feedback option is purchased the analyzer must be told to accept data from the Reference Detector and actively adjust the IZS output to maintain the reference set point s previously chosen by the user see Section 3 7 2 To perform this operation SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3 XXXX lt TST TST gt CAL SETUP SETUP X X PRIMARY SETUP MENU CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT SETUP X X SECONDARY SETUP MENU COMM VARS DIAG O3
352. the Sequence to perform a Zero Low Midpoint Span and High Span ZERO LO HI VM concentration calibration check Causes the Sequence to perform a Low Span concentration calibration check only DH Causes the Sequence to perform a High Span concentration calibration check only LO HI Causes the Sequence to perform a Low Midpoint Span and High Span concentration calibration check but no Zero Point calibration check 162 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual M400E Calibration Procedures For each mode there are seven parameters that control operational details of the SEQUENCE They are Table 9 2 AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters Delta Days Number of days to skip between each Seq execution Delta Time Number of hours later each Delta Days Seq is to be run Number of minutes the sequence operates Calibrate Enable to do a calibration Disable to do a cal check only MUST be set to NO for instruments with 125 Options installed and functioning The following example sets sequence 2 to do a zero span calibration every other day starting at 1 Am on September 4 2001 lasting 15 minutes without calibration This will start 72 hour later each iteration Table 9 3 Example AutoCal Sequence Sequence 2 BemeSewemesl _ SeedZemaniSpanMode ON Embemeumer staring Tine FrsSpanstotsattOORAM _ C eenas 2 DeSeweeflevyoherdi
353. the most recent reference response to determine if a change in response has occurred For automatic Level 2 zero and span checks the first scheduled check following the calibration should be used for the reference response It should be kept in mind that any Level 2 check that involves only part of the analyzer s system cannot provide information about the portions of the system not checked and therefore cannot be used as a verification of the overall analyzer calibration 10 3 MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION 10 3 1 GENERAL INFORMATION The procedures for multipoint calibration of an analyzer by UV photometry or a transfer standard have been specified in the Code of Federal Regulations To facilitate these procedures operational and calculation data forms have been developed These forms will aid in conducting calibrations and quality assurance checks A detailed description of the calibration theory and procedures for UV photometry and transfer standards is in the Code of Federal Regulations and TAD 04315 Rev C1 175 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual In general ambient monitors are always calibrated in situ without disturbing their normal sampling setup except for transferring the sample inlet from the ambient sampling point to the calibration system Calibration should be performed with a primary UV photometer or by a transfer standard see Section 10 1 4 The user should be sure that all flow meters
354. the reporting range for your application EXAMPLE e Ifthe application is to measure between 0 ppm and 500 ppb an appropriate span gas would be 400 ppb e Ifthe application is to measure between 0 ppb and 1000 ppb an appropriate span gas would be 800 ppb 04315 Rev C1 21 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 4 2 BASIC PNEUMATIC SETUP FOR THE M400E ANALYZER Source of VENT here if input SAMPLE GAS is pressurized calibration Gas Dilution Calibrator MODEL 701 Zero Gas Enclosure VVall Generator EX SAMPLE EXHAUST calibrator is not already vented Figure 3 10 Gas Line Connections for the M400E Analyzer Basic Configuration For the Model 400E photometric ozone analyzer in its basic configuration i e without the optional internal zero air source or valves attach the following pneumatic lines 1 SAMPLE GAS SOURCE Attach a sample inlet line to the sample inlet fitting e Sample Gas pressure must equal ambient atmospheric pressure 1 0 psig e n applications where the sample gas is received from a pressurized manifold a vent must be placed on the sample gas line This vent line must be At least 0 2m long No more than 2m long Vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument 2 CAL GAS amp ZERO AIR SOURCES The source of calibration gas is also attached to the SAMPLE inlet but only when a calibration operation is actually being perfo
355. the zera gas sample port at the rear of the analyzer ZERO CALM RANGE 500 0 PPB XXXX Press EXIT to lt TST TST gt ZERO CONC EXIT M400E to the SAMPLE mode JA 04315 Rev C1 37 Getting Started M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 3 7 4 2 Verifying the M400E Reporting Range Settings While it is possible to perform the following procedure with any range setting we recommend that you perform this initial checkout using following reporting range settings e Unit of Measure PPB e Reporting Range 500 ppb e Mode Setting SNGL These are the default setting for the M400E analyzer however it is a good idea to verify them before proceeding with the calibration procedure Use the same method as described in Section 3 6 2 1 3 7 4 3 Initial Zero Span Calibration Procedure Unlike other versions of the M400E analyzers with the IZS option installed do not require the expected span gas concentration be set during initial start up because no initial span calibration is performed 3 7 4 4 Initiate Daily Zero Point Auto Cal of M400E s Monitoring Low Levels of To ensure that the analyzer maintains maximum performance levels when monitoring low levels of O3 the instrument s AUTOCAL feature only active on analyzers with the IZS option installed should be used to initiate a zero point calibration once every day The appropriate AUTOCAL sequence settings are Table 3 9 AUTOCAL Settings for Daily Zero Poin
356. therboard not THIS WARNING only appears on Serial 1 COM Port s Front Panel REAR BOARD NOT DET detected on power up Display will be frozen blank or will not respond eFailure of Motherboard The CPU cannot Bus failure RELAY BOARD WARN communicate with the eFailed Relay Board Relay Board eLoose connectors wiring eFailed Sample Pump e Blocked Sample Inlet Gas Line e Dirty Particulate Filter eL eak downstream of Critical Flow Orifice eFailed Flow Sensor Sample Pressure is 15 If Sample Pressure is lt 15 in HG in Hg or 35 in Hg e Blocked Particulate Filter Normally 29 92 in Hg at e Blocked Sample Inlet Gas Line SAMPLE PRES WARN sea level decreasing at 1 eFailed Pressure Senor circuitry in Hg per 1000 ft of altitude with no flow If Sample Pressure is 35 in HG pump disconnected eBad Pressure Sensor circuitry e Ambient Temperature outside of specified range eFailed Sample Temperature Sensor e Relay controlling the Bench Heater eFailed Relay Board e C Bus Sample flow rate is lt 500 cc min or gt 1000 cc min SAMPLE FLOW WARN Sample temperature is lt SAMPLE TEMP WARN eae table continued 04315 Rev C1 235 General Troubleshooting amp Repair of the M400E Analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Table 13 1 Front Panel Warning Messages WARNING FAULT CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSES Occurs when Ref is lt 2500 UV Lamp PHOTO REF WARNING mVDC or gt 4950 mVDC eUV Photo Detector
357. thout folding it closed prevents the bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device NOTE If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti ESD bags or containers available Teledyne Instruments Customer Service department will supply them see Section 13 11 for contact information Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and workstation USER NOTES 04315 Rev C1 265 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual INDEX 1 100 VAC 206 246 115 VAC 206 208 246 2 230 VAC 206 246 5 50 Hz 206 208 6 60 Hz 7 9 16 207 208 246 A AC Power 7 207 208 100 VAC 206 246 AC Power 115 VAC 206 208 246 AC Power 230 VAC 206 246 AC Power 50 Hz 206 208 AC Power 60 Hz 7 9 16 207 208 246 AIN 113 ANALOG CAL WARNING 28 62 146 Analog Inputs 113 Analog Outputs 7 17 19 47 61 64 70 98 113 200 237 239 250 AIN Calibration 113 Configuration amp Calibration 64 99 100 101 102 104 106 108 109 110 113 Automatic 11 64 102 215 Manual Current Loop 105 107 Manual Voltage 103 Converting Voltage to Current Output 47 Current Loop 47 DC Offset 41 Electrical Connections 17 Electronic Range Selection 108 OUTPUT LOOP BACK 200 Over Range Feature 109 Recorder Offset 110 Reporting Range 31 38 61 64 Setup 70 76 Specifications 7 Test Channel 111 200 239 250 APICOM 4 43 119 148 and Ethernet 133 134
358. ticulate filter ncreasing SLOPE SPAN CAL Pneumatic leaks instrument amp sample system e Contaminated calibration gas e Obstructed leaking Meas Ref Valve Increasing e Pneumatic leaks instrument amp sample system OFFSET ZERO CAL e Contaminated zero calibration gas Decreasing e Obstructed Meas Ref Valve e Pneumatic leaks instrument amp sample system 04315 Rev C1 219 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 12 2 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Table 12 2 shows a typical maintenance schedule for the M400E Please note that in certain environments i e dusty very high ambient pollutant levels some maintenance procedures may need to be performed more often than shown NOTE A span and zero calibration check see CAL CHECK REQ D Column of Table 9 1 must be performed following some of the maintenance procedures listed below To perform a CHECK of the instrument s Zero or Span Calibration follow the same steps as described in Section 9 3 DO NOT PRESS THE ENTR KEY at the end of each operation Pressing the ENTR key resets the stored values for OFFSET and SLOPE and alters the instruments Calibration Alternately use the Auto cal feature described in Section9 4 with the with the CALIBRATE ATTRIBUTE SET TO OFF CAUTION Electrical Shock Hazard RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE PERFORMING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS THAT REQUIRE ENTRY INTO THE INTERIOR O
359. ting the flow of gas though the orifice a pressure differential is created This pressure differential combined with the action of the analyzer s pump draws the gas through the orifice As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice the pump side continues to drop the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise Once the ratio of upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2 1 the velocity of the gas through the orifice reaches the speed of sound As long as that ratio stays at least 2 1 the gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations surges or changes in downstream pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical flow orifice The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice volume of gas per unit of time depends on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice The larger the hole the more gas molecules moving at the speed of sound pass through the orifice With a nominal pressure of 10 in Hg A in the sample reaction cell the necessary ratio of reaction cell pressure to pump vacuum pressure of 2 1 is exceeded and accommodating a wide range of variability in atmospheric pressure and accounting for pump degradation This extends the useful life of the pump Once the pump degrades to the point where the sample and vacuum pressures is less than 2 1 a critical flow rate can no l
360. tly Also two point calibrations are easily automated Frequency checks or updating of the calibration relationship with a two point zero and span calibration improves the quality of the monitoring data by helping to keep the calibration relationship more closely matched to any changes drifts in the analyzer response LEVEL 2 ZERO AND SPAN CHECK Section 12 of Q A Handbook A Level 2 zero and span check is an unofficial check of an analyzer s response It may include dynamic checks made with uncertified test concentrations artificial stimulation of the analyzer s detector electronic or other types of checks of a portion of the analyzer etc Level 2 zero and span checks are not to be used as a basis for analyzer zero or span adjustments calibration updates or adjustment of ambient data They are intended as quick convenient checks to be used between zero and span calibrations to check for possible analyzer malfunction or calibration drift Whenever a Level 2 zero or span check indicates a possible calibration problem a Level 1 zero and span or multipoint calibration should be carried out before any corrective action is taken If a Level 2 zero and span check is to be used in the quality control program a reference response for the check should be obtained immediately following a zero and span or multipoint calibration while the analyzer s calibration is accurately known Subsequent Level 2 check responses should then be compared to
361. tor other than the one conducting the routine field measurements and by using audit standards and equipment different from those routinely used in monitoring The audit should be a true assessment of the measurement process under normal operations without any special preparation or adjustment of the system Routine quality control checks such as zero and span checks conducted by the operator are necessary for obtaining and reporting good quality data but they are not considered part of the auditing procedure Three audits are recommended two performance audits and a systems audit These audits are summarized in 10 4 3 at the end of this section See Appendix 15 of the Handbook Reference 11 for detailed procedures for a systems audit and for a performance audit respectively 04315 Rev C1 179 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Proper implementation of an auditing program will serve a twofold purpose 1 to ensure the integrity of the data and 2 to assess the data for accuracy The technique for estimating the accuracy of the data is given in Section 2 0 8 of the QA Manual Reference 11 10 4 1 MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION AUDIT A performance audit consists of challenging the continuous analyzer with known concentrations of O3 within the measurement range of the analyzer The difference between the known concentration and the analyzer response is obtained and an estimate of the analyzer s accuracy is deter
362. tring is the name of the command being issued LIST ABORT NAME EXIT etc Some commands may have additional arguments that define how the command is to be executed Press lt CR gt or refer to Appendix A 6 for a list of available command designators lt CR gt is a carriage return All commands must be terminated by a carriage return usually achieved by pressing the ENTER key on a computer Table 8 3 Teledyne Instruments Serial I O Command Types wing 8 1 7 3 Data Types Data types consist of integers hexadecimal integers floating point numbers Boolean expressions and text strings e Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records a filter length etc They consist of an optional plus or minus sign followed by one or more digits For example 7 12 123 are all valid integers e Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers They consist of the two characters Ox followed by one or more hexadecimal digits 0 9 A F a f which is the C programming language convention No plus or minus sign is permitted For example 0 7 0x12 0x1234abcd are all valid hexadecimal integers 124 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E e Floating point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as temperature set points time intervals warning limits voltages etc They consist of an o
363. u 46 5 3 Carrying strap Handle OPT 29 uti t Dini aet m utate ue aa adu ee 46 3 Current Loop Analog Outputs ductus una Sua aquya ama lasu 47 5 4 1 Converting Current Loop Analog Outputs to Standard Voltage Outputs 47 9 9 s b 48 5 5 1 M400E Expendables Kit OPT 42A 48 5 5 2 M400E Spare Parts Kit for the IZS Option OPT 43 mnn 48 5 5 Calibration Valve u u uu heidi uyu uy ie eee AD ELE 48 5 6 1 Zer Span VAEVESYTODLUSUR u uu u uuu l anasu Da ee es 48 5 6 1 1 Pneumatic Setup for the M400E Analyzer with Zero Span Valve Option 50 5 6 2 Internal Zero Span Z9 Option OPT STA uuu Qu uuu nu a a 52 5 921 Disposable Charcoal Os wu a u aa emet iua uu ute eti ioral 53 5 09 VWVoOol Scrubber Opts suu cL 53 0 0 421ZS Desiccant Option SO TE 53 COMMUNICATION OODUIONSC a L m E RN e ass 54 9S extra CONN IGG IESS eigenstate 54 5 7 1 1 RS232 Modem Cables 60A and 60B 54 ETHERNET Cable OP T 606 u
364. uild static charges if they are not grounded The charge will be equalized across the entire device but without access to earth ground they are still trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage when they are discharged A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and or discharge triggered in the presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the surface of a nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench As long as my analyzer is properly installed it is safe from damage caused by static discharges It is true that when properly installed the chassis ground of your analyzer is tied to earth ground and its electronic components are prevented from building static electric charges themselves This does not prevent discharges from static fields built up on other things like you and your clothing from discharging through the instrument and damaging it 14 4 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges It is not however difficult to prevent those charges from building to dangerous levels or prevent damage due to electro static discharge from occurring 14 4 1 GENERAL RULES Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station Setting up an ESD safe workstation need not be complicated A protective mat properly tied to ground and a wrist strap are all that is needed to create a basic anti ES
365. uit breaker built into the ON OFF switch on the instruments front panel The analyzer is correctly configured for the AC mains voltage in use if e he Sample Pump is running If incorrect power is suspected check that the correct voltage and frequency is present at the line input on the rear panel e Verify that the pump power configuration plug is properly wired see Section 11 3 6 1 e lf the unit is set for 230 VAC and is plugged into 115 VAC or 100 VAC the sample pump will not start e lf the unit is set for 115 or 100 VAC and is plugged into 230 VAC circuit the circuit breaker built into the ON OFF Switch on the front panel will trip to the OFF position immediately after power is switched on CAUTION Electrical Shock Hazard Should the AC power circuit breaker trip investigate and correct the condition causing this situation before turning the analyzer back on 13 7 2 DC POWER SUPPLY If you have determined that the analyzer s AC mains power is working but the unit is still not operating properly there may be a problem with one of the instrument s switching power supplies The supplies can have two faults namely no DC output and noisy output To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems the wiring used to connect the various printed circuit assemblies and DC Powered components and the associated test points on the relay PCA follow a standard color coding scheme as defined in the following table Table 13 6 DC Power Test P
366. ull control over the type length and reporting time of the data The iDAS permits users to access stored data through the instrument s front panel or its communication ports The principal use of the iDAS is logging data for trend analysis and predictive diagnostics which can assist in identifying possible problems before they affect the functionality of the analyzer The secondary use is for data analysis documentation and archival in electronic format To support the iDAS functionality Teledyne Instruments offers APICOM a program that provides a visual interface for remote or local setup configuration and data retrieval of the iDAS see Section 7 1 Using APICOM data can even be retrieved automatically to a remote computer for further processing The APICOM manual which is included with the program contains a more detailed description of the iDAS structure and configuration which is briefly described in this document The MAOOE is configured with a basic iDAS configuration already enabled The data channels included in this basic structure may be used as is or temporarily disabled for later or occasional use Note IDAS operation is suspended whenever its configuration is edited using the analyzer s the front panel and therefore data may be lost To prevent such data loss it is recommended to use the APICOM graphical user interface for iDAS changes Please be aware that all stored data will be erased if the analyzer s disk on chip or
367. uluu L fe Not Used Figure 11 11 Thermocouple Configuration Jumper JP5 Pin Outs Table 11 3 Thermocouple Settings for Optional Metal Wool Scrubber TC TERMINATION SCIRE cE JUMPER TYPE TYPE N PING COLOR K ISOLATED 10mV C PURPLE 04315 Rev C1 205 Theory of Operation M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 11 3 5 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BREAKER The analyzer operates on 100 VAC 115 VAC or 230 VAC power at either 50 Hz or 60Hz Individual instruments are set up at the factory to accept any combination of these five attributes Power enters the analyzer through a standard IEC 320 power receptacle located on the rear panel of the instrument From there it is routed through the ON OFF Switch located in the lower right corner of the Front Panel AC Line power is stepped down and converted to DC power by two DC Power Supplies One supplies 12 VDC for various valves and valve options while a second supply provides 5 VDC and 15 VDC for logic and analog circuitry as well as the power supplies for the Photometer and IZS UV Lamps All AC and DC Voltages are distributed via the relay PCA KEY Sensor Contrel A358 a Sensors Pre Amplifi LOGIC DEVICES DCPOWER lt Flaw Sensors i UV Detectors teg CPU PE bus TT ete Keyboard Display MisinerBgard etr 1 ITE DC Heater for the optional IZS O RELAY PCA emi s AC Heater for the
368. um u uu om e 54 5 2 RO 252 MultidlroD OPT 62 u un naa masaspa ayau 54 Nisus LE D 55 5 7 4 Ethernet Multidrop OPT 63 56 5 9 Additional Manual OPT 70A amp OPT OB L uu 56 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS I I aa 57 6 BASIC OPERATION OF THE M400E ANALYZER 59 6 1 Overview or Operating MOGUBS u Tu u a uk S 59 O 2 DAIS MOS uu ul sate dosed esos Lus amie 60 6 2 1 EOS M IUeo ccr 60 6 2 2 Warning Message 1 61 6 3 Calibration r u o uu tenen eee hh usare 63 OT SETUP MOS S 64 6 4 1 SETUP gt CFG Configuration Information u a a RS SS Ou 65 6 4 2 SETUP gt PASS Enabling Disabling PasswordS 66 6 4 3 SETUP gt CLK Setting the M400E Analyzer s Internal Clock 68 6 4 3 1 Setting the internal Clock s Time and Day 68 6 4 3 2 Adjusting the internal Clock s 5
369. unt by which the current signal is changed per D to A count varies from output to output and instrument to instrument you will need to measure the change in the signal levels with a separate current meter placed in series with the output circuit See Figure 3 7 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output connector I IN Recording ANALYZER Device Figure 7 6 Setup for Checking Current Output Signal Levels CAUTION General Safety Hazard DO NOT EXCEED 60 V PEAK VOLTAGE BETWEEN CURRENT LOOP OUTPUTS AND INSTRUMENT GROUND 04315 Rev C1 105 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual To adjust the zero and span signal levels of the current outputs select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press From the AIO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR AOUTS CALIBRATED NO CAL CHANNEL A1 Continue pressing SET until you reach the A2 output to be configured A4 DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 5V CONC2 NOCAL DISPLAYED AS CONC OUT 1 CONC OUT 2 TEST OUTPUT SET SET EDIT EXIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 RANGE CURR SET EDIT EXIT Continue pressing SET until DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 CALIBRATED NO SET SET CAL EXIT DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 CURR Z 0 mV 01100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTREXIT These keys increase decrease These menu s the analog output signal level if not th
370. upper range limit 80 of full scale is recommended of the reporting range in use Other data points can be created by adding zero air Fa to the flow of originally generated concentration F5 and pass the mixture through a mixing device to ensure a homogeneous concentration at the Inlet to the analyzer being calibrated The First step of performing this linearity test is to determine the dilution ration of the various test points according to the following formula Equation 10 1 R 0 F o F d For this test the flow rates F and F4 must be accurately measured within 2 of the true value To help ensure accurate flow measurements the two flowmeters should be of the same general type and one should be standardized against the other The dilution ratio R is calculated as the flow of the original concentration Fo divided by the total flow F Fa With stable high resolution flowmeters and with careful technique R should be accurate to within 1 04315 Rev C1 177 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual When F has been adjusted and R has been calculated assay the diluted concentration with the photometer and then compare the diluted assay A2 with the original undiluted assay A by calculating the percentage of linearity error E according to the following equation Equation 10 2 A PT M A 00 E This linearity error must be lt 5 in magnitude and should be lt 3 for a well perfor
371. uration on a single communications PROTOCOL channel Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs ENABLE Enables to send a modem initialization string at power up Asserts certain lines in the MODEM RS 232 port to enable the modem to communicate ERROR Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations CHECKING XON XOFF Disables XON XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking HANDSHAKE Enables CTS RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking This style of data HARDWARE SE dian U i HANDSHAKE transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation protocols as well as by Teledyne Instruments APICOM software Disables the HARDWARE FIFO First In First Out When FIFO is enabled it improves data transfer rate for that COM port Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode 1 Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the SETUP gt MORE gt COMM gt COM 1 OR 2 gt MODE menu The default setting for this feature is ON Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel Note Communication Modes for each COM port must be configured independently 04315 Rev C1 119 357BRemote Operation Of The M400E M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Press the following keys to select communication modes for a one of the COMM Ports such as the following example where RS 485 mode is enabled SAMPLE RANGE 500 0 PPB O3
372. ut to less than 50 mA At 50 mA the transistor will drop approximately 1 2V from its collector to emitter The status outputs are accessed via a 12 pin connector on the analyzer s rear panel labeled STATUS see Figure 3 2 Pin outs for this connector are STATUS E wo 4 OM 7 5 D b x of ul x al a 2 5 5 cji c Fl o Of of a Figure 3 8 Status Output Connector Table 3 5 Status Output Pin Assignments STATUS OUTPUT DEFINITION CONDITION SYSTEM OK On if no faults are present On if O3 concentration measurement is valid CONC VALID If the concentration measurement is invalid this bit is OFF 3 HIGH RANGE On if unit is in high range of DUAL or AUTO Range Modes ZERO CAL On whenever the instrument is in CALZ mode SPAN CAL On whenever the instrument is in CALS mode 6 on whenever tne instrumentis in DIAGNOSTIC mode __ 788 D _Emiter BUSS _ The emitters of tne transistors on pins 1 t0 8 are bussed together _ T e _ _ E DC Power 5 VDC 300 mA source combined rating with Control Output if used Digital Ground The ground level from the analyzer s internal DC power supplies 18 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Getting Started 3 3 4 CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS The analyzer is equipped with three digital control inputs that can be used to activate the zero and span calibration modes re
373. vel 1 checks until data is acceptable Check at least every 2 weeks Sec 2 7 3 Ref 11 Void data for time interval for which malfunction is detected Visually check each strip chart Review the data Mistally Neen transcribing procedure Table 10 4 Activity Matrix for Calibration Procedures CALIBRATION ACTIVITIES Zero air ACCEPTANCE LIMITS Zero air free of contaminants Sec 2 0 7 Ref 11 Meet all requirement for UV photometer as specified in Sec 2 7 2 QA Manual Calibrator and the Fed Reg Or approve Transfer Standard Sec 2 7 1 Q A Manual and TAD According to Calibration procedure Sec 2 7 2 Q A Manual Ref 11 and Federal Register data recorded Multipoint 184 FREQUENCY AND METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Compare the new Zero air against Source known to be free of contaminants ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT MET Take corrective action with generation system as appropriate Re certify transfer Standard against Primary UV Photometer at least Twice each quarter Return to supplier or take corrective action with system as appropriate Calibrate at least Once quarterly Anytime an audit Indicates discrepancy After maintenance that May affect the Calibration Subsec 2 1 Federal Register Repeat the calibration 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 346BEPA Protocol Calibration 10 6 REFERENCES 1 Calibration of Ozone R
374. vice 04315 Rev C1 101 Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual To use the AUTO CAL feature to initiate an automatic calibration for an individual analog output select the ANALOG I O CONFIGURATION submenu see Figure 7 4 then press From the AlO CONFIGURATION SUBMENU See Figure 7 4 DIAG ANALOG CONFIGURATION PREV NEXT ENTR DIAG AIO AOUTS CALIBRATED NO SET CAL DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 5V CONC2 NOCAL SET SET EDIT EXIT DIAG CONC OUT 2 RANGE 5V SET gt EDIT Continue pressing SET gt until DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 CALIBRATED NO lt SET SET gt CAL EXIT DIAG AlO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC OUT 2 DIAG AIO CONC OUT 2 CALIBRATED YES SET SET gt CAL EXIT 102 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Advanced FEATURES of the M400E analyzer 7 4 2 3 Manual Calibration of the Analog Outputs configured for Voltage Ranges For highest accuracy the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually calibrated NOTE The menu for manually adjusting the analog output signal level will only appear if the AUTO CAL feature is turned off for the channel being adjusted See Section 7 4 2 1 Calibration is performed with a voltmeter connected across the output terminals and by changing the actual output signal level using the front panel keys in 100 10 or 1 count increments See Figure 3 7 for pin assignments and diagram of the analog output con
375. with the kit Always perform a flow and leak check after rebuilding the sample pump 12 3 3 REPLACING THE IZS OPTION ZERO AIR SCRUBBER 1 2 3 4 224 Turn off the analyzer Remove the cover from the analyzer Disconnect the white nylon 74 1 8 fitting from the Zero Air Scrubber See Figure 12 2 Remove the old scrubber by disconnecting the 9 16 fitting at the top of the generator tower then removing the scrubber Install the new scrubber by reversing these instructions 125 Zero Air Scrubber In Po She TE Y EN d A P vx bw a CROPS My SSS N J S 2 27 N f NY 2 bue wm Br Lf Figure 12 2 Replacing the IZS Zero Air Scrubber 04315 Rev C1 M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures 12 3 4 PERFORMING LEAK CHECKS Leaks are the most common cause of analyzer malfunction Section 12 3 4 1 presents a simple leak check procedure Section 12 3 4 2 details a more thorough procedure 12 3 4 1 Vacuum Leak Check and Pump Check This method is easy and fast It detects but does not locate most leaks it also verifies that the sample pump is in good condition 1 Turn the analyzer ON and allow enough time for flows to stabilize Cap the sample inlet port After 2 minutes when the pressures have stabilized note the SAMP FL and PRES test function readings on the front pan
376. ximum send Tots Geba J AVG Set 0 Records UE NOSLP1 AVG Set 0 0 Records Load Contig Dra Save Config save Data Saeco O o x New Conf ass Asansedl E J ENGDAT ATIMER 100 Records Maximum I SMPFLY AVG Set 0 0 Records ie OSFLOW cezm AVG Set 0 0 Records w RCPRES InHqa AVG Set 0 0 Records New Chan Number of Recorde i0 5MFFRS InHg AVG Set 0 0 Records E180XTMP DeaC AVG Set 0 0 e New Trigger Event ATIMER 2 V Enable Channel Hold Off Duplicate 2 C Got ES Tima Selling Parameter PMTDET Start Date Dian 02 z Delete Te Sample Mode avg Cancel start Time oo 00 00 zi Sample Penod Precision 4 DDD HH MM 0 1 DDD HH MM n Store number of samples in average Figure 7 2 APICOMuser interface for configuring the iDAS Once an iDAS configuration is edited which can be done offline and without interrupting DAS data collection it is conveniently uploaded to the instrument and can be stored on a computer for later review alteration or documentation and archival Refer to the APICOM manual for details on these procedures The APICOM user manual Teledyne Instruments part number 039450000 is included in the APICOM installation file which can be downloaded at http
377. yzer NOTE The UV lamp contains mercury Hg which is considered hazardous waste The lamp should be disposed of in accordance with local regulations regarding waste containing mercury 04315 Rev C1 229 Maintenance Schedule amp Procedures M400E Ozone Analyzer Operator s Manual 12 3 7 ADJUSTMENT OR REPLACEMENT OF OPTIONAL IZS OZONE GENERATOR UV LAMP This procedure details the steps for replacement and initial adjustment of the UV lamp of the generator included in the IZS option OPT 51A If you are adjusting an existing lamp skip to Step 8 1 Turn off the analyzer 2 Remove the cover from the analyzer 3 Locate the O3 generator see Figure 3 4 UV Lamp Set Screws Generator Body Figure 12 4 Generator Temperature Thermistor and DC Heater Locations Remove the two setscrews on the top of the generator and gently pull out the old lamp Inspect the o ring beneath the nut and replace if damaged Install the new lamp in generator housing e Do not fully tighten the setscrews e lamp should be able to be rotated in the assembly by grasping the lamp cable Turn on analyzer and allow it to stabilize for at least 20 minutes Locate the potentiometer used to adjust the generator UV output Generator WA Body Adjustment Pot Generator Reference Detector PCA Figure 12 5 Location of O Generator Reference Detector Adjustment Pot 230 04315 Rev C1 M400

Teledyne Dollhouse 400E User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents